FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT …

PART 1

FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

PROPOSED EXPANSION PROJECT FOR MANUFACTURING OF SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS

(PHARMACEUTICAL BULK DRUGS & INTERMEDIATES) [CAPACITY: 287.77 TPM]

[SCHEDULE 5(f) - CATEGORY A]

SURVEY NO: 44/B, VILLAGE: NALDHARI, SURVEY NO:130, VILLAGE: VALIA,

PLOT NO. 7/2, VALIA INDUSTRIAL ESTATE OF GIDC, SILUDI-VALIA ROAD, NEAR ANKLESHWAR,

TAL.: VALIA, DIST.: BHARUCH, STATE: GUJARAT

[TOR LETTER NO.: IA-J-11011/583/2017-IA-II(I) Dated 10/02/2018]

[STUDY PERIOD: MARCH 2017 – MAY 2017]

PREPARED BY:

(QCI-NABET ACCREDITED EIA CONSULTANT)

CERTIFICATE NO.: NABET/EIA/1619/SA 053 VALID UPTO 22/05/2019

3RD FLOOR, AKASHGANGA COMPLEX, B/S. SUVIDHA SHOPPING CENTRE, NR. PARIMAL UNDERPASS, PALDI, AHMEDABAD-380 007, GUJARAT

TELEFAX: (079) 2665 0878; E-MAIL: [email protected]

AUGUST, 2018

DOC. NO.: EEC/A-188/16-17/EIA-21/Rev. 03

EIA-EMP REPORT

Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd., Valia-Bharuch Environmental Impact Assessment Report Proposed Expansion Project for Manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Chemicals

Document Control Page | i

DOCUMENT CONTROL Name of Document

Final Environmental Impact Assessment report for proposed expansion project for manufacturing of synthetic organic chemicals (pharmaceutical bulk drugs & intermediates) by Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd. to be located at Survey No. 44/B, Village: Naldhari, Siludi Valia Road, Taluka: Valia, District: Bharuch

Document No. EEC/A-188/16-17/EIA-21 Revision 03 Released 06/08/2018

DISCLAIMER:

This report has been prepared by Envisafe Envrionment Consultants for obtainng Environmental Clearance based as per ToRs issued by MoEF&CC. Information provided in this report (unless attributed to references) shall not be copied or used without the written consent of Envisafe Environment Consultants.

REVISION HISTORY:

Revision Date Details Rev. 00 18-Apr-2018 Draft EIA report for review by client Rev. 01 25-May-2018 Draft EIA report for Public Hearing incorporating client’s comments

Rev. 02 28-July-2018 Final EIA report (draft) incorporating details of Public Hearing for review by client

Rev. 03 06-Aug-2018 Final EIA report for submission at MoEF&CC, New Delhi


Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA Page | iii

DECLARATION BY EXPERTS

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA of M/s. Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd.

I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed this EIA Report. EIA Coordinator:

Name : Pushpin Shah

Signature & Date : 25/05/2018

Period of involvement : From Feb 2017 – June 2017 & Feb 2018 – April 2018

Contact information : 3rd Floor, Akash Ganga Complex, B/s. Suvidha Shopping Centre, Nr. Parimal Underpass, Paldi, Ahmedabad-380 007. Gujarat. Phone / Fax: +91 79 2665 0878 E-mail: [email protected]

Functional Area Experts: Sr. No.

Functional Area

Name of Expert/s

Involvement (Period & Task) Signature

1. Air Pollution Monitoring,

prevention & Control

(AP)

Pushpin Shah

Feb 2017 – June 2017 & Feb 2018 – April 2018

Detail study of mfg. process and identify & assess gaseous emissions, suggesting suitable air pollution control measures and systems

Site visit, selection of AAQM stations, Supervise AAQM programme, checking and evaluation of air quality data, generation of micro-meteorological data, air quality modelling and prediction, identification of impacts, finalization of mitigation measures, EIA/EMP documentation

2. Meteorology, Air Quality Modelling

and Prediction

(AQ)

Pushpin Shah

3. Water Pollution

monitoring, prevention and control

(WP)

Pushpin Shah


Detail study of mfg. process and preparation of water balance, assessment of effluent potential and characterisation of effluent, suggesting basic scheme of effluent treatment to achieve zero liquid discharge, Planning & coordinating Water Quality monitoring, asses the baseline water quality, identification of impacts, finalization of mitigation measures, designing EMP and preparation of EIA/EMP report

Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd., Valia-Bharuch Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Proposed Expansion Project for Manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Chemicals

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA

Page | iv

4. Solid and Hazardous

Waste Management

(SHW)

Pushpin Shah


Identification and assessment of hazardous waste generation, suggesting adequate measures for handling, management & disposal of HW, Preparation of EMP

5. Socio- Economics

(SE)

Mahesh Patel

Mar 2017 – May 2017

Field visit and primary survey in study area, need assessment for the CSR programme, Secondary data collection, compilation & Interpretation, Assessment of impact and preparation of report with CSR programme

6. Ecology and

Bio-diversity Conservation

(EB)

Dr. Pratiksha Patel

Mar 2017 – May 2017

Ecological survey of study area, preparation status report of flora and fauna, Identification of endangered species, Identification & prediction of impact and preparation of mitigation measures, designing of plan and suggesting plant species for Greenbelt development

7. Hydrology, Ground water

and Water Conservation

(HG)

Ajay Dwivedi

Feb 2017 – June 2017

Site visit and detailed Hydro-geology study of the area, understanding and representing hydrological conditions, finalization of water sampling locations, analysis of water quality in study area, identification of impacts, suggestion of mitigation measures and contribution to the EIA documentation and designing of rain water harvesting scheme.

8. Noise

Ajay Dwivedi

Feb 2017 – June 2017

Supervision of noise Monitoring programme, analysis of noise level data, identification of impacts, suggesting various measures to control noise level at source, preparation of EIA/EMP document

9. Land Use (LU)

Ajay Dwivedi

Mar 2017 – June 2017

Development of landuse maps using GIS / related tools, site visit for ground verification, integration of GIS data, identification of impacts, suggestion of mitigation measures, preparation of EIA/EMP documents


Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA Page | v

10. Risk and Hazards

(RH)

Kuldeep Prajapati Feb 2017 – June 2017 & Feb 2018 – April 2018

Hazards identification and safety management, risk assessment study & MCA analysis using ALOHA, suggesting risk mitigation measures, finalisation of onsite/ offsite emergency plan and disaster management plan

Declaration by the head of the Accredited Consultant Organization / Authorized Person

I, Pushpin Shah, hereby confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA

report of “Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd.” I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable

for any misleading information mentioned in this statement.

Date : 25/05/2018

Signature :

Name : Pushpin Shah

Designation : CEO/Proprietor

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization

: Envisafe Environment Consultants, Ahmedabad

NABET Certificate No. &Validity

: NABET/EIA/1619/SA 053, Valid Up to: 22/05/2019


Table of Contents Page | xi

TABLE OF CONTENTS Document Control i

Declaration of Experts iii

Undertaking by Project Proponent & EIA Consultant vii

Contents xi

List of Tables xvii

List of Figures xix

List of Annexure xxi

List of Abbreviations xxiii

List of Symbols / Notations xxiv

TOR issued by SEIAA, Gujarat xxv TOR Compliance xxxiii

CONTENTS SR. NO. TITLE PAGE

NO. CHAPTER – 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1 Preface 1.1

1.2 Identification of project 1.1

1.3 Promoter & Their Background 1.1

1.4 Purpose of EIA Study 1.2

1.5 Objectives of EIA Study 1.2

1.6 Scope of EIA Study 1.3

1.7 Structure of Report 1.4

CHAPTER – 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Background 2.1

2.2 Justification of the Project 2.1



Table of Contents

Page | xii

SR. NO. TITLE PAGE

NO. 2.3 Project Location 2.1

2.4 Justification of site selection 2.4

2.5 Product Profile 2.5

2.6 Manufacturing Process 2.9

2.7 Solvent Requirements & Recovery System 2.9

2.8 Material Requirements, Storage & Transportation 2.12

2.8.1. Raw material Requirement 2.12

2.8.2. Handling 2.12

2.8.3. Storage 2.13

2.8.4. Transportation 2.13

2.9 Resource Requirements 2.13

2.9.1. Land 2.13

2.9.2. Machineries & Utilities 2.17

2.9.3. Project Cost 2.18

2.9.4. Power 2.18

2.9.5. Water 2.19

2.9.6. Fuel 2.19

2.9.7. Man Power 2.20

2.10 Project Implementation Schedule 2.20

2.11 Pollution Potential & Management 2.21

2.11.1 Water Pollution 2.21

2.11.2 Air Pollution 2.32

2.11.3 Hazardous Waste 2.35

2.11.4 Other Solid Waste Generation & Management 2.39

2.11.5 Noise 2.39

2.12 Statutory Compliance of Existing Plant 2.39 2.12.1 Compliance of CTE/CTO 2.39 2.12.2 Environmental Monitoring 2.40 2.12.3 Details of GPCB Notices & Court Case 2.40 2.12.4 Compliance under Factory Act 2.41

2.13 Regulatory Frame Work 2.42 2.13.1 License from PESO for storage of hazardous chemicals 2.42


Table of Contents Page | xiii

SR. NO. TITLE PAGE

NO. 2.13.2 Applicability of MAH unit under MSIHC Rules, 1989 2.42 2.13.3 Industry Specific Standards for discharge of liquid effluent 2.42 2.13.4 Compliance of CREP Guidelines 2.43

2.14 Summary 2.43

CHAPTER – 3: BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

3.1 Prologue 3.1

3.2 Approach & methodology of baseline study 3.1

3.2.1 Study Area & Impact Zone Distribution 3.2

3.2.2 Study Period 3.6

3.2.3 Sampling Location 3.6

3.2.4 Frequency of Monitoring 3.9

3.2.5

3.3 Baseline environment 3.10

3.3.1 Topography & Geology 3.10

3.3.2 Seismology 3.10

3.3.3 Land use Pattern 3.11

3.3.4 Meteorology 3.15 3.3.5 Micrometeorology 3.18 3.3.6 Ambient Air Quality 3.20 3.3.7 Hydrology 3.23 3.3.8 Soil Quality 3.28 3.3.9 Noise Level 3.30 3.3.10 Traffic Survey 3.32 3.3.11 Ecological Status 3.33 3.3.12 Socio-economic Structure 3.43

CHAPTER- 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES 4.1 Introduction 4.1

4.2 Identification of Environmental Impacts 4.1



Table of Contents

Page | xiv

SR. NO. TITLE PAGE

NO. 4.2.1 Environmental Parameters 4.1

4.2.2 Project Activities and Components 4.3

4.3 Prediction of Environmental Impacts 4.5

4.4 Impacts During Construction Phase and Its Mitigative Measures 4.7

4.5 Impacts During Operation Phase and Its Mitigative Measures 4.11

4.5.1 Water Environment 4.11

4.5.2 Air Environment 4.13

4.5.3 Soil Environment 4.25

4.5.4 Development of Green Belt 4.26

4.5.5 Noise Environment 4.26

4.5.6 Impacts due to Traffic 4.28

4.5.7 Ecological Environment 4.28

4.5.8 Aesthetic Environment 4.28

4.5.9 Land Environment 4.29

4.5.10 Socio-Economic Environment 4.29

CHAPTER – 5: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE) 5.1 CHAPTER – 6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 Preamble 6.1

6.2 Monitoring Program 6.1

6.3 Infrastructural Requirement & Procurement Schedules 6.2

6.4 Corporate Environmental Responsibility 6.3

6.5 Environment management cell 6.3

6.6 Administrative actions & documentation 6.5 6.6.1 Data Analysis 6.5 6.6.2 Reporting Schedules 6.6 6.6.3 Environmental Monitoring Expenditure 6.6

CHAPTER – 7: ADDITIONAL STUDIES (RISK ASSESSMENT AND SAFETY

MANAGEMENT)


Table of Contents Page | xv

SR. NO. TITLE PAGE

NO. 7.0 Public Consultation / Hearing 7.1

7.1 Risk Assessment & Safety Management 7.2

7.2 Objective and methodology of risk assessment 7.3 7.2.1 Objective 7.3 7.2.2 Methodology 7.4

7.3 Hazard Identification 7.4 7.3.1 Hazard identification and safety management for storage of hazardous

chemicals 7.6

7.3.2 Hazard Identification and safety management for manufacturing process and allied operations

7.13

7.4 Occupational Health & Safety Program 7.16

7.5 Monitoring Program 7.17

7.6 Risk assessment study 7.18 7.6.1 Modes of Failure 7.20 7.6.2 Maximum Credible Accident/ Catastrophic Failure and Its Mitigation

Measure 7.21

7.6.3 Consequences Analysis 7.23

7.7 Risk Mitigative Measures 7.26

7.8 Onsite Emergency Plan & Disaster Management Plan 7.36 7.8.1 Pre-emergency activity 7.38 7.8.2 Emergency Time Activities 7.41 7.8.3 Post – Emergency Activities 7.46

7.9 Offsite Emergency Plan 7.46

CHAPTER – 8: PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 Employment Opportunity 8.1

8.2 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) & Socio-economic Development 8.1

8.3 Direct Revenue Earning to the National and State Exchequer 8.4

8.4 Infrastructural benefit 8.4

8.5 Other tangible Benefits 8.5

CHAPTER – 9: ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 9.1



Table of Contents

Page | xvi

SR. NO. TITLE PAGE

NO.

CHAPTER – 10: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

10.1 Prelude 10.1

10.2 Objectives of the EMP 10.1

10.3 Environmental Management Plan (EMP) 10.2

10.4 Greenbelt Development Plan 10.6

10.5 Application of Cleaner Production (CP) Technology 10.10

10.6 Budgetary Allocation for Environment protection 10.12

10.7 Do’s & Don’t’s 10.13

CHAPTER – 11: PROJECT SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1. Introduction 11.1

11.2. Project Location & Environmental Settings 11.1

11.3. Details of Proposed Expansion Project 11.2

11.4. Pollution Potential And Control Measure 11.6

11.5. Baseline Environment, Impacts Assessment & Mitigation Measures 11.7

11.5.1. Seismology 11.7 11.5.2. Micro-Meteorology 11.7 11.5.3. Surface and ground water 11.8 11.5.4. Ambient Air 11.10 11.5.5. Soil Quality 11.11 11.5.6. Noise 11.12 11.5.7. Land Use Pattern 11.14 11.5.8. Socio Economic study 11.14 11.5.9. Biological Environment 11.15 11.5.10. Greenbelt Development 11.15 11.6. Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site) 11.16

11.7. Environmental Monitoring Program 11.16

11.8. Risk & Safety Management 11.17

11.9. Project Benefits 11.17

11.10. Environmental Management Plan 11.17

11.11. Conclusion 11.20


Table of Contents Page | xvii

SR. NO. TITLE PAGE

NO.

CHAPTER – 12: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT 12.1

[

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE

NO. 1.1 Promoters & Their Background 1.1

1.2 Structure of EIA report 1.4

2.1 Salient features of the project site 2.4

2.2 List of Products 2.6

2.3 Details of Products 2.7

2.4 Solvent Requirement & Spent / Mix Solvent Generation 2.10

2.5 (a) Statement of existing and proposed land area 2.14

2.5 (b) Break-up of Area 2.14

2.6 Details of Proposed Plant Machineries & Utilities 2.17

2.7 Cost of Project 2.18

2.8 Details of Fuel Requirement 2.19

2.9 Details of Manpower Requirement 2.20

2.10 Product-wise Water Requirement & Wastewater Generation 2.22

2.11 Product-wise Pollution Load 2.23

2.12 (a) Category-wise Water Requirement & Wastewater Generation 2.24

2.12 (b) Summary of Water Balance 2.25

2.13 (a) Stream-wise Characteristic of high COD/TDS Effluent 2.28

2.13 (b) Stream-wise Characteristic of low COD/TDS Effluent 2.29

2.14 Stage-wise Characteristic of Effluent in ETP 2.29

2.15 Technical Details of Proposed Effluent Treatment Plant 2.29

2.16 Technical Details of Advanced Effluent Treatment Plant 2.30

2.17 Capital & Recurring Cost of the Effluent Treatment System 2.31

2.18 Details of Proposed Flue Gas Stack 2.32

2.19 Details of Proposed Process Gas Generation 2.33

2.20 Details of Process Gas Stack & APCM 2.34



Table of Contents

Page | xviii


NO. 2.21 Details of Scrubbing System 2.34

2.22 Details of Hazardous Waste Generation & its management 2.36

2.23 Summary of Notices 2.40

3.1 Environmentally Sensitive Receptors 3.2

3.2 List of Major Industries within Study Area 3.3

3.3 Sampling & Monitoring Locations 3.6

3.4 Frequency & Methodology of Environmental Monitoring 3.9

3.5 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area 3.12

3.6 Meteorological Parameters 3.15

3.7 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations 3.20

3.8 Water Sampling Locations 3.25

3.9 Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Water 3.26

3.10 Soil Sampling Locations 3.29

3.11 Physico-Chemical Characteristic of Soil 3.29

3.12 Noise Level Sampling Locations 3.31

3.13 Noise Level in Study Area 3.31

3.14 Enumeration of Flora 3.33

3.15 List of Flora in the study area 3.33

3.16 Enumeration of Fauna 3.39

3.17 List of Fauna in the study area 3.39

3.18 Socio economic profile 3.43

4.1(a) Identification of Impacts during Construction Phase 4.4

4.1(b) Identification of Impacts during Operation Phase 4.5

4.2(a) Prediction of Impacts during Construction Phase 4.6

4.2(b) Prediction of Impacts during Operation Phase 4.7

4.3 Impacts & its Mitigative Measures during Construction Phase 4.8

4.4 Details of Stacks emission due to proposed expansion 4.14

4.5 First Three Highest 24-Hourly Average GLC Values 4.15

4.6 First Highest 24-Hourly Average GLC Values for AAQM Stations 4.15

4.7 Incremental ground level concentration of pollutants 4.17

6.1 Environmental Monitoring Program 6.1

6.2 Responsibilities of EMC 6.5


Table of Contents Page | xix


NO. 7.1 Details of hazardous chemicals identified for risk assessment 7.8

7.2 Monitoring Program for Occupational Health & Safety 7.17

7.3 Atmospheric Condition Assumed 7.23

7.4 Summary of MCA Scenarios 7.24

7.5 Risk matrix for emergency management 7.26

7.6 Levels of emergency associated with risk rating 7.27

7.7 Possible Emergency – Spillage in Chemical Storage Area 7.30

7.8 Possible Emergency – Fire in Chemical Storage Area 7.31

7.9 Possible Emergency – Toxic Gas Release 7.33

7.10 Details of fire extinguishers 7.35

7.11 Details of fire Water Pump 7.35

7.12 Details of provision for fire-fighting system 7.35

7.13 Details of key personnel in case of emergency 7.44

7.14 Details of off-site emergency contacts 7.47

10.1 Environmental management plan 10.2

10.2 Details of plant species 10.7

10.3 Budget Allocation for Greenbelt Development 10.9

10.4 Environmental Budget Allocation 10.12

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE

NO. 2.1 Site Photographs 2.2

2.2 Location Map of Project Site 2.3

2.3 (a) Layout Plan of Existing Plant 2.16

2.3 (b) Layout Plan of Proposed Project Site 2.16

2.4 Water Balance Diagram 2.26

2.5 Schematic Flow Diagram of Proposed ETP 2.28

2.6 Schematic Diagram of existing APCM 2.35

3.1 Map of Study Area showing Impact Zone Distribution 3.5

3.2 Map of Study Area showing Sampling & Monitoring Locations 3.7

3.3 Toposheet of Study Area 3.8



Table of Contents

Page | xx

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE

NO. 3.4 Seismic Zone Mapping of Gujarat State 3.11

3.5 Satellite Image of the Study Area 3.13

3.6 Land use / Land Cover Map of the Study Area 3.14

3.7 Wind Rose Diagram 3.19

3.8 Status of PM10 Concentration in Ambient Air 3.21

3.9 Status of PM2.5 Concentration in Ambient Air 3.22

3.10 Status of SO2 Concentration in Ambient Air 3.22

3.11 Status of NO2 Concentration in Ambient Air 3.23

3.12 Routes considered for Traffic Survey 3.32

3.13 Map of Study Area Showing Population Distribution 3.47

3.14 Map of Study Area Showing Population Literacy Rate 3.48

3.15 Map of Study Area Showing Workers distribution 3.49

4.1 Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for PM10 4.19

4.2 Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for SO2 4.20

4.3 Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for NOx 4.21

4.4 Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for HCl 4.22

4.5 Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for NH3 4.23

6.1 Environmental Management Cell 6.4

7.1 Identification of hazardous areas 7.7

7.2 Risk Assessment Methodology 7.20

7.3 Accidental release of chemical 7.22

7.4 Toxic & Flammable Threat of all the Scenarios 7.25

7.5 Threat zone of Catastrophic Rupture of all the Scenarios 7.25

7.6 Hierarchy of Emergency Team 7.38

8.1 Possible Beneficial Impacts due to Proposed Project 8.6

10.1 Existing Greenbelt Development 10.7

10.2 Tentative greenbelt area development 10.8

11.1 Key Infrastructure Map of the Study Area 11.5


Table of Contents Page | xxi

LIST OF ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE NO. TITLE PAGE

NO.

1. Land Possession Documents A-1

2. Details of Manufacturing Process A-35

3. Details of Raw Materials Requirement A-167

4. Details of storage of Products & Raw Materials A-177

5. Layout Plan A-183

6. Acknowledgement of CGWA Application Slip A-184

7. Copy of Membership (NECL, BEIL) & LOI (RSPL) A-185

8. Details of fly ash generation A-188

9. Copies of Consent to Establish A-189

10. Copies of Consolidated Consent & Authorization (CC&A) A-207

11. Compliance of CC&A A-247

12. Annual Compliance (Form V) A-251

13. Third Party Monitoring Reports A-257

14. Compliance Monitoring of Existing Plant A-287

15. Notice and its compliance A-292

16. Inspection Reports from GPCB XGN A-312

17. PLI Policy A-342

18. License from PESO for storage of hazardous chemicals A-344

19. Compliance of CREP guidelines A-347

20. Photographs of baseline monitoring activities A-351

21. Methodology for Baseline Environmental Monitoring & Analysis A-352

22. Analysis report of Baseline Environmental Monitoring A-357

23. Details of Traffic Survey A-379

24. Basic amenities in the study area A-382

25. EHS Policy A-386

26. List of SOP’s for EHS A-388

27. Characteristic of Hazardous Chemicals A-390

28. Health Check up Form A-400

29. Analysis of Maximum Credible Accident Scenarios A-401



Table of Contents

Page | xxii

ANNEXURE NO. TITLE PAGE

NO. 30. Checklist for Safety Compliance A-469

31. Proposed CSR Activities A-477

32. Do’s and Don’ts A-478

33. Public Hearing Proceeding A-483


Table of Contents Page | xxiii

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

AAQM : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

APHA : American Public Health Association

APCM : Air Pollution Control Measure

APTI : Air Pollution Tolerance Index

BDL : Below Detectable Limit

CP : Cleaner Production

CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board

CHWIF : Common Hazardous Waste & Incineration facility

CSR : Corporate Social Responsibility

EAC : Expert Appraisal Committee

EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment

EC : Environment Clearance

EHS : Environment, Health & Safety

EMP : Environment Management Plan

EMS : Environment Management System

EPA : Environmental Protection Act

ETP : Effluent Treatment Plant

DMP : Disaster Management Plan

GLC : Ground Level Concentration

GOI : Government of India

GPCB : Gujarat Pollution Control Board

HAZOP : Hazard & Operability Study

IMD : Indian Metrological Data

IS : Indian Standard

ISCST : Industrial Source Complex Short term

ISO : International Standard Organization

LOC : Level of concern

MOC : Material Of Construction MoEF : Ministry of Environment & Forest

MSL : Mean Sea Level

MSDS : Material Safety Data Sheets

NH : National Highway



Table of Contents

Page | xxiv

NOC : No Objection Certificate

OSHA : Occupational Safety And Health Administration

PAC : Poly Aluminum Chloride

PM : Particulate Matter

PPEs : Personal Protective Equipments

RA : Risk Assessment

TOR : Terms of Reference

TSDF : Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility

TDS : Total Dissolved Solid

LIST OF SYMBOLS / NOTATIONS

°C : Degree Celsius

dB(A) : Decibels(A-Weighted)

gm/cc : Gram per Cubic Centimeter

Kcal/Hr : Kilo Calorie per Hour

KVA : Kilo Volts Ampere

KLD : Kilo Liters per Day

KW : Kilo Watt

m : meters

m/s : Meters per Second

mg/lit : Milligram/ Liters

mg/m3 : Milligram/cube meter of air

MW : Mega Watt

μg/m3 : Microgram/cube meter of air

μs : Microgram second

NOX : Oxides of Nitrogen

PM : Particulate Matter

ppm : Parts per Million

SCM : Standard Cubic Meter

SO2 : Sulphur dioxide

Sq.km. : Square kilometer

Sq.m. : Square Meter

TPM : Ton per Month

COPY OF TOR ISSUED FROM EAC (INDUSTRY II), MOEF&CC


TOR issued by EAC, MoEF&CC Page | xxv



TOR issued by EAC, MoEF&CC

Page | xxvi


TOR issued by EAC, MoEF&CC Page | xxvii




Page | xxviii


TOR issued by EAC, MoEF&CC Page | xxix




Page | xxx


TOR issued by EAC, MoEF&CC Page | xxxi




Page | xxxii

TOR COMPLIANCE


ToR Compliance Page | xxxiii

COMPLIANCE OF TERMS OF REFERENCES (TOR)

Compliance of ToR vide letter no. IA-J-11011/583/2017-IA-II(I) dated 10/02/2018 TOR No. TOR Points Compliance Status

A STANDARD TOR

1 Executive Summary Executive Summary is enclosed separately with EIA Report.

2 Introduction

(i) Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

This EIA has been prepared by Envisafe Environment Consultants who are NABET accredited consultant. Details of accreditation are given in Chapter 12.

(ii) Information about the project proponent

Details of project proponent are given in Section 1.3, Table 1.1, Chapter 1.

(iii) Importance and benefits of the project

Most of the products that Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd. intends to manufacture are widely used as bulk drugs and intermediates in the domestic as well as international market. In the domestic market, Intas is the 4th largest corporation in Indian Chronic Pharma market with a market share of 5.32%

3 Project Description

(i) Cost of project and time of completion.

The existing plant has made capital investment of Rs. 28.66 Crores and estimated cost of proposed expansion project will be about Rs. 70 Crores. Refer Section 2.9.3, Chapter 2 for detailed breakup of cost of the project.

The project activities will be commenced after receipt of Environmental clearance from MoEF&CC and CTE from GPCB. The expected start date of the project is July 2018 and the completion of all these activities will take about 10-12 months and which is expected to be in operative phase in by June 2019. Details of project implementation schedule is given in Section 2.10, Chapter 2.

(ii) Products with capacities for the proposed project

The unit is involved in the manufacturing of pharmaceutical intermediates with total production capacity of 241 TPM and now



ToR Compliance

Page | xxxiv

TOR No. TOR Points Compliance Status

proposes to expand with the manufacturing of various other pharmaceutical bulk drugs & intermediates with total production capacity of 287.77 TPM after proposed expansion. Details of products are given in Section 2.5, Table 2.2 & 2.3.

(iii) If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

The unit is involved in the manufacturing of pharmaceutical intermediates with total production capacity of 241 TPM. Details of products are given in Section 2.5, Table 2.2.

The total plot area for the existing plant is 28,567 m2. Unit has procured additional land of 31,100 m2 adjacent to the existing plant and wanted to utilize undeveloped land of 1,999 m2 area, for the proposed expansion project. Hence, total area of the unit will increase up to 61,666 m2. Breakup of the area is given in Section 2.9.1, Chapter 2.

The unit has not obtained Environmental Clearance (EC) for their existing unit as it was not covered under the EIA Notification-1994 regulated at the time of its establishment.

(iv) List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation

Various raw materials will be required for the manufacturing of proposed products. Details of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation are given in Section 2.8, Annexure 3, 4, Chapter 2. (v) Other chemicals and materials

required with quantities and storage capacities

(vi) Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

Details of water pollution, air pollution, hazardous waste generation etc. are elaborated in Section 2.11, Chapter 2.

(vii) Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)

Fresh Water Requirement, Source: Borewell 141 KLD (Existing: 45 KLD, Total: 186 KLD) Power Requirement, Source: DGVCL 1200 kVA (Existing: 475 kVA, Total: 1675 kVA) Manpower Requirement 472 (Existing: 168, Total: 640)

Details of the same are given in Section 2.9,


ToR Compliance Page | xxxv


Chapter 2.

Water Balance diagram is given in Section 2.11.1, Figure 2.4, Chapter 2.

(viii) Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantities) from raw material to products to be provided

Manufacturing of all the existing products are carried out in batch process. Manufacturing of proposed products will be carried out in batch process and will involve various unit operations like drying, centrifugation, distillation, filtration and unit process of mainly synthesis. Details of manufacturing process along with process description, chemical reaction, process flow diagram, material balance is given in Annexure 2.

Details of Plant Machineries & Utilities are given in Section 2.9.2, Table 2.6, Chapter 2.

(ix) Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

Hazard identification with respect to storage and handling of hazardous chemicals and manufacturing process & allied operations in the plant are given in Section 7.3.1, Chapter 7. Details of safety systems proposed for the proposed expansion are given in Section 7.3.2 & Section 7.7 (F), Chapter 7.

(x) Expansion/modernization proposals:

(a). Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing/existing operation of the project from

The unit has not obtained Environmental Clearance (EC) for their existing unit as it was not covered under the EIA Notification-1994 regulated at the time of its establishment. Presently, unit holds valid Consent to Operate (CTO/CC&A) issued by GPCB.

Unit complies with all the conditions stipulated in current CC&A and compliance of the same is attached as Annexure 11.

Details of compliance of CTO is given in



ToR Compliance

Page | xxxvi


SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

Section 2.12.1, Chapter 2.

(b). In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided.

Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005 2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

The unit has not obtained Environmental Clearance (EC) for their existing unit as it was not covered under the EIA Notification-1994 regulated at the time of its establishment. Presently, unit holds valid Consent to Operate (CTO/CC&A) issued by GPCB. Details of the same are given in Section 2.12, Chapter 2.

Copies of all the CTE/NOC are enclosed in Annexure 9. Unit complies with all the conditions stipulated in current CC&A and compliance of the same is attached as Annexure 11.

Details of compliance of CTO is given in Section 2.12.1, Chapter 2.

4 Site Details

(i) Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

Details of the salient features of the project site are given in Section 2.3, Table 2.1, Chapter 2.

There was no need to examine an alternative site as it is an existing unit and proposed expansion will be carried out on existing land available and additional land in industrial estate adjoining to the existing plant. Detailed justification is given in Section 2.4, Chapter 2.

(ii) A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

Toposheet of the 10 km study area is enclosed in Section 3.2.3, Figure 3.3.

(iii) Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site.

There was no need to examine an alternative site as it is an existing unit and proposed expansion will be carried out on existing land available and additional land in industrial estate


ToR Compliance Page | xxxvii


adjoining to the existing plant. Detailed justification is given in Section 2.4, Chapter 2.

(iv) Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

Refer Section 2.3, Table 2.1, Chapter 2 Node Latitude Longitude

N 21°33'47.44"N 73° 8'50.06"E ESE 21°33'38.60"N 73° 8'55.94"E SW 21°33'38.63"N 73° 8'44.68"E W 21°33'41.61"N 73° 8'42.29"E

(v) Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

Refer Section 2.3, Figure 2.2, Chapter 2

(vi) Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

Layout map of existing and proposed expansion project is given in Section 2.9.1, Figure 2.3(a) and 2.3(b). Also, layout plan is attached as Annexure 5.

(vii) Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

Photographs of existing plant and proposed site are given in Section 2.3, Figure 2.1, Chapter 2. Photographs of greenbelt development are given in Section 10.4, Figure 10.1.

(viii) Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area)

Land-use breakup of the existing plant and proposed expansion is given in Section 2.9.1, Table 2.5(a), 2.5(b), Chapter 2.

(ix) A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated.

Land use details of the study area.

List of major industries within study area is given in Section 3.2.1, Table 3.2, Chapter 2.

Land-use breakup of the study area is given in Section 3.3.3, Table 3.5, Figure 3.6.

(x) Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included

Details of geological features are given in Section 3.3.1, Chapter 3. Details of hydrological status is given in Section 3.3.7, Chapter 3.

(xi) Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the

There are no major rivers within 1 km radius



ToR Compliance

Page | xxxviii


site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects)

from project site.

(xii) Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

The total plot area for the existing plant is 28,567 m2. Unit has procured additional land of 31,100 m2 adjacent to the existing plant and wanted to utilize undeveloped land of 1,999 m2 area, for the proposed expansion project. Hence, total area of the unit will increase up to 61,666 m2. Refer Section 2.9.1, Chapter 2 and Annexure 1 for land possession documents.

(xiii) R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy

Not Applicable

5 Forest and Wildlife related issues (if applicable)

(i) Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department.(if applicable)

Not Applicable.

There is no protected area notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act (1972) & Eco-sensitive area notified under Section 3 of the Environment (Protection) Act-1986 exists within 10 Km radius areas from the Plant Site.

(ii) Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

(iii) Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.

(iv) The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit


ToR Compliance Page | xxxix


the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-a-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon

(v) Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area

(vi) Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection)Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife

6 Environmental Status

(i) Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

Site specific micrometeorological data are given in Section 3.3.5, Chapter 3.

(ii) AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, S02, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

Baseline concentration of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NO2 in the ambient air were within the norms specified for NAAQs at all the monitoring locations.

Concentration of NH3, HCl and VOC (as isobutylene) in ambient air were below detectable limit at all the monitoring locations. Details of AAQM are given in Section 3.3.6, Chapter 3.

(iii) Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA

Raw data of all AAM are given in Annexure 22.



ToR Compliance

Page | xl


Report.

(iv) Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB / MoEF&CC guidelines.

Surface water quality of all the sources are given in Section 3.3.7, Table 3.8, 3.9, Chapter 3.

(v) Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details.

No, the project site does not fall near to polluted stretch of any river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC.

(vi) Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

Ground water quality of all the sources are given in Section 3.3.7, Table 3.8, 3.9, Chapter 3.

(vii) Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area

Details of noise monitoring are given in Section 3.3.9, Chapter 3.

(viii) Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines

Soil characteristic are given in Section 3.3.8, Table 3.11, Chapter 3.

(ix) Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

Details of the traffic survey conducted is given in Section 3.3.10, Annexure 23, Chapter 3.

(x) Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished.

During the survey, a total of 170 plant species belonging to 155 genera and 75 families were noted in the study area; including 64 tree species, 30 shrubs, 53 herbs, 16 climbers, creepers and lianas, and 7 crop plants. Most of the species are of common occurrence

During the site visit, it was observed that all the species encountered are quite common. Also, there is no reserved forest, national park or sanctuary within the study area. Besides direct sighting, villagers were also interviewed for the record of faunal species occurring in the study area. A total of 47 bird species belonging to 44 genera and 31 families were seen. 8 mammal species belonging to 8 genera and 8 families, and 8 reptile species belonging to 8 genera and 6 families were recorded on the basis of interviewing local people. Besides, 41 species


ToR Compliance Page | xli


of insects and others belonging to 31 genera and 15 families were also recorded

Details of the flora and fauna existing in the study area are given in Section 3.3.11, Chapter 3.

(xi) Socio-economic status of the study area.

The study area comprises of total three Talukas of Bharuch District namely Ankleshwar, Jhagadia and Valia and Mangrol taluka of Surat district. There are 59 villages of Bharuch and 11 villages of Surat coming within the study area of 10 km from the project site. Details of socio-economic survey are given in Section 3.3.12, Chapter 3.

7 Impact and Environment Management Plan

(i) Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

The maximum 24-hourly average ground level concentration for pollutant due to proposed project calculated using mathematical model (ISCST3) for PM10, SO2, NO2, HCl and NH3 are 3.412 �g/m3, 9.689 �g/m3, 0.903 �g/m3, 0.564 �g/m3 and 4.891 �g/m3 respectively which is very low even for the worst-case scenario. Moreover, this will occur at a distance of maximum 300 meters for PM10, SO2, NO2 and 100 meters for HCl & NH3 from the source, where there is no permanent habitat exists.

The incremental ground level concentration of all the ambient air monitoring locations is very negligible and practically nil and therefore there will not be any impact on the air quality of surrounding villages due to the proposed expansion project. Details of the same are given in Section 4.5.2, Chapter 4.

(ii) Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body

Not applicable, since there will be no discharge of effluent from the plant premise.

(iii) Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw

There are chances of fugitive emission during transportation of raw materials and products. Details of impact identified and mitigation measures for the same are described in



ToR Compliance

Page | xlii


materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

Section 4.4, Table 4.3 and Section 4.5.2 C.

(iv) A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules.

Presently, effluent generation from existing industrial activities is 23.9 KLD. After treatment in ETP, treated wastewater is re-used for greenbelt development in existing premise. Sewage generated from domestic activities is 6 KLD which is sent to soak pit through septic tank system. Details of effluent treatment scheme are given in Section 2.11.1.1, Figure 2.5, Table 2.15, 2.16, Chapter 2.

Characteristic of effluent streams are given in Section 2.11.1.1, Table 2.11, 2.13(a, b) and Table 2.14.

(v) Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

There will be generation of flue gas in the form of PM, SO2 and NOx and process gas generation in the form of SO2, NH3 and HCl gas. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emission are given in Section 2.11.2, Chapter 2.

(vi) Measures for fugitive emission control

Measures for fugitive emission are given in Section 4.5.2 (C).

(vii) Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

Main sources of hazardous waste generation from proposed expansion project will be sludge from ETP, MEE salt and various process waste viz. inorganic waste, spent hyflow, inorganic process waste, spent carbon, spent/mix solvent and distillation residue. The ancillary source of hazardous waste generation will be discarded containers/bags from storage and handling of raw materials and spent/used oil generation from plant & machinery. The details of hazardous waste generation and handling & Management are given in Section 2.11.3, Table 2.22.

EMP for waste-minimization, recycle / reuse / recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation are given in Section 10.5, Chapter 10.


ToR Compliance Page | xliii


(viii) Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.

Details of fly ash management is given in Section 2.11.4, Chapter 2.

(ix) Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

To maintain the ecological balance, the unit has already developed green belt in area of 12,500 sq.m. within the existing premises. The greenbelt area will be extended up to 20,350 sq.m. (33.0 % of total plot area). Details of greenbelt development are given in Section 10.4, Chapter 10.

(x) Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources.

Unit will explore opportunities to construct rain water harvesting as a part of CSR activities in consultation with local government and gram panchayat in nearby villages.

(xi) Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included.

Capital investment towards the environmental protection, control & mitigation measures will be about Rs. 5.85 crore for the ultimate after proposed expansion project. Recurring cost of the same will be about 1.88 crore. Detailed breakup of the same is given in Section 10.6, Chapter 10.

(xii) Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted

Environmental monitoring program for the proposed project is given in Section 6.2, Table 6.1, Chapter 6.

(xiii) Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

Details of on-site and off-site emergency plan are given in Section 7.8 and 7.9, Chapter 7. respectively. Details of risk assessment study is given in Section 7.6, Chapter 7



ToR Compliance

Page | xliv


8 Occupational health

(i) Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers

Details of occupational health & safety of all workers is elaborated in Section 7.4 & 7.5, Chapter 7.

(ii) Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre-placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.

Pre-medical checkup is carried out at the time of employment and regular medical checkup of employees as per details given in Section 7.5, Chapter 7. Unit maintains all the records in Form 33 certifying fitness for employment in hazardous process and operation as per Factories Act guidelines and maintains health register of all the employees in Form 32. Format of health record is enclosed as Annexure 28.

(iii) Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved,


(iv) Annual report of health status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

Unit maintains all the records in Form 33 certifying fitness for employment in hazardous process and operation as per Factories Act guidelines and maintains health register of all the employees in Form 32. Format of health record is enclosed as Annexure 28.

9 Corporate Environment Policy

(i) Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

The unit has prepared Environment, Occupational Health & Safety (EOHS) Policy approved by its Director for effective and efficient working with view of environment protection. Copy of the same is enclosed as Annexure 25.


ToR Compliance Page | xlv


(ii) Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process I procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

Apart from EOHS policy, there will be different SOPs related to EOHS of the unit, which will be implemented and reviewed periodically. The list of SOPs related to EOHS is given at Annexure 26.

(iii) What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given.

Details of environment management cell are given in Section 6.5, Figure 6.1, Table 6.2, Chapter 6.

(iv) Does the company have system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.

Being an existing project, all the infrastructure facilities are provided and will be expanded for the proposed expansion project. For details refer plant layout attached as Annexure 5.

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

Details of CER and Socio-economic development are given in Section 8.2, Chapter 8. CER activities carried out by the unit are given in Annexure 31.

12 Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against

There are no litigations pending against any court of law against the project.



ToR Compliance

Page | xlvi


the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance1ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case

13 A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TORs.

Prefixed to the EIA report.

B SPECIFIC TOR

1. Details on solvents to be used, measures for solvent recovery and for emissions control.

Unit will require various solvents for manufacturing of proposed products. There will be generation of spent / mix solvent during the manufacturing process. It will be separated and sent for offsite distillation to authorized recyclers or recovered in-house and reused in process or sold to authorized end-users. Details of solvent management are given in Section 2.7, Chapter 2.

2. Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control.

The source of process gas generation from the proposed manufacturing activity will be in the form of SO2, NH3 and HCl gas. The adequate scrubbing system of two stage acid / alkali scrubber will be provided for the control of process gas emission. Details of process gas emission are given in Section 2.11.2.2, Chapter 2.

3. Ambient air quality data should include VOC, other process-specific pollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*, HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*, etc. (*-as applicable)

Baseline concentration of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NO2 in the ambient air were within the norms specified for NAAQs at all the monitoring locations.

Concentration of NH3, HCl and VOC (as isobutylene) in ambient air were below detectable limit at all the monitoring locations. Details of AAQM are given in Section 3.3.6, Chapter 3.

4. Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous

Details of work area monitoring is given in


ToR Compliance Page | xlvii


chemicals. Section 7.5, Table 7.2, Chapter 7.

5. Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregation of effluent streams for units adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge.

After proposed expansion, total effluent generation from project will be segregated into high COD/TDS and low COD/TDS concentration streams. High concentrated wastewater stream from manufacturing process will be treated in proposed stripper followed by Multiple Effect Evaporator. Treated water from stripper along with WTP reject will be sent to MEE. Condensate water from MEE will be sent to ETP along with other low COD/TDS waste streams i.e. Cooling, Washing and Boiler.

After treatment in ETP followed by RO, permeate from RO will reused for cooling and reject will be sent to MEE. Hence, there will be no discharge of treated effluent and unit will maintain Zero Liquid Discharge. Details of the same are elaborated in Section 2.11.1.1, Chapter 2.

6. Action plan for odour control to be submitted.

Action plan for odor control is given in Section 4.5.2 (C)

7. A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearly that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

Unit has obtained membership of Nandesari Environment Control Ltd. (NECL) and Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd. (BEIL) for safe disposal of existing hazardous waste and will obtain permission for additional quantity of hazardous waste generated from proposed expansion project. In this context, unit has obtained LOI from Recycling Solutions Pvt. Ltd. (RSPL) for disposal of additional quantity of hazardous waste generation. Copies of membership of NECL & BEIL and LOI from RSPL are enclosed as Annexure 7.

8. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any.

Unit maintains zero liquid discharge. Unit has obtained membership of Nandesari Environment Control Ltd. (NECL) and Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd. (BEIL) for safe disposal of existing hazardous waste and will obtain permission for additional quantity of hazardous waste generated from proposed expansion project. In this context, unit has obtained LOI from Recycling Solutions Pvt. Ltd.



ToR Compliance

Page | xlviii


(RSPL) for disposal of additional quantity of hazardous waste generation. Copies of membership of NECL & BEIL and LOI from RSPL are enclosed as Annexure 7.

9. Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts.

MEE salt will be collected, stored and disposal by land filling at common TSDF. Details of the same are given in Section 2.11.3, Chapter 2.

10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used.

Material Safety Data Sheet for all the chemicals are given in Part 3 of EIA report.

11. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.

Unit maintains zero liquid discharge. Unit has obtained membership of Nandesari Environment Control Ltd. (NECL) and Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd. (BEIL) for safe disposal of existing hazardous waste and will obtain permission for additional quantity of hazardous waste generated from proposed expansion project. In this context, unit has obtained LOI from Recycling Solutions Pvt. Ltd. (RSPL) for disposal of additional quantity of hazardous waste generation. Copies of membership of NECL & BEIL and LOI from RSPL are enclosed as Annexure 7.

12. Details of incinerator if to be installed.

Not applicable

13. Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated.

Details of risk assessment are given in Section 7.6, Chapter 7. Details of safety systems proposed for the proposed expansion are given in Section 7.3.2 & Section 7.7 (F), Chapter 7.

14. Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.


CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION


[[

Chapter-1: Introduction Page | 1.1

CHAPTER – 1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 PREFACE The report is an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report for the proposed

Synthetic Organic Chemicals manufacturing project of M/s. Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd.

The aim of EIA study is to assess the impacts of proposed industrial activity on

environment for planning suitable mitigation measures and to capitalize on beneficial

impacts of proposed project.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT M/s. Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd. is an existing large-scale unit located at Survey No.

44/B, Village Naldhari, Siludi Valia Road, Taluka Valia in Bharuch District of Gujarat

State for the manufacturing of pharmaceutical intermediates with the total production

capacity of 241 TPM. Now, the unit proposes to expand with the manufacturing of

various other pharmaceutical bulk drugs & intermediates with total production capacity

of 287.77 TPM. For the proposed expansion, unit has acquired additional land adjoining

to the existing plant at Survey No. 130 in Village Valia and Plot No. 7/2 in Valia

industrial estate of GIDC.

The proposed project is covered under Category 5(f)-A as per new EIA Notification of

MoEF&CC, dated 14/09/2006 and subsequent amendments. Therefore, unit has

applied for obtaining Environmental Clearance from Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC),

MoEF&CC. Terms of Reference (TOR) has been issued by SEIAA vide letter no. IA-J-

11011/583/2017-IA-II(I) on 10/02/2018 for carrying out Environmental Impact

Assessment study.

1.3 PROMOTERS & THEIR BACKGROUND The promoters of the company have wide experience in the field of industrial operation

and synthetic organic chemicals manufacturing. The company is a Public limited firm

and details of promoters are listed below in Table 1.1.



[[


Table 1.1 Promoters & Their Background

Sr. No.

Name of the Director & Designation Qualification Experience, Years

1. Mr. Hasmukh K. Chudgar (Chairman) B. Pharm

More than 59 years in Pharmaceutical Industry

2. Mr. Binish H. Chudgar (Vice Chairman & MD) B.Com., MBA


3. Mr. Nimish H. Chudgar (Managing Director & CEO) B.Sc. (Chemistry)


4. Mr. Urmish H. Chudgar (Managing Director)

MBBS, Masters in Pediatrics, Diploma in Pediatric Hematology

and oncology

More than 35 years

5. Ms. Kusum Chudgar (Director) Secondary School --

1.4 PURPOSE OF THE EIA STUDY The purpose of the Environmental Impact Assessment study and report is to comply

with the ToR issued by MoEF&CC as a part of the process to obtain Environmental

Clearance. Most importantly the purpose of EIA study is to identify and mitigate

environmental impacts in a timely manner.

Unit has appointed Envisafe Environment Consultants, Ahmedabad as EIA Consultant

for the proposed project. Envisafe is an EIA Consultant accredited by the National

Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET), an organization working

under the Quality Council of India (QCI), which is mandatory for carrying out EIA

Projects as per amendment in MOEF&CC’s Notification vide S.O. 648(E) dated 3rd

March 2016. Details of the Envisafe are given in Chapter-12: Disclosure of Consultant.

1.5 OBJECTIVES OF EIA STUDY The prime purpose of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is to disclose the

environmental consequences of a proposed activity before action is taken. Thus, the

main objective of EIA is to determine as precisely as possible, within the present limits

of knowledge and expertise, the likely environmental impacts of a planned development

activity and incorporate efficient environmental protection measures right at the

planning stage of project in such a way that the residual adverse effects becomes


[[


acceptable or almost none. The objectives of the present environmental impact

assessment study briefly described below:

� To sustain the goals of environmental protection and development.

� To integrate environmental protection and economic decisions at the earliest stages

of planning an activity.

� To identify and assess environmental, social, economic, and cultural consequences

of a proposed activity and to delineate plans for the mitigation of adverse impacts

resulting from the proposed activity.

� To provide for the involvement of the public, Government department and

Government agencies in the review of the proposed activities.

Thus, by using EIA tool both environmental and economic benefits can be achieved,

such as reduced cost & time of project design & implementation, avoided

treatment/clean-up costs, impacts of laws and regulations, etc.

1.6 SCOPE OF EIA STUDY The Environmental Impact Assessment fits into the long-term planning process as it

provides the vehicle for identifying the potential effects of activities on the environment.

Again, the long-term aspects of impact are probably more important as only on a longer

time horizon can adequate, effective, and low-cost alternatives to reduce the impact be

identified. Thus, main scopes of environmental impact assessment are described as

follows.

� To assess the prevailing environmental status within the study area around the

project site.

� To evaluate performance of the existing plant with respect to compliance of existing

environmental statutes & consents.

� To critically analyze the various activity of the proposed project and identify potential

source of environmental pollution.

� To identify and assess significant impacts of proposed project on environmental

components through matrix method.

� To suggest preventive and mitigation measures to minimize or avoid the adverse

impacts on the environment and to maximize the beneficial impacts.

� To prepare Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and delineate post-project

environmental monitoring program to be pursued by the industries.



[[


� To prepare an EIA Study report and utilize it for applicable statutory clearances for

proposed project and/or any other management purpose.

Thus, the present EIA study will help the proponent in their planning of effective control

measures to avoid or minimize the likely adverse impacts on environment due to their

proposed project activities.

1.7 STRUCTURE OF REPORT A properly prepared assessment should enable the decision maker to conclude whether

the proposal should or should not regarded as a major action, whether the

environmental impact is or is not significant. To support the same, EIA report has been

structured covering various aspects like project description, baseline conditions,

environmental impacts, mitigation measures, environmental management plan as

directed by MoEF&CC vide letter of awarded ToR. Copy of ToR and its compliance is

provided at the beginning of this report. Further, the present EIA report has been

prepared chapter-wise in accordance with generic structure suggested by MoEF&CC in

EIA notification.

The present report of the EIA study for the proposed unit for the manufacturing of

synthetic organic chemicals has been prepared as per the structure given in Table 1.2.

Table 1.2: Structure of EIA Report

Sr. No. EIA Structure Contents

1. Introduction � Identification of project & project proponent � Purpose, Objectives & Scope of EIA study � EIA structure & Regulatory Frame work

2. Project description � Description & Justification of the project � Project Location and Salient features of the project

site � Maps showing Project Location, plant layout &

administrative map of study area � Proposed Product and process description � Description of facilities, infrastructure need,

resource requirement, pollution potentials & management


[[



3. Baseline Environmental status

� Approach & methodology of baseline study � Establishment of baseline status for valued

environmental parameters as identified in scope � Maps of Study Area showing Sampling &

Monitoring Locations and land use pattern. 4. Anticipated

Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

� Identification & prediction of environmental impacts during construction as well as operation phases of the proposed project

� Evaluation of Impacts on air environment using mathematical model.

� Mitigation measures for minimizing and / or avoiding adverse impacts during construction as well as operation phases

5. Analysis of site alternatives (Technology & Site)

� Justification of sites selection & technology for the manufacturing of proposed products.

6. Environmental Monitoring Program

� Technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures including measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis, reporting schedules.

� Details of corporate environmental responsibility. � Description of the administrative & managerial

aspects of ensuring that mitigation measures are implemented and their effectiveness monitored.

7. Additional Studies � Public Consultation � Risk and Safety Management o Hazard Identification o Details of hazardous chemicals and Safety

measures for transportation, loading/unloading, Storage/handling etc.

o Safety measures for the manufacturing process and allied operations

o Occupational Health & Safety Management o Monitoring program for EHS o Risk assessment study and mitigation measures o Fire fighting system and emergency

management o Onsite / Offsite Emergency Plan



[[



8. Project Benefits � Employment opportunity, Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) and Corporate social responsibility (CSR).

� Socio-economic development and Improvements in the physical & social infrastructure

� Employment & Other tangible benefits 9. Environmental Cost

Benefit Analysis � If suggested, at the scoping stage (Not applicable

in this case) 10. Environmental

Management Plan � Environmental Management Plan for various

project Activities � Illustration of greenbelt development plan and

application of cleaner production technology � Budgetary allocation for environment protection

11. Summary & Conclusion

� Salient features of the project covering project description, location, mitigation measures, costing etc.

� Overall conclusion for the proposed project 12. Disclosure of

Consultants Engaged � Details of the EIA consultants, experts &

Laboratory engaged.

CHAPTER 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Chapter-2: Project Description Page | 2.1

CHAPTER- 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 BACKGROUND M/s. Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd. is an existing large-scale unit located at Valia Taluka in

Bharuch District of Gujarat. The plant was commissioned by M/s. Zora Pharma Pvt. Ltd. in

1986 for manufacturing of Pharmaceutical products. It was taken over by the management

of M/s. Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd. in the year 2009.

At present, the unit is engaged in manufacturing of various pharmaceutical intermediates

with the total production capacity of 241 TPM. Now, the unit proposes to expand with the

manufacturing of various other pharmaceutical bulk drugs & intermediates with total

production capacity of 287.77 TPM.

The proposed expansion project is covered under Category 5(f)-A as per new EIA

Notification of Ministry of Environment Forest & Climate Change (MoEF&CC), dated

14/09/2006 and subsequent amendments.

2.2 JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT Most of the products that Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd. intends to manufacture are widely

used as bulk drugs and intermediates in the domestic as well as international market. In

the domestic market, Intas is the 4th largest corporation in Indian Chronic Pharma market

with a market share of 5.32%. It also has presence in cardiovascular system (CVS),

diabetology, gynecology, infertility, respiratory care, gastroenterology, pain management

as well as other therapeutic segments in India. Besides rapidly growing domestic

prominence, Intas is also present in more than 70 countries worldwide with robust sales,

marketing and distribution infrastructure in markets like North America, Europe, Central &

Latin America, Africa, Australia, New Zealand, Asia -Pacific as well as Commonwealth of

Independent States (CIS) and Middle East and North Africa (MENA) countries.

2.3 PROJECT LOCATION The existing plant is located at Survey No. 44/B, Village Naldhari, Siludi Valia Road,

Taluka Valia in Bharuch District of Gujarat State. The unit has acquired some additional

land adjoining to the existing plant at Survey No. 130 in Village Valia and Plot No. 7/2 in

Valia industrial estate of GIDC for the proposed expansion. Copies of land possession

documents are attached as Annexure 1. Site photographs of the project site are given in



Chapter-2: Project Description

Page | 2.2

Figure 2.1. Location map of the project site is given in Figure 2.2. The salient features of

the projects are described in Table 2.1.

Figure 2.1: Site Photographs

Node Latitude Longitude N 21°33'47.44"N 73° 8'50.06"E

ESE 21°33'38.60"N 73° 8'55.94"E SW 21°33'38.63"N 73° 8'44.68"E W 21°33'41.61"N 73° 8'42.29"E

(Main Entrance) (Existing Plant)

Project Site (Proposed Expansion) N



Figure 2.2: Location Map of Project Site




Page | 2.4

Table 2.1: Salient features of the Project site 1. Site Location : Survey No. 44/B, Village Naldhari & Survey

No. 130 at Village Valia & Plot No. 7/2 in Valia industrial estate of GIDC, Taluka: Valia, Dist.: Bharuch

2. Geographical Locations

: Elevation: 50 m Toposheet No: F43/N-2


ESE 21°33'38.60"N 73° 8'55.94"E SW 21°33'38.63"N 73° 8'44.68"E W 21°33'41.61"N 73° 8'42.29"E

3. Land use of Project site : Existing: Agricultural Land converted to Non-Agricultural Land for Industrial use at Survey No. 44/B at Village Naldhari Proposed: Agricultural Land converted to Non-Agricultural Land at Survey No. 130 at Village Valia and Industrial land at Plot No.7/2 of Valia Industrial Estate of GIDC.

4. Infrastructure Setup (Aerial distance from project site) (a) Village / Habitation : Naldhari Village: 950 m, WSW

(b) City : Ankleshwar: 11.5 Km, WNW

(c) Highways : NH- 48: 14.5 Km, West

(d) Railway Station : Ankleshwar: 16.5 Km, WNW

(e) Sea Coast : Gulf of Khambhat: 58 Km, South

(f) Domestic Airport : Vadodara: 86 Km, North

(g) International Airport : Ahmedabad: 175 Km, NNW

(h) Defense installations : None

5. Place of Interest / Tourist places

: None

6. Displacement of population : None

7. Seismic Zone : As per the earthquake sensitivity index, the unit is situated in Zone- III having moderate Damage Risk (MSK- VII).

2.4 JUSTIFICATION OF SITE SELECTION The unit is located at Valia, Dist. Bharuch hence, there was no need to examine an

alternative site as it is an existing unit and proposed expansion will be carried out on



existing land available and additional land in industrial estate adjoining to the existing

plant. Specific site selection criteria for the proposed expansion project are given below:

� The existing unit is having all basic facilities like availability of water, fuel, electricity,

transport and telecommunication systems etc.

� Plant site is 11.5 km away from Ankleshwar city, which is having transportation

facilities like linkage with Bombay and Delhi by Broad Gauge railway and National

Highway No. 48.

� All required common environmental infrastructure are in existence in the area namely

hazardous waste disposal facilities of Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd. (BEIL) &

Nandesari Environment Control Ltd. (NECL).

� In addition, CMEE and spray dryer of Ankleshwar Cleaner Process Technology Center

Pvt. Ltd. (ACPTLC) and co-processing facility of Recycling Solution Pvt. Ltd. (RSPL).

� Existence of standalone Industrial units located in Ankleshwar and Panoli for solvent

recovery.

� The raw materials required for the production of all the proposed products is easily

available in the vicinity of the project site, because of the proximity to the industrial

chemical markets at Ankleshwar, Panoli, Jhagadia and Dahej. This will reduce both the

cost of raw material transportation and the associated risk.

� Availability of trained and skilled manpower nearby because of the proximity to various

industrial areas and city/town.

� There is no protected area notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act (1972) & Eco-

sensitive area notified under Section 3 of the Environment (Protection) Act-1986 exists

within 10 Km radius areas from the Plant Site.

2.5 PRODUCT PROFILE The unit is involved in the manufacturing of pharmaceutical intermediates and now

proposes to expand with the manufacturing of various other pharmaceutical bulk drugs &

intermediates with total production capacity of 287.77 TPM, which will be widely used as

bulk drugs & intermediates in pharmaceuticals industries. List of existing and proposed

products are given in Table-2.2. Details of proposed products are given hereunder in

Table–2.3.




Page | 2.6

Table 2.2: List of Products

Sr. No. Name of Products *Capacity (TPM)

E1 E2 P T � Intermediates (Existing) E1 Crotonic Acid OR 1:3 Butandiol 50 19.68 (-19.68) Nil

E2 Hexa Methyl Di Silazane (HMDS) 50 20 (-20) Nil

E3 Floroquinolonic Acid (FQ Acid) 66 17 (-17) Nil

E4 Sodium Methoxide Solution 75 75 200 275

E5 R-(-) 3 Carboxymethyl-5-methyl hexanoic Acid Nil 4 (-4) Nil

E6 R(+/-) 3 Carboxymethyl-5-Methyl hexanoic Acid Nil 4 (-4) Nil

E7 R(+) - α – Methyl Benzylamine Nil 0.5 (-0.5) Nil

E8 Lacosamide (Stage III) Nil 0.5 (-0.5) Nil

E9 Chloroform Nil 100 (-100) Nil

� General API (Proposed) P1 Dabigatran Etexilate Mesylate Nil Nil 0.80 0.80

P2 Lurasidone HCl Nil Nil 0.10 0.10

P3 Lacosamide Nil Nil 0.50 0.50

P4 Bendamustine HCl Nil Nil 0.01 0.01

P5 Trazodone HCl Nil Nil 4.00 4.00

P6 Gemcitabine HCl Nil Nil 0.20 0.20

P7 Capecitabine Nil Nil 6.00 6.00

P8 Erlotinib HCl Nil Nil 0.10 0.10

P9 Imatinib Mesylate Alpha Nil Nil 0.50 0.50

P10 Nilotinib Nil Nil 0.15 0.15

P11 Dasatinib Nil Nil 0.05 0.05

P12 Pazopanib HCl Nil Nil 0.06 0.06

P13 Sorafenib Nil Nil 0.10 0.10

� Intermediates (Proposed) P14 N-BZ-Bis-Lactam Nil

0.02 0.04 0.05

P15 N-BOC-Bis-Lactam Nil 0.04 0.05

P16 5-(4-(4-(5-Cyano-1H-indol-3-yl)-butyl)-piperazin-1-yl) benzofuran-2-carboxamide Nil 0.3 (-0.25) 0.05

P17 2-acetamido-2-phenethylpropane-1,3-diyl-diacetate Nil Nil 0.05 0.05

Total Product Capacity 241.0 241.0 46.77 287.77 *E1: As per Earlier CC&A & ToR application, E2: Total After change in Product Mix, P: Proposed Change, T: Total after proposed expansion & ToR application



Table 2.3: Details of Products

Sr. No. Name of Products CAS No. IUPAC Name End Use

� General API P1 Dabigatran

Etexilate Mesylate 872728-

81-9 Ethyl-N-{[2-({[4-((E)-amino {[(hexyloxy) carbonyl]imino} methyl) phenyl] amino} methyl)-1-methyl-1H-benimidazol-5-yl] carbonyl}-N-pyridin-2-yl-b-alaninate methanesulfonate

Anticoagulant Medication used to prevent blood clot in the veins of legs or lungs

P2 Lurasidone HCl 367514-88-3

3aR,4S,7R,7aS)-2-(((1R,2R)-2-((4-(benzo [d]isothiazol-3-yl)piperazin-1-yl) methyl) cyclohexyl) methyl) hexahydro-1H-4, 7-methanoisoindole-1, 3(2H)-dione hydrochloride

Antisychotic used in treatment of schizophrenia and bipolar I depression.

P3 Lacosamide 175481-36-4

(R)-2-acetamido-N-benzyl-3-methoxypropanamide

Antiepileptic used in treatment of partial-onset seizures and neuropathic pain

P4 Bendamustine HCl 3543-75-7

4-[5-[bis(2-chloroethyl)amino]-1-methylbenzimidazol-2-yl]butanoic acid;hydrochloride

Used in combination with other antineoplastic agents in treatment of chronic lymphocytic leukemia and refractory form of non-Hodgkin lymphoma. Bendamustine also has potent immunosuppressive activity and can cause reactivation of chronic hepatitis B that can be severe and even fatal.

P5 Trazodone HCl 25332-39-2

2-[3-[4-(m-Chlorophenyl)-1-piperazinyl]propyl]s-tri azolo[4,3-a] -pyridin-3(2H)-one monohydrochloride

Anti-depressant used in treatment of anxiety disorder, unipolar depression and insomnia

� Oncology API

P6 Gemcitabine HCl 12211-03-9

4-amino-1-(2-deoxy-2,2-difluoro-β-D-erythro-pentofuranosyl)pyrimidin-2(1H)-on

Chemotherapy medication used for treatment of breast cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, pancreatic cancer, bladder cancer and biliary tract cancer.




Page | 2.8


P7 Capecitabine 154361-50-9

Pentyl [1-(3,4-dihydroxy-5-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-5-fluoro-2-oxo-1H-pyrimidin-4-yl]carbamate

Chemotherapy medication used for treatment of breast cancer, gastric cancer and colorectal cancer.

P8 Erlotinib HCl 183319-69-9

N-(3-)-4- ethynylphenyl)-6,7-BIS(2-methoxyethoxy quinazolinamine, monohydrochloride

Medication used in treatment of non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), pancreatic cancer and several other types of cancer.

P9 Imatinib Mesylate Alpha

220127-57-1

4-{(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl}-N-{4-methyl-3-{4-(pyridine-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino}phenyl}- benzamide methanesulfonate

Medication used in treatment of multiple cancer, most notably Philadelphia chromosome-positive chronic mylegogenous leukemia (CML)

P10 Nilotinib 641571-10-0

4-methyl-N-[3-(4-methyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl)- 5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3- [(4-pyridin-3-ylpyrimidin-2-yl) amino]benzamide

Medication used in treatment of chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML)

P11 Dasatinib 302962-49-8

N-(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)-2-[[6-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)- 1-piperazinyl]-2-methyl-4-pyrimidinyl]amino]-5-thiazole carboxamide

Medication used in treatment of multiple cancer, most notably Philadelphia chromosome-positive acute lymphoblastic leukemia (Ph+ALL) and other cancers including advanced prostate cancer.

P12 Pazopanib HCl 635702-64-6

5-[[4-[(2,3-dimethyl-2H-indazol-6yl)methylamino]-2-pyrimidinyl]amino]-2-methylbenzenesulfonamide monohydrochloride

Medication used in treatment for renal cell carcinoma and soft tissue sarcoma

P13 Sorafenib Tosylate 475207-59-1

4-{4-[3-(4-Chloro-3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-ureido]-phenoxy}- pyridine-2-carboxylic acid methylamide-4-methylbenzenesulfonate

Medication used in treatment of primary kidney cancer, advanced primary liver cancer and radioactive iodine resistant advanced thyroid carcinoma

� Intermediates

P14 N-BZ-Bis-Lactam -- 1,5-bis[di isopropyl-(+)-(3’R,4’S)-1’-benzoyl-4’-phenyl-2’-azetidinone -3’- hydroxyl-silyl] pentane

Used in manufacturing of Paclitaxel API which is used for treatment of various type of cancer




P15 N-BOC-Bis-Lactam

-- 1,5-bis[di isopropyl-(+)-(3’R,4’S)-1’-tert-butoxycarbonyl-4’-phenyl-2’-azetidinone-3’- hydroxyl-silyl] pentane

Used in manufacturing of Cabazitaxel API which is used for treatment of hormone-refractory prostate cancer

P16 5-(4-(4-(5-Cyano-1H-indol-3-yl)-butyl)-piperazin-1-yl)benzofuran-2-carboxamide

-- 5-(4-(4-(5-Cyano-1H-indol-3-yl)-butyl)-piperazin-1-yl)benzofuran-2-carboxamide

Used in manufacturing of Vilazodone HCl API which is used for treatment of depressive disorder

P17 2-acetamido-2-phenethylpropane-1,3-diyl-diacetate

-- 2-acetamido-2-phenethylpropane-1,3-diyl-diacetate

Used in manufacturing of Fingolimod HCl API which is used in treatment of multiple sclerosis

E4 Sodium Methoxide Solution

124-41-4

Sodium Methylate Various applications in pharmaceutical, dyes, nylon, rubber & fragrance industries.

2.6 MANUFACTURING PROCESS Manufacturing of all the existing products are carried out in batch process. Manufacturing

of proposed products will be carried out in batch process and will involve various unit

operations like centrifugation, distillation, filtration, drying and unit process of mainly

synthesis. Details of manufacturing process along with process description, chemical

reaction, process flow diagram, material balance is given in Annexure 2.

2.7 SOLVENT REQUIREMENTS & RECOVERY SYSTEM Unit will require various solvents for manufacturing of proposed products. There will be

generation of spent / mix solvent during the manufacturing process. It will be separated

and sent for offsite distillation to authorized recyclers or recovered in-house and reused in

process or sold to authorized end-users having permission under rule 9 of “Hazardous

and Other Wastes (Management & Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 or will be

disposed for co-processing / incineration to GPCB authorized common environmental

infrastructures. Details of solvent requirement and spent/mix solvent generation are given

in Table 2.4.




Page | 2.10

Table 2.4: Solvent requirement and spent / mix solvent generation

Sr. No. Name of Solvents Prod Code

Solvent Requirement, TPM Generation as

Spent / Mix Solvent, TPM Product

Wise Total

1 Acetic Acid P1 4.00 4.36 3.93 P5 0.36

2 Acetone

P1 19.74

62.67 18.61 P2 2.88 P3 18.58 P4 0.28 P6 18.88 P13 2.37

3 Acetonitrile P4 0.23 0.70 -- P12 0.47

4 Cyclohexane P2 0.42 0.42 0.01 5 Diethyl Ether P14 3.12 3.12 0.09

6 Dimethyl Formamide

P1 4.52

31.14 23.64

P2 2.00 P5 17.22 P9 1.53 P10 0.17 P12 0.30 P13 0.37 P16 5.03

7 Ethanol

P1 37.54

43.64 34.48 P10 1.10 P11 4.06 P12 0.40 P17 0.55

8 Ethyl Acetate

P1 42.97

108.84 43.04

P3 3.34 P4 0.60 P6 20.57 P7 29.02 P10 10.09 P15 2.25

9 Hexane P7 22.40

64.21 -- P14 28.61 P15 13.20

10 Isopropyl Acetate P1 26.57 28.17 0.30 P8 1.60

11 Isopropyl Alcohol

P1 19.14

107.95 23.75

P4 1.23 P5 39.78 P6 10.84 P7 19.91 P8 1.27 P9 15.44






Wise Total P13 0.35

12 Methanol

P1 12.38

592.69 410.74

P2 1.99 P3 43.03 P4 6.39 P5 101.28 P6 69.89 P7 45.25 P8 2.34 P9 25.94 P10 5.17 P11 0.17 P12 5.85 P13 2.80 P14 1.56 P15 3.92 P16 0.19 P17 1.46 E4 263.08

13 Methyl Isobutyl Ketone P1 10.29 10.29 --

14 Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether P1 10.29

16.28 1.41 P2 0.32 P3 15.59

15 Methylene Chloride

P17 0.38

456.98 396.99

P1 49.43 P2 2.31 P3 54.68 P7 335.16 P8 6.76 P13 0.75 P14 1.16 P15 2.31 P17 1.03

16 n-Butanol P11 0.93 0.93 0.68

17 n-Heptane P2 0.42

2.12 0.31 P4 0.77 P8 0.93

18 n-Hexane P2 0.17 0.17 --

19 Tetrahydrofuran

P1 25.31

52.62 43.53

P2 0.34 P3 21.39 P10 1.71 P11 1.29 P13 1.57 P14 0.44 P15 0.56




Page | 2.12




Wise Total

20 Toluene

P1 8.61

82.30 56.55

P2 0.49 P3 17.56 P5 8.39 P6 11.94 P7 31.82 P8 1.09 P10 2.39

21 Mix Solvent - -- -- 617.98 Total 1,669.61 1,669.61 1,676.03

For handling and management of the spent solvents, the guidelines prepared by the

GPCB for the management of spent solvents for onsite and off-site distillation are followed

and all the records are maintained. Further, unit also follow and implement various

measures to ensure the maximum recovery of solvent and to control fugitive emission of

VOCs as per details given in Section 4.5.2(C). The same practices will be implemented

and followed by the unit for proposed expansion.

2.8 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION 2.8.1. Raw Material Requirement The various raw materials will be required for the manufacturing of proposed products.

Details of raw materials like chemical name, unit product requirements and monthly

requirement etc. are given in Annexure 3.

2.8.2. Handling All the raw materials and finished products are handled as per the standard practice in the

closed systems. Finished product handling is in closed system (all powder processing

area and handling is under negative pressure. Also, all the pipes and equipment are kept

cleaned to avoid any blockage and deposits. Pressure tests (leak tests) are carried out

before every startup. Hydro test of tank/ systems is carried out periodically. All the process

and storage equipments used for the handling of these chemicals are also maintained

properly to avoid any leakage or spillage of the chemical. Also, all storage tanks, transfer

lines, valves, fittings and every joint are inspected by third party periodically. Drum trolley

are used for safe handling and transfer of hazardous chemicals drums from one place to

another place in the plant area. The same practice will be kept continued for the proposed

expansion.



2.8.3. Storage The unit has provided adequate and proper storage facilities for all the raw materials and

finished products. All the raw materials are stored in isolated storage area in tightly closed

containers/tanks. The same practice will be adopted for the expansion project also. Details

of storage and handling of existing and proposed products and raw materials like physical

form, type of storage, size of storage containment, maximum storage capacity, hazardous

characteristic and threshold storage quantity are given in Annexure 4.

2.8.4. Transportation Most of the raw materials required for the existing products are sourced locally, because

of the existence / development of the chemical industries and chemical markets at Panoli,

Jhagadia, Dahej and Ankleshwar. This reduces both the cost of raw material

transportation and the associated risk. Finished products are sold to domestic /

international market by convenient mode of transportation. The proposed expansion

products and raw materials transportation are in line with the existing one. Details of

transportation for each of the raw materials and products are given in Annexure 4.

2.9 RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS The proposed expansion project will require water, power, fuel, human resources,

machineries & utilities etc. The details of all major resources to be required for proposed

project area described in subsequent sections under respective headings.

2.9.1. Land The total plot area for the existing plant is 28,567 m2. Unit has procured additional land of

31,100 m2 adjacent to the existing plant and wanted to utilize undeveloped land of 1,999 m2 area, for the proposed expansion project. Hence, total area of the unit will increase up

to 61,666 m2. Layout plan of the existing plant and proposed expansion site is given in

Figure 2.3(a) and Figure 2.3(b) and attached as Annexure 5. Statement of existing and

proposed land is given in Table 2.5(a). Detailed break-up of area is given in Table 2.5(b).




Page | 2.14

Table 2.5(a): Statement of existing and proposed land area

Status Description of Land Area, m2

Existing Revenue Survey No. 44/B 28,567

Proposed

Undeveloped area on Revenue Survey No. 44/B 1,999

Revenue Survey No. 130 6,000 Plot No. 7/2 in Valia Industrial Estate of GIDC (Old survey No. 121/p, 122, 128/p, 129) 25,100

Total area after Proposed Expansion 61,666

Table 2.5(b): Break-up of Area

Sr. No. Particular

Area (sq. mt.) % of Total Land Existing Proposed Total

1 Process Plant 3,350 3,370 6,720 10.9

2 Raw Material & Product Storage 950 960 1,910 3.1

3 Utility 400 400 800 1.3 4 Storage (Hazardous Chemicals) 800 745 1,545 2.5 5 Hazardous Waste Storage Area 250 180 430 0.7 6 Effluent Treatment Plant 300 380 680 1.1 7 Green Belt 12,500 7,850 20,350 33.0 8 Roads 4,882 7,083 11,965 19.4 9 Parking Area 2,000 1,880 3,880 6.3 10 Administrative Building 450 850 1,300 2.1 11 Other Area 2,685 -- 2,685 4.4 12 Undeveloped Area -- 9,401 9,401 15.2

Total 28,567 33,099 61,666 100.0



Figure 2.3(a): Layout Plan of Existing Plant




Page | 2.16

Figure 2.3 (b): Layout Plan of Proposed Project Site

GIDC Plot No. 7/2



2.9.2. Machineries & Utilities As the proposed expansion project will have different production plants for the

manufacturing of various products, large number of plant machineries, equipment and

utilities will be required. Also, existing plant will facilitate requirement of some of the

machineries and utilities. The lists of plant machineries & utilities available for existing

plant and required for proposed expansion project are given in Table 2.6.

However, the actual requirements of machineries & equipment are not limited to the basic

list below as some additional minor requirements can also be cited depending up on

necessity noticed during installation & operations.

Table 2.6: Details of Proposed Plant Machineries and Utilities Sr. No.

Name of Equipment & Machinery MoC / Type Qty. Size/ Capacity

� Existing 1 Reactor HDPE 2 500 L & 10,000 L 2 Reactor SS316 14 150 L to 7,000 L 3 Reactor MSGL 6 250 L to 1,600 L 4 Pressure Reactor SS 316 1 1,500 L 5 Nutsch Filter SS 316 3 50 L to 250 L 6 Sparkler Filter SS 316 2 14” Dia & 24” Dia 7 Pressure Filter SS 316 1 42” Dia 8 Centrifuge SS 316 3 36” Dia 9 Centrifuge SS + Tefzel 3 36” Dia & 48” Dia

10 Vacuum Tray Dryer SS 316 3 3 Trays & 48 Trays

11 Tray Dryer MS 2 48 Trays

12 Tray Dryer SS 316 5 19 Trays to 48 Trays

13 Rota Evaporator Glass Lined 2 20 L & 50 L 14 Blender SS 316 1 1,000 L 15 Sifter SS 316 1 24” Dia 16 Multi Mill SS 316 1 50 – 200 kg/hr � Proposed

1 Reactor SS 316 24 1000 L to 6000 L 2 Reactor MSGL 26 500 L to 6000 L

3 Reactor MSGL (Pharma Glass) 2 3000 L

4 Reactor MSGL (Pharma Glass) 1 500 L

5 Pressure Reactor SS 316 1 5000 L 6 Centrifuge SS 316 13 48” Dia 7 Centrifuge Tefzel coated 12 48” Dia




Page | 2.18

Sr. No.

Name of Equipment & Machinery MoC / Type Qty. Size/ Capacity

8 Nutsch Filter Tefzel coated 1 500 L 9 Nutsch Filter SS + Tefzel 5 70 L & 100 L

10 Nutsch Filter SS 316 2 300 11 Agitated Nutsch Filter Dryer SS 316 9 250 L to 3000 L

12 Agitated Nutsch Filter Dryer Discharge Isolator SS 316 3 --

13 Vacuum Tray Dryer SS 316 1 48 Trays 14 Vacuum Tray Dryer SS 316 7 96 Trays 15 Vacuum Tray Dryer Isolator SS 316 + Hestelloy 3 24 Trays 16 Sparkler filter SS 316 6 14” Dia to 24” Dia 17 Rotacone vacuum dryer SS 316 6 1000 L 18 Blender SS 316 1 1000 L 19 Day tank MSGL 1 1000 L 20 Day tank SS 316 4 1500 L 21 Dom filter SS 316 1 200 L 22 Jet mill SS 316 1 8" Dia 23 Multimill SS 316 2 25 to 175 Kg/hr 24 Reverse Laminar Air Flow SS 316 2 --- 25 Sifter SS 316 4 30” Dia

2.9.3. Project Cost The existing plant is a large-scale unit with the capital investment of Rs. 28.66 Crores and

estimated cost of proposed expansion project will be about Rs. 70 Crores. The detail

breakup of the capital cost is given in Table 2.7.

Table 2.7: Cost of Project

Sr. No. Description

Capital Investment, Rs. in Crores

Existing Proposed Total

1. Land & Site Development 0.49 3.00 3.49

2. Building 5.30 20.00 25.30

3. Environmental Protection Measure 0.57 5.28 5.85

4. Plant & Machineries 22.30 41.72 64.02

Total 28.66 70.00 98.66

2.9.4. Power At present, the total connected load of power is 475 kVA, which will increase up to 1,675 kVA after proposed expansion. The power required is procured from Dakshin Gujarat Vij



Company Ltd. (DGVCL) and the same source will be utilized for proposed expansion. In

addition to this, unit has installed two DG Sets (500 kVA and 125 kVA) as captive source

of power and are used in case of main power failure from DGVCL. Unit also proposes to

install additional two DG Sets each of 500 kVA for the proposed expansion.

2.9.5. Water The water requirement for the existing plant is met by borewell and the same source will

be utilized for the proposed expansion. Presently, fresh water requirement for various

domestic, gardening & industrial activities is 45 KLD which will increase up to 186 KLD

after proposed expansion. Unit has applied to obtain permission from Central Ground

Water Authority (CGWA) for the extraction of ground water requirement.

Acknowledgement receipt of the application made to CGWA is enclosed as Annexure 6.

2.9.6. Fuel Presently, Biofuel (Agrowaste) &/OR coal @ 6 TPD is used for existing steam boiler (4

TPH), whereas FO &/OR LDO @ 60 Lit/hr is used as fuel in existing boiler (3 TPH-

standby) and thermic fluid heater (1 Lac Kcal/hr). Diesel requirement for existing DG sets

(1 x 500 kVA & 1 x 125 kVA) is 80 Lit/hr. For the proposed expansion, additional Biofuel

(Agrowaste) &/or coal @ 12 TPD will be used for proposed steam boiler (6 TPH) and

diesel requirement will be 130 Lit/Hr for additional DG Sets (2 Nos. x 500 kVA). The

details of fuel requirement are given in Table 2.8.

Table 2.8: Details of Fuel Requirement

Sr. No.

Type of Fuel Utility

*Requirement

Cal

orifi

c Va

lue

%

Ash

%

Sulfu

r

%

Car

bon

E A T

1

Biofuel (Agrow-aste) &/OR Coal

Steam Boilers

6 TPD Nil

Avg.: 18 TPD

(Agrowaste: 19.5 TPD,

Coal: 16.5 TPD)

3,850 Kcal/kg 7.03 0.04 40.94

Nil 12 TPD

4,500 Kcal/kg 34.38 0.51 48.92

2 Furnace Oil &/OR LDO

Steam Boiler

Thermic Fluid

Heater

40 Lit/hr Nil Avg.:

60 Lit/hr (FO:

61.5 Lit/hr, LDO:

58.5 Lit/hr)

10,200 Kcal/L 0.50 4.50 84.00

20 Lit/hr Nil 10,700

Kcal/L 0.02 1.80 85.50

3 Diesel DG Sets 80 Lit/hr Nil 210 Lit/hr 9,500

Kcal/L 1.00 0.25 77-87




Page | 2.20

Sr. No.

Type of Fuel Utility

*Requirement

Cal

orifi

c Va

lue

%

Ash

%

Sulfu

r

%

Car

bon

E A T

Nil 130 Lit/hr

*E-Existing, A-Additional, T-Total after proposed expansion

2.9.7. Man Power The manpower is one of the main resource requirements to operate and maintain the

plant in a better and efficient way. Total 168 personnel are working in the existing plant

and additional 472 personnel will be required for the proposed expansion project in the

operation phase. Details of personnel requirement at various cadres are given in Table 2.9.

Table 2.9: Details of Manpower Requirement

Description *Mgmt.

Staff *Supervisory

Staff *Technician

/Operator *Contractor

workers *Total

E P T E P T E P T E P T E P T

HR & Admin 1 2 3 5 15 20 0 0 0 5 15 20 11 32 43

Production 3 10 13 13 42 55 6 50 56 52 100 152 74 202 276

Engg. & Maintenance 1 4 5 3 10 13 10 30 40 23 50 73 37 94 131

QC and QA 2 6 8 11 50 61 0 3 3 8 15 23 21 74 95

Warehouse 0 1 1 3 10 13 0 4 4 9 30 39 12 45 57

Security 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 24 37 13 25 38

Total 7 24 31 35 127 162 16 87 103 110 234 344 168 472 640

*E-Existing, P-Proposed, T-Total after proposed expansion

2.10 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE Implementation of the project will involve major activities like preparation of specifications /

drawings, receipt of quotations & its technical scrutiny, finalization of the vendors and

placing orders, civil and structural construction, delivery and erection of equipment and

machineries and its trial runs, plant commissioning and commercial production.

The project activities will be commenced after receipt of Environmental clearance from

MoEF&CC and CTE from GPCB. The expected start date of the project is July 2018 and

the completion of all these activities will take about 10-12 months and which is expected to

be in operative phase in by June 2019. The Tentative project implementation schedule

with respect to various activities is given as follows.



2.11 POLLUTION POTENTIAL AND MANAGEMENT The proposed expansion project will have potential of pollution mainly due to the

wastewater generation, gaseous emission from process, flue gas emission from utilities

and hazardous waste generation & disposal. These potentials of pollution are described

below under respective heading with necessary details;

2.11.1 Water Pollution The water requirement for the existing plant is met by borewell and the same source will

be utilized for the proposed expansion project. Based on the material balance and

technical experience of the similar industries, the water consumption and wastewater

generation for all the products as well as for various categories have been calculated.

Presently, the fresh water requirement for various domestic, gardening & industrial

activities is 45 KLD which will increase up to 186 KLD after proposed expansion. Industrial fresh water requirement of 141 KLD will be mainly utilized for process & APCM,

boiler make-up, cooling make-up, washing and WTP.

At present, total effluent generation from manufacturing process and other ancillary

industrial activities is 23.9 KLD. Effluent is treated in ETP and treated wastewater is

completely utilized for greenbelt development. After proposed expansion, total industrial

effluent generation from process, APCM, boiler, cooling, washing and WTP will be 110.8 KLD. Domestic sewage generation after proposed expansion will be 23 KLD.




Page | 2.22

The product wise and category wise water consumption and wastewater generation is

given in Table 2.10 & 2.12(a) respectively. Summary of water balance after proposed

expansion is given in Table 2.12(b). The water balance diagram is given in Figure 2.4. Product wise pollution load is given in Table 2.11.

Table 2.10: Product-wise Water Consumption & Wastewater Generation

Sr. No. Name of Product Prod.

Code Stream Water Consumption Wastewater Generation

Liter / Batch

Liter / Kg of

Product KLD Liter /

Batch Liter / Kg of

Product KLD

1 Dabigatran Etexilate Mesylate P1 Process 7115.0 129.4 3.980 7721.4 140.4 4.320

2 Lurasidone HCl P2 Process 2377.0 29.7 0.114 4022.4 50.3 0.193

APCM 6.1 0.1 0.0003 8.7 0.1 0.0004

3 Lacosamide P3 Process 3376.2 102.3 1.967 4260.0 129.1 2.483

4 Bendamustine HCl P4 Process 664.6 662.7 0.25 1220.0 21.0 0.12

APCM 19.4 19.3 0.01 46.0 0.8 0.00

5 Trazodone HCl P5 Process 1910.0 33.5 5.16 2162.2 37.9 5.84

6 Gemcitabine HCl P6 Process 1890.0 172.9 1.33 2449.6 224.116 1.72

7 Capecitabine P7 Process 4207.0 31.2 7.19 4656.0 34.5 7.96

P7 APCM 18.4 0.1 0.03 26.3 0.2 0.05

8 Erlotinib HCl P8 Process 654.0 13.5 0.05 945.6 19.5 0.07

9 Imatinib Mesylate Alpha P9 Process 486.8 12.6 0.24 605.0 15.7 0.30

10 Nilotinib P10 Process 1515.8 26.1 0.15 1220.0 21.0 0.12

P10 APCM 32.20 0.56 0.003 46.00 0.79 0.005

11 Dastinib P11 Process 7827.5 156.6 0.30 10411.9 208.2 0.40

P11 APCM 10.033 0.201 0.00 14.333 0.287 0.00

12 Pazopanib HCl P12 Process 2823.1 47.1 0.11 3285.4 54.8 0.13

13 Sorafenib P13 Process 996.2 28.5 0.11 997.1 28.5 0.11

14 N-BZ-Bis-Lactam P14 Process 45.0 11.3 0.02 56.2 14.0 0.03

15 N-BOC-Bis-Lactam P15 Process 38.0 19.0 0.04 42.0 21.0 0.04

16

5-(4-(4-(5-Cyano-1H-indol-3-yl)-butyl)-piperazin-1-yl)benzofuran-2-carboxamide

P16 Process 1831.0 70.4 0.14 4428.2 170.3 0.33

17 2-acetamido-2-phenethylpropane-1,3-diyl-diacetate

P17 Process 883.7 92.2 0.18 1169.9 122.1 0.23

18 Sodium Methoxide E4 Process 0.0 0.0 0.000 225.0 0.1 0.80

Total Process 21.33 25.28

Total APCE 0.04 0.06

Total (Process + APCE) 21.37 25.34



Table 2.11: Product wise pollution load Produ

ct Code

Name of Product Effluent

Qty., KLD

COD Conc. mg/L

COD Load,

Kg/Day

TDS Conc., mg/L

TDS Load,

Kg/Day

P1 Dabigatran Etexilate Mesylate 4.32 2,19,000 946.01 1,85,000 799.14

P2 Lurasidone HCl 0.19 2,15,000 41.67 2,00,000 38.76

P3 Lacosamide 2.48 1,35,000 335.14 1,25,700 312.05

P4 Bendamustine HCl 0.12 1,25,000 17.05 1,67,000 22.78

P5 Trazodone HCl 5.84 2,33,730 1,364.02 1,70,000 992.10

P6 Gemcitabine HCl 1.72 1,00,000 172.40 80,000 137.92

P7 Capecitabine 8.00 2,20,900 1,768.08 1,42,365 1,139.49

P8 Erlotinib HCl 0.07 2,00,000 14.98 1,52,000 11.38

P9 Imatinib Mesylate Alpha 0.30 1,00,000 30.14 76,000 22.91

P10 Nilotinib 0.13 70,000 8.81 55,670 7.01

P11 Dastinib 0.40 2,50,000 100.25 1,86,000 74.59

P12 Pazopanib HCl 0.13 85,000 10.74 71,500 9.03

P13 Sorafenib 0.11 1,90,500 20.88 1,67,000 18.30

P14 N-BZ-Bis-Lactam 0.03 1,00,000 2.43 1,03,000 2.35

P15 N-BOC-Bis-Lactam 0.04 2,15,000 3.63 1,87,000 3.43

P16

5-(4-(4-(5-Cyano-1H-indol-3-yl)-butyl)-piperazin-1-yl)benzofuran-2-carboxamide

0.33 1,87,000 164.82 1,51,000 133.09

P17 2-acetamido-2-phenethylpropane-1,3-diyl-diacetate

0.23 2,19,000 946.01 1,85,000 799.14

E4 Sodium Methoxide 0.88 2,15,000 41.67 2,00,000 38.76

Total / Average 25.34 2,00,643 5,084.31 1,50,039 3,802

In

tas

Phar

mac

eutic

als

Ltd.

, Val

ia-B

haru

ch

Envi

ronm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent R

epor

t Pr

opos

ed E

xpan

sion

Pro

ject

for M

anuf

actu

ring

of S

ynth

etic

Org

anic

Che

mic

als

Cha

pter

-2: P

roje

ct D

escr

iptio

n

Pa

ge |

2.24

Ta

ble

2.12

(a):

Cat

egor

y w

ise

Wat

er R

equi

rem

ent &

Was

tew

ater

Gen

erat

ion

Sr.

No.

Pa

rtic

ular

s St

ream

W

ater

Req

uire

men

t, K

LD

W/W

Gen

erat

ion,

KLD

Ex

istin

g A

dditi

onal

To

tal

Exis

ting

Add

ition

al

Tota

l I

Dom

estic

Fr

esh

6.00

22

.00

28.0

0 6.

00

17.0

0 23

.00

II O

ther

use

(Gar

deni

ng)

Fres

h N

il 17

.00

17.0

0 N

il N

il N

il

Reu

se-E

TP

23.9

0 (-2

3.90

) N

il N

il N

il N

il

Reu

se-S

TP

Nil

23.0

0 23

.00

Nil

Nil

Nil

III

Indu

stria

l

a Pr

oces

s &

APC

M

Fres

h 25

.50

(-4.1

0)

21.4

0 19

.20

6.10

25

.30

b Bo

iler

Fres

h 7.

50

35.5

0 43

.00

2.50

3.

00

5.50

c C

oolin

g Fr

esh

3.00

7.

60

10.6

0 N

il 14

.00

14.0

0 R

euse

N

il 10

9.40

10

9.40

d W

ashi

ng &

Oth

er

Fres

h 3.

00

24.0

27

.00

2.20

24

.80

27.0

0

f W

TP

Fres

h N

il 39

.00

39.0

0 N

il 39

.00

39.0

0

Tota

l Ind

ustr

ial C

onsu

mpt

ion

&

Gen

erat

ion

/ Dis

char

ge

(a +

b +

c +

d +

f)

Fres

h+

Reu

se

39.0

0 21

1.40

25

0.40

23

.90

86.8

0 *1

10.8

0

Reu

se

Nil

109.

40

109.

40

Nil

109.

4 *1

09.4

0

Fres

h 39

.00

102.

00

141.

00

23.9

0 (-2

3.90

) *N

il To

tal W

ater

Con

sum

ptio

n / D

isch

arge

(I+

II+III

) Fr

esh

45.0

0 14

1.00

18

6.00

29

.90

(-6.9

0)

**23

.00

*Not

e: T

he d

iffer

ence

of 1

.4 K

LD b

etw

een

tota

l ind

ustri

al w

aste

wat

er g

ener

atio

n (i.

e. 1

10.8

KLD

) and

indu

stria

l effl

uent

reus

e (i.

e. 1

09.4

KL

D) i

s sa

lts g

ener

ated

from

MEE

. Hen

ce, u

nit w

ill m

aint

ain

Zero

Liq

uid

Dis

char

ge (Z

LD) a

fter p

ropo

sed

expa

nsio

n.

** 2

3 KL

D s

ewag

e w

ill be

trea

ted

in p

ropo

sed

STP

and

Trea

ted

sew

age

will

be re

used

for g

reen

belt

deve

lopm

ent.



Table 2.12(b): Summary of Water Balance After Proposed Expansion

Categories Water Requirement, KLD Wastewater Generation /

Discharge, KLD Fresh Reuse Total Generation Reuse Discharge

Domestic 28.0 Nil 28.0 23.0 Nil 23.0**

Gardening 17.0 23.0** 40.0 -- -- --

Industrial 141.0 109.4 250.4 110.8 109.4 *Nil

Total 186.0 132.4 318.4 133.8 109.4 23.0 Notes: 1. * The difference of 1.4 KLD between total industrial wastewater generation (i.e.

110.8 KLD) and industrial effluent reuse (i.e. 109.4 KLD) is salts generation from MEE. Hence, unit will maintain ZLD after proposed expansion.

2. ** Domestic sewage generated @ 23 KLD will be treated in STP and Treated sewage will be re-used for greenbelt development.




Page | 2.26

Figure 2.4: Water Balance Diagram

Permeate (109.4)

Reject

(109.4)

(21.4)

(10.6) (43)

(141)

(45)

Note: All quantities are expressed in KLD.

(25.3)

Domestic Fresh Water (Source: Borewell)

(186)

Process & APCM

ETP (149.4)

(46.5)

(17) Gardening

(5.5)

(27)

Boiler

(14)

(MEE Condensate) MEE (104.3)

(40)

High COD/TDS (25.3)

Salt to TSDF

RO (ETP)Reject (40)

Stripper

WTP (Softner) (141)

WTP (RO)

Washing

(48.4)

(61.4)

(39)

(102.9)

Regeneration

(27)

(149.4) (1.4)

(13)

(26) (115)

(23)

STP

Cooling

Total Industrial Effluent

Generation: 110.8

(39)

(28) (23)



2.11.1.1 EFFLUENT TREATMENT SCHEME & MODE OF DISPOSAL Presently, effluent generation from existing industrial activities is 23.9 KLD. After treatment

in ETP, treated wastewater is re-used for greenbelt development in existing premise.

Sewage generated from domestic activities is 6 KLD which is sent to soak pit through

septic tank system.

ETP scheme has been designed and proposed based on laboratory scale treatability

study of the effluent. Stream-wise and stage-wise characteristics of effluent have been

derived from the experience of similar kind of industry and treatability study carried in

laboratory and it is given in Table 2.13 (a, b) and 2.14 respectively.

After proposed expansion, total effluent generation from project will be segregated into

high COD/TDS and low COD/TDS concentration streams. High concentrated wastewater

stream from manufacturing process @ 25.3 KLD will be treated in proposed stripper

followed by Multiple Effect Evaporator. Treated water from stripper @ 25.3 KLD along with

WTP reject @ 39 KLD will be sent to MEE. Condensate water from MEE @ 102.9 KLD will

be sent to ETP along with other low COD/TDS waste streams i.e. Cooling @ 14 KLD,

Washing @ 27 KLD and Boiler @ 5.5 KLD. Thus, total hydraulic load of ETP will be 149.4

KLD.

After treatment in ETP followed by RO, permeate from RO @ 109.4 KLD will reused for

cooling and reject @ 40 KLD will be sent to MEE. Hence, there will be no discharge of

treated effluent and unit will maintain Zero Liquid Discharge.

In a view of proposed expansion, ETP comprising of primary, secondary and tertiary

treatment units will be designed to treat maximum 170 KLD effluents and MEE will be

designed to treat maximum 120 KLD capacity as shown in Figure 2.5. Technical details of

ETP are given in Table 2.15.

Sewage generation @ 23 KLD after proposed expansion will be treated in STP having

design capacity of 25 KLD and treated wastewater will be re-used for greenbelt

development. Unit will discontinue re-use of treated effluent from ETP for greenbelt

development.




Page | 2.28

Figure 2.5: Schematic flow diagram of proposed ETP

Table 2.13(a): Stream wise Characteristics of high COD/TDS Effluent

Sr. N

o.

Was

tew

ater

St

ream

Uni

t

Hig

h C

OD

/ TD

S Pr

oces

s C

ompo

site

to

Strip

per

Strip

per O

utle

t (F

eed

to M

EE)

ETP-

RO

+ W

TP

Rej

ect

To M

EE

Com

posi

te H

igh

TDS

stre

am

to M

EE

Des

ign

Con

side

ratio

n (M

EE)

MEE

C

onde

nsat

e

1 Hydraulic Flow Rate, KLD 25.3 25.3 79.0 104.3 120.0 102.9

2 pH - 6.0-7.0 7.0-8.0 7.0-8.0 7.5-8.5 7.5-8.5 7.5-8.5

3 TDS (Max.) mg/L 1,50,039 1,50,000 3,015 38,476 40,000 700

4 COD (Max.) mg/L 2,00,643 3,500 716 1,161 1,500 1,000

5 BOD (Max.) mg/L 60,000 1,100 217 361 500 300



Table 2.13(b): Stream wise Characteristics of low COD/TDS Effluent

Sr. No.

Wastewater Stream Unit MEE

Condensate Boiler Cooling Washing Effluent

Composite Effluent to

ETP 1 Hydraulic

Flow Rate KLD 102.9 5.5 14.0 27.0 149.4

2 pH - 7.0-8.0 6.0-8.0 8.0-9.0 8.0-9.0 7.0-8.0 3 TDS (Max.) mg/L 700 1,500 2,000 2,000 1,086 4 COD (Max.) mg/L 1,000 50 40 1,200 911 5 BOD (Max.) mg/L 300 15 13 370 275

Table 2.14: Stage wise Characteristics of Effluent in ETP

Sr. No. Parameters Unit Composite

Influent

Composite Influent

(For Design)

Primary Outlet

Secondary Outlet

Tertiary Outlet

GPCB Norms

1 pH pH unit 7.0-8.0 6.5-8.5 6.5-7.5 6.5-7.5 6.5-7.5 5.5 – 8.5 2 TDS (Max.) mg/L 1,086 1,200 1,100 1,100 400 2,100 3 COD (Max.) mg/L 911 1,000 680 265 100 100 4 BOD (Max.) mg/L 275 300 200 80 30 30

Table 2.15: Detail of Proposed Effluent Treatment Plant

Sr. No. Treatment Units No. of

Units Length,

(m) Width,

(m) Liquid

Depth, (m) Hydraulic

Volume, m3 � High COD / TDS Stream 1. Collection Tank 1 80 m3

2. Stripper 1 Hydraulic Load: 25.3 KLD Design Capacity: 30 KLD

3. Multiple Effect Evaporator 1 Hydraulic Load: 104.3 KLD Capacity: 120 KLD

4. ATFD 1 Hydraulic Load: 2.2 KLD Design Capacity: 2.5 KLD

� Low COD/TDS Stream

1. Collection cum Neutralization Tank 1 4.5 4.5 3.5 70.8

2. Lime Solution Tank 1 10,000 Liter 10.0 3. Alum Solution Tank 1 10,000 Liter 10.0 4. PE Solution Tank 1 3,000 Liter 3.0 5. Flocculation Tank 1 2.5 2.5 2.5 15.6 6. Primary Settling Tank 1 3 3 2.5 22.5 7. Moving Bed Bio Reactor 1 7.5 7.5 4.5 253.1 8. Secondary Settling Tank 1 3 3 2.5 22.5 9. Holding Tank 1 3.5 3.5 2.5 30.6




Page | 2.30

Sr. No. Treatment Units No. of

Units Length,

(m) Width,

(m) Liquid

Depth, (m) Hydraulic

Volume, m3 10. Pressure Sand Filter 1 4 Ø 3 37.7 11. Activated Carbon Filter 1 4 Ø 3 37.7 12. Treated water collection tank 1 4.5 4.5 3.5 70.88 13. Sludge Collection Tank 1 4 4 2.5 40.0 14. Filter Press 1 36” x 36” x 36 Plates 15. RO - Capacity: 170 KLD � ETP Hydraulic Load: 149.4 KLD, Design Capacity: 170 KLD

Table 2.16: Details of Advanced Effluent Treatment Plant

Parameters Unit Installed Capacity

Actual Load

Stripper Installed Capacity KLD 30 25.3 Feed Rate KL/hr 1.3 1.1 Steam Requirement kg/hr 125 105 Top Temperature °C 70 70 Bottom Temperature °C 100 100 Multiple Effect Evaporator Type Triple Effect Installed Capacity KLD 120 104.3 Feed Flow Rate Kg/hr 5,000 4,346 Water Evaporation / Condensate Recovery Kg/hr 4,875 4,237 Feed temperature °C 125 125 Total solids in Feed % 1 1 Solids in concentrate % 40 40 Salt Recovered / MEE Sludge Kg/hr 125 109 � Services / Utilities Required: Steam Requirement Kg/hr 1,500 1,304 Cooling water Circulation Rate m3/hr 48.8 42.4 Power Load (excluding cooling tower and cooling water pump) HP 150 130

Power Consumption KW 110 100 Cooling water inlet temperature °C 32 32 Cooling water outlet temperature °C 38 38 ATFD Feed Rate Kg/hr 125 109 Feed Concentration % 40 40 Steam in ATFD Kg/hr 62.5 54.3 Steam Pressure Kg/hr 8 8 Salt Recovered (with 10% moisture) TPD 1.11 0.97



Parameters Unit Installed Capacity

Actual Load

Summary of Steam Requirement Stripper

Kg/hr 125 105

MEE 1,500 1,304 ATFD 63 54

Total Steam Requirement Kg/hr 1,688 1,463 TPH 1.7 1.5

Tolerance: All performance figure within +5% All consumption figure within +10%

Unit will establish in-house lab for monitoring of parameters like pH, TDS & COD on daily

basis. Flow meter will be provided at the inlet of MEE and outlet of ETP for proper effluent

treatment and management. In addition to this, relevant guidelines and directions given by

GPCB will be followed from time to time.

Total steam requirement for advanced effluent treatment unit viz. Stripper, MEE and ATFD

will be of maximum 1.7 TPH as shown in Table 2.16. Unit has installed steam boilers

having total capacity of 7 TPH (1 no. 3 TPH & 1 no. 4 TPH). Also, unit proposed to install

additional steam boiler of 6 TPH. Hence, it will be adequate to meet steam requirement for

the entire project including ETP.

2.11.1.2 Budget allocation for Effluent Treatment System The comprehensive effluent treatment for the proposed project comprises of primary,

secondary and tertiary treatment units along with Stripper & MEE. The capital cost and

recurring cost of the effluent treatment system is given in the following Table 2.17 below.

Table 2.17: Capital and Recurring Cost of the effluent treatment system

Sr. No. Unit

Inst

alle

d C

apac

ity

(KLD

)

Hyd

raul

ic L

oad

(KLD

)

Cap

ital c

ost

(Rs.

in L

acs)

Operating Cost (Rs. in Lacs/Month)

Mai

nten

ance

cos

t (R

s. in

Lac

s/

Mon

th)

Tota

l Rec

urrin

g C

ost (

Rs.

in

Lacs

/Mon

th)

Elec

tric

ity

Man

pow

er

Stea

m,

Che

mic

al &

C

onsu

mab

les

1 ETP 170 149.4 100 0.60

0.80

2.40 0.83 4.63 2 Stripper &

MEE 120 104.3 365 7.50 30.10 3.04 40.64 3 RO 170 149.4 35 0.60 0.41 0.45 1.46

Total 500 8.70 0.80 32.91 4.32 46.73




Page | 2.32

The estimated capital cost of the proposed expansion will be Rs. 70 Crore, whereas total

capital investment required for effluent handling and treatment system will be Rs. 5 Crore.

The total investment required to achieve Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) comes to 7.14% of

the total project cost and this has already been considered in project planning right from

the conceptualization of the expansion project. Hence, it will not affect the implementation

of the overall project with ZLD system.

2.11.2 Air Pollution The main source of air pollution is flue gas generation from existing plant. There is no

process gas generation from existing plant. There are chances of fugitive emission due to

manufacturing activities and raw material handling and transportation. There will be flue

gas and process gas generation from proposed expansion project. Various sources of air

pollution are described hereunder.

2.11.2.1 Flue Gas Generation

Presently, Furnace Oil &/OR LDO is used as fuel in existing boiler (3 TPH-standby) and

thermic fluid heater (1 Lac Kcal/hr). Stack of adequate height is provided for proper

dispersion of gaseous pollutants into atmosphere. Biofuel (Agrowaste) &/OR coal is used

for existing steam boiler (4 TPH). Multicyclone separator followed by bag filter followed by

water scrubber is provided to existing steam boiler. Diesel is used as fuel in DG sets (500

kVA & 125 kVA) and stack of adequate height is provided to DG sets.

For the proposed expansion, Biofuel (Agrowaste) &/or coal will be used be for proposed

steam boiler (6 TPH). Multicyclone Separator followed by bag filter followed by water

scrubber will be provided as an APCM. Stack of adequate height will be provided to

proposed DG Sets (2 Nos. x 500 kVA). Details of flue gas emission are given hereunder in

Table 2.18.

Table 2.18: Details of Flue Gas Stacks

Sr. No.

Source of emission

with capacity Status

Dia. & Ht. (m)

Name of Fuel Type of

Emission & Permissible

Limit

Air Pollution Control Measures

1 Boiler (3 TPH) Existing - Standby

0.6 & FO/LDO PM ≤ 150

mg/Nm3 Adequate Stack

Height



Sr. No.

Source of emission

with capacity Status

Dia. & Ht. (m)

Name of Fuel Type of

Emission & Permissible

Limit

Air Pollution Control Measures

2 Boiler (4 TPH) Existing

31 Biofuel (Agrowaste) &/OR Coal

SO2

≤ 100 ppm

NOX ≤ 50 ppm

Multi Cyclone Separator followed by Bag filter followed by

water scrubber

3 Thermic Fluid Heater (1 Lac Kcal/Hr)

Existing 0.3 & 11

FO/LDO Adequate Stack Height

4. DG Sets (500 kVA & 125 kVA)

Existing - Standby

0.2 & 9

Diesel Adequate Stack Height

5 Boiler (6 TPH) Proposed 1.0 & 31

Biofuel (Agrowaste)&/OR Coal

Multi Cyclone Separator followed by Bag filter followed by

water scrubber

6 DG Sets (2Nos. x 500 kVA)

Proposed - Standby

0.3 & 12

Diesel Adequate Stack Height

2.11.2.2 Process Gas Emission

There is no process gas generation from the existing plant. The source of process gas

generation from the proposed manufacturing activity will be in the form of SO2, NH3 and

HCl gas. The details of gaseous generation due to proposed manufacturing activities are

given in Table 2.19 and details of process gas stack are given in Table 2.20.

The adequate scrubbing system of two stage acid / alkali scrubber will be provided for the

control of process gas emission. Details of scrubbing system are given in Table 2.21. Schematic diagram of air pollution control measure is given as Figure 2.6.

Table 2.19: Details Of Proposed Process Gas Generation

Product Code Product Name Expected

Pollutants

Gaseous Pollutant Load Rate of Generation,

kg/day Kg/batch Kg/kg

P4 Bendamustine HCl SO2 1.41 1.40 0.54

P2 Lurasidone HCl

NH3

2.6 0.03 0.13

P7 Capecitabine 7.9 0.06 13.50

P11 Dasatinib 4.3 0.09 0.17

P10 Nilotinib HCl 13.8 0.24 1.37




Page | 2.34

Product Code Product Name Expected

Pollutants

Gaseous Pollutant Load Rate of Generation,

kg/day Kg/batch Kg/kg Total Process Gas Generation (kg/day): SO2 – 0.54 NH3 – 13.8 HCl – 1.37

Table 2.20: Details of Process Gas Stack & APCM

Sr. No.

Stack attached to Reactor

Ht. & Dia. (m)

Pollutant Concentration,

mg/Nm3

Air Pollution Control Equipment

1st Stage 2nd Stage

1 Reactor of Product P4 & P10 10 & 0.3 SO2 < 40

HCl < 20 Alkali Scrubber

(A) Alkali Scrubber

(B)

2 Reactor of Product P2, P7 & P11 10 & 0.3 NH3 < 175 Acidic Scrubber

(C) Acidic Scrubber

(D)

Table 2.21: Details of Scrubbing System

Sr. No.

Size of Scrubber, meter (Ht. & Dia.)

Scrubbing Media

Capacity of Scrubbing Tank, KL

Pump Capacity

m3/Hr Output

A 3 & 0.3 Alkali 10 KL 5 Effluent to ETP

B 3 & 0.3 Alkali 10 KL 5

C 3 & 0.3 Acid 10 KL 5 Effluent to ETP

D 3 & 0.3 Acid 10 KL 5



Acid / Alkali Circulation

Gases from Reactor

SMF

Circulation Pump

ID Fan

Acid / Alkali Circulation Tank

Effluent to ETP

Vent to Atmosphere Scrubber

A/C Scrubber

B/D

Figure 2.6: Schematic Diagram of APCM

2.11.2.3 Fugitive Emission There will be a chance of fugitive emission from the proposed manufacturing process as

well as due to storage & handling of raw materials and product. The unit takes adequate

precaution for the control of fugitive emission for the existing plant and the same will be

implemented for the proposed expansion project, which are described under Section 4.4

of anticipated environmental impact and mitigation measures.

2.11.3 Hazardous Waste There are total five categories of hazardous waste generated from existing plant. Main

sources of hazardous waste are in the form of ETP sludge, spent carbon and distillation

residue. The ancillary sources of hazardous waste generation are discarded containers/

bags from storage and handling of raw materials and spent/used oil generation from plant

& machinery.

There will be total eight categories of hazardous waste to be generated after proposed

expansion. Main sources of hazardous waste generation from proposed expansion project




Page | 2.36

will be sludge from ETP, MEE salt and various process waste viz. inorganic waste, spent

hyflow, inorganic process waste, spent carbon, spent/mix solvent and distillation residue.

The ancillary source of hazardous waste generation will be discarded containers/bags

from storage and handling of raw materials and spent/used oil generation from plant &

machinery. The details of hazardous waste generation and handling & Management are

given in Table 2.22.

Table 2.22: Details of Hazardous Waste Generation and its Management

Type of waste Source Cat. *Quantity per Annum

Method of Disposal E A T

ETP Sludge EMS / ETP Sch-1

35.3

6 MT 54 MT 60 MT

Collection, Storage, Transportation and Disposal by

land filling at common TSDF MEE Salt Nil 440 MT 440 MT

Spent Hyflow Mfg. of Prod.

(P5, P12)

Sch-1 28.2 Nil 5 MT 5 MT

Inorganic Process Waste (Sodium Sulphate / Sodium Bicabonate)

Mfg. of Prod. (P1

to P3, P5 to P9, P13 to

P16)

Sch-1 28.1 Nil 310 MT 310 MT


Selling to GPCB authorized end-users

OR Disposal by land filling at

common TSDF

Spent Carbon Mfg. of Prod.

(P1 to P5)

Sch-1 28.3 3 MT 5 MT 8 MT


incineration at CHWIF OR

Disposal by co-processing at Cement Manufacturers

Spent / Mix Solvent

Mfg. of all Products

Sch-1 28.6

900 MT

18,100 MT

19,000 MT

Collection, Storage, Transportation and sell to

GPCB authorized end-users OR

In-house recovery and re-use OR

Disposal by co-processing OR

Disposal by incineration at CHWIF

Distillation Residue

Sch-1 20.3

6 MT

84 MT

90 MT


Incineration at CHWIF OR

Disposal by co-processing at Cement Manufacturers

Discarded Containers/ Bags

Raw Material

Storage & Handling

Sch-1 33.1

12 MT 48,000 Nos.

5 MT 20,000 Nos.

17 MT 68,000 Nos.

Collection, Storage, Decontamination and Disposal

by selling to scrap vendors



Type of waste Source Cat. *Quantity per Annum

Method of Disposal E A T

Spent Oil/ Used Oil

Plant and Machinery

Sch-1 5.1

0.04 KL

0.56 KL

0.60 KL

Collection, Storage, Transportation, sell to registered Reprocessor / MoEF approved

recyclers OR

Reused as Lubricant within premises

*E-Existing, A-Additional, T-Total after proposed expansion

The unit has developed appropriate procedure for handling of hazardous waste as

described below and will be implemented for the proposed expansion;

� Unit has provided dedicated area of 250 m2 for hazardous waste storage within

premises having impervious flooring, roof cover and leachate collection facility. It will

be expanded upto 430 m2 after the proposed expansion.

� The ETP & MEE sludge and inorganic process waste generated will be collected in

HDPE bags/drums after complete sun drying and the bags are sealed or tightly closed.

� The tightly closed HDPE bags/drums will be labeled as “ETP Sludge / Hazardous waste” and transferred through trolley to the respective storage area.

� The process waste i.e. distillation residue, spent/mix solvent and spent carbon

generated will be collected in drums. The tightly closed drums will be labeled as

“Organic Hazardous Waste” and then transferred to the respective storage area with

the help of trolleys.

� Suitable PPE are provided to all the workers handling the hazardous waste.

The hazardous waste other than discarded containers will be disposed of through the

GPCB approved TSDF / CHWIF sites. Unit has obtained membership of Nandesari

Environment Control Ltd. (NECL) and Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd. (BEIL) for safe

disposal of existing hazardous waste and will obtain permission for additional quantity of

hazardous waste generated from proposed expansion project. In this context, unit has

obtained LOI from Recycling Solutions Pvt. Ltd. (RSPL) for disposal of additional quantity

of hazardous waste generation. Copies of membership of NECL & BEIL and LOI from

RSPL are enclosed as Annexure 7.

� Unit will sell sodium sulphate and sodium bicarbonate to GPCB authorized end users.

� Unit will explore possibilities for disposal of organic hazardous waste for Co-processing

by cement industries.




Page | 2.38

� The collected different types of hazardous wastes will be disposed of at CHWIF /

TSDF / Co-processing regularly according to their hazardous characteristics.

Discarded containers will be sold to scrap vendors after decontamination. The unit will

develop proper procedure for decontamination of discarded container. Dedicated area will

be allocated near ETP for the decontamination having impervious flooring, suitable

drainage line and three side covered wall. Adequate facility with pressure pump and

treated effluent line will also be established for proper washing and decontamination.

The methodology for decontamination of discarded containers is described as below;

� The empty containers will be sent to decontamination area after ensuring that it will be

completely empty and the lids will be tightly closed.

� Treated wastewater of the ETP will be used to clean the containers.

� 20 to 30 liters of treated wastewater will be charged in the containers and lid will be

closed properly.

� Containers will be rolled on the ground for 2 to 3 minutes and then emptied. The

procedure will be repeated for 3 times.

� The wastewater generated from cleaning will be sent to collection cum equalization

tank of the proposed Effluent Treatment Plant.

� The second wash will be carried out by 10% solution of either acid or alkali and then

final wash will be carried out with treated water.

� When raw material containing barrel will be emptied out, the maximum possible

material will be drained / pumped out, however about 1-2 % of the material remains

stuck to the inside surface of the barrel. It will be flushed out with about 8-10 kgs of the

appropriate solvent.

� The flushed solvent containing material will then be charged in to the respective

manufacturing process. This way the cleaned barrels generated will be subsequently

forwarded to the supplier for packing the fresh raw material supplies or can be used for

packing of the finished products.

� The washed containers will be labeled as “DECONTAMINATED” and it will be

transferred to its storage area.

� The unit will also keep record of empty container generation and disposal.



2.11.4 Other Solid Waste Generation and Management There is generation of fly ash @ average 130 kg/day from burning of agro-waste

briquettes as a fuel in the utilities. Fly ash generated is disposed off by back filling in low

lying area of own land. The unit submits its return regularly to GPCB in compliance with

Fly Ash Notification, 2009. Details of fly-ash generation is given in Annexure 8.

Also, fly ash generation from proposed expansion will be collected, stored, transported

and sold to manufacturers of building material/products like bricks, blocks, tiles and pre-

cast etc. or cement manufacturers.

2.11.5 Noise The only source of noise generation may be from the DG Set, which will be kept as stand-

by and no other source of noise and vibration in the proposed unit except plant

machineries. The adequate precautions taken for abatement of noise pollution are

elaborated in Section 4.5.5 (B) of Chapter 4 of this report.

2.12 STATUTORY COMPLIANCE OF EXISTING PLANT

Zora Pharma Pvt. Ltd. has established its plant at the existing location in the year 1986,

which was taken over by Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd. in year 2009 and the unit is having

valid consent form the GPCB for production of pharmaceutical intermediates. The unit has

not obtained Environmental Clearance (EC) for their existing unit as it was not covered

under the EIA Notification-1994 regulated at the time of its establishment. Presently, unit

holds valid Consent to Operate (CTO/CC&A) issued by GPCB. Details of the same are

given in Section 2.12.1.

2.12.1. Compliance of CTE/CTO

Zora Pharma Pvt. Ltd. had obtained fresh Consent to Establish (CTE/NOC) for

manufacturing of synthetic organic chemicals in May 1986 from Gujarat Pollution Control

Board (GPCB). Subsequently, the unit had been granted CTE/NOC for expansion in

February 2002, January 2003, February 2004 and February 2006 for manufacturing of

synthetic organic chemicals. Copies of all the CTE/NOC are enclosed in Annexure 9.

After taken over by Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd., unit had been granted amendment in

CC&A by GPCB for name change from Zora Pharma Pvt. Ltd. to Intas Pharmaceuticals

Ltd. vide Order No. 10250 dated 23/11/09. Presently, unit has been granted amendment




Page | 2.40

in CC&A for change in product mix by GPCB vide order no. AWH-90925 dated 01/02/2018

which is valid up to 01/11/2022. The copy of CC&A is attached as Annexure 10.

Unit complies with all the conditions stipulated in current CC&A and compliance of the

same is attached as Annexure 11. Unit maintains all the record properly for the

operations of their existing plant and EMS as per the statutory requirement and also

submits regularly their compliance reports to GPCB & XGN that also includes Form V

(environment statement). Copy of the same is attached as Annexure 12.

2.12.2. Environmental Monitoring For carrying out regular compliance monitoring of the existing plant, the unit has appointed

NABL accredited laboratory in additional to the monitoring carried out by GPCB. Test

reports of environmental monitoring of existing unit carried out by third party laboratory are

enclosed in Annexure 13. GPCB officials conduct periodic visit for collection of samples

of environmental attributes. Analysis report of all the samples collected by GPCB officials

are in compliance to the conditions stipulated in CC&A. The compliance monitoring report

carried out by EEC during EIA study period is also attached as Annexure 14.

2.12.3. Details of GPCB Notices and Court Case

Various offices of Gujarat Pollution Control Board carry out regular inspection of the

existing unit for the verification of the compliance and evaluation of the performance. Unit

had been issued one show cause notice and one notice of directions in last five years by

GPCB for their existing plant. Unit has already complied with all the notices in timely

manner and committed to avoid reoccurrence of non-compliances in future. Summary of

the notices are given in Table 2.23. Copies of notices and compliance of the same is

attached in Annexure 15.

Table 2.23: Summary of Notices Sr. No.

Notice & Reference Non-compliance Corrective Actions Compliance

Status 01. Show Cause

Notice under Air Act

428005 dated

16/11/2017

PM in stack attached to boiler was 196 mg/Nm3 as per analysis report.

After inspection of boiler it was observed that boiler tubes were heavily chocked and damaged. Boiler was kept under maintenance and tubes were replaced after approval from assistant director of boiler.

Also, as a part of overall

Complied: On

18/11/2017



Sr. No.

Notice & Reference Non-compliance Corrective Actions Compliance

Status APCM improvement, boiler stack was replaced with new stack of 31 meters for better dispersion.

02. Notice of Direction

under Water Act

308873 dated

27/03/2015

Installation of online continuous stack and process emission monitoring system.

There is no process emission from existing plant.

Steam boiler of 3 TPH is installed hence online continuous monitoring system is not required. Adequate dust collection system is provided.

Complied on

11/05/2015

Installation of effluent quality monitoring system at outlet of effluent treatment plant

There is no discharge of effluent outside plant premise. Treated effluent is reused for greenbelt development within plant premise.

Connect and upload online emission and effluent monitoring data at GPCB and CPCB servers

Not Required

Submit bank guarantee of 100% of the cost of online monitoring systems (emission and effluent whichever is applicable)

Not Required

There is no case pending against unit in any court of law for the violation under any of the

environmental legislation.

Unit had received various written instructions during inspection of GPCB officials in the

past. Unit had submitted point-wise compliance of these instructions to GPCB in timely

manner. Copies of the inspection report generated from GPCB-XGN are enclosed in Annexure 16.

2.12.4. Compliance under Factory Act There were no occurrences of fatal / non-fatal accidents, loss of life or man hours in the

existing plant since the management has been taken over by Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd.




Page | 2.42

Unit conducts safety audit every two years in the existing plant and implement the

suggestion and observations made during the audit. The same practice will be kept

continued after proposed expansion. On-site emergency plan and disaster management

plan for the existing unit is prepared. Unit has obtained PLI policy for the existing unit,

which is attached as Annexure 17. Unit maintains health records of all the employees in

Form 32. Details of occupational health & safety program are given in Section 7.4 of

Chapter 7.

2.13 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

The proposed expansion project is for the manufacturing of synthetic organic chemicals

and covered under EIA Notification-2006 of MoEF&CC. It requires obtaining EC from

MoEF&CC, CTE/NOC & CTO/CCA for expansion from GPCB. The unit is in existence

since 1986 and already complies with all necessary legal / legislative requirements.

2.13.1 License from PESO for storage of hazardous chemicals Unit has obtained license from Petroleum & Explosives Safety Organization (PESO) for

the storage of Various Petroleum Class A chemicals under various statues of the

Petroleum Act, 1934 and subsequent amendments as their total storage capacity for

these chemicals exceed beyond threshold limit. The copy of the same is attached as Annexure 18. Unit will obtain license from PESO for additional storage of chemicals of

Petroleum Class A & B for expansion project. Classification of chemicals requiring PESO

permission is given in Section 7.3.1 of Chapter 7.

2.13.2 Applicability of MAH Unit under MSIHC Rules, 1989

Various raw materials having hazardous characteristics are used and will be required for

manufacturing of existing and proposed products. As per the details provided in Annexure 4, storage of any hazardous chemicals will not exceed the threshold quantity

specified in Schedule-3 of Manufacture, Storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals

(MSIHC) Rules, 1989 and hence the unit will not be covered in the category of Major

Accident Hazard (MAH) unit as per MSIHC Rules.

2.13.3 Industry Specific Standards for discharge of liquid effluent The MoEF&CC has notified general standard for effluent discharge from organic chemical

manufacturing industries vide GSR 608(E) dated 21/07/2010. However, unit will maintain



zero liquid discharge. Hence, these norms are not applicable for the proposed expansion

project.

2.13.4 Compliance to CREP Guidelines Charter on Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection (CREP) has been

prepared by CPCB in March-2003 for 17 categories of industries describing action points

for the adoption of clean technologies and progressive improvement in management

practices. The Pharmaceutical Industries (Bulk Drugs and drug intermediates) industry is

one of the 17 identified industries. The existing unit is complying with CREP guidelines

which are enumerated in Annexure 19 and will comply the same for the expansion phase

of the project.

2.14 SUMMARY The existing plant is located at survey no. 44/B, village Naldhari, Siludi Valia road, Ta.

Valia in Bharuch district of Gujarat state. Existing unit is involved in the manufacturing of

pharmaceutical intermediates with production capacity of 241 TPM. Now, the unit

proposes to expand with the manufacturing of various other pharmaceutical bulk drugs &

intermediates with total production capacity of 287.77 TPM. The unit has acquired some

additional land adjoining to the existing plant at survey no. 130 in village Valia and plot no.

7/2 in Valia Industrial estate of GIDC for the proposed expansion. Raw materials for

proposed expansion will be available from the nearby developed industrial area / estates

of Panoli, Ankleshwar & Dahej. Unit will maintain zero liquid discharge. High concentrated

stream from process will be segregated and treated in to stripper followed by MEE. Low

concentrated stream from utilities & washing along with MEE condensate will be taken to

proposed ETP followed by RO. Treated effluent from RO permeate will be reused in

cooling. Domestic wastewater will be treated in STP and reused for gardening. For the

proposed expansion, Biofuel (Agrowaste) &/or coal will be used be for proposed steam

boiler (6 TPH). Multicyclone Separator followed by bag filter followed by water scrubber

will be provided as an APCM. Stack of adequate height will be provided to proposed DG

Sets (2 Nos. x 500 kVA). Anticipated process gas generation of SO2, NH3 and HCl gas will

be controlled through two stage (acidic/alkali) scrubbing system. Hazardous and solid

wastes anticipated to be generated from the production activities will be handled as per

H&OW (M&TM) Rules, 2016. Unit has obtained membership of Nandesari Environment

Control Ltd. (NECL) and Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd. (BEIL) for safe disposal of

existing hazardous waste and will obtain permission for additional quantity of hazardous




Page | 2.44

waste generated from proposed expansion project. In this context, unit has obtained LOI

from Recycling Solutions Pvt. Ltd. (RSPL) for disposal of additional quantity of hazardous

waste generation.

CHAPTER 3

BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS


Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page | 3.1

CHAPTER – 3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS Existing Environmental condition of the study area (area of influence around the project

site) in general, and within the project site has been described in this chapter.

3.1 PROLOGUE The baseline status of environmental quality in the vicinity of project site serves as the

basis for identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts. Knowledge of baseline

environmental status of the study area is useful tool for impact assessment; process of

assessing and predicting the environmental consequences of the significant actions.

This depicts direct adverse changes caused by the action and its effect on the physical

condition of the biota including flora, fauna and human being, socio-economic

conditions, current use of land and resources, physical and cultural heritage properties

and biophysical surroundings.

The following environmental attributes were considered to assess the baseline

environmental quality;

� Seismology

� Land use pattern

� Meteorology & Micrometeorology

� Air Quality

� Surface and Ground water

� Soil Quality

� Noise Level

� Ecology

� Socio-economic

3.2 APPROACH & METHODOLOGY OF BASELINE STUDY The baseline environmental study for the EIA of proposed project of M/s. Intas

Pharmaceuticals Ltd. has been conducted as per the guidelines of MoEF&CC. To

accomplish the purpose of the environmental assessment, preferred study area of the

project site has been examined for generation and collection of baseline data for valued

environmental components as per the approved ToR by the EAC, MoEF&CC (Refer

copy of ToR and its compliance provided at the beginning of the EIA report).

Hence, a general methodology described in below flowchart, was adopted to obtain

baseline data of representative of existing environment.



Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status

Page | 3.2

3.2.1 Study Area and Impact Zone Distribution The area falling within 10 km radial distance from project site was selected for

monitoring the base line environment quality. The project site is surrounded by

scattered settlement from N to NE direction, Fallow land from NE to SSW direction and

Crop land from SSW to N direction. The nearest human settlement from site is located

at Naldhari village at a distance of 950 m from the project site in WSW direction. There

are no national parks, sanctuaries and ecologically sensitive areas within the selected

impact area. Details of environmentally sensitive receptors are given in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1: Environmentally sensitive receptors 1. National Park / Wildlife Sanctuary : There is no protected area notified under

the Wild Life (Protection) Act (1972) & Eco - sensitive area notified under Section 3 of the Environment (Protection) Act – 1986 within 10 Km radius areas from the Plant Site.

2. Reserved / Protected Forest :

3. Lakes / Reservoir / Dams / Canals / Ponds

: Pond of Valia Village: 1.5 km, ENE Pond of Dungri Village: 3.5 km, SW Canal near Limbet Village: 5 km, N

4. Stream / River / Drains : Amravati River: 3 km, N Kim River: 3.8 Km, SE



5. Historical monuments : None within 10 km radius from project site

6. Densely populated or built up area : Naldhari village: 0.95 km, WSW Valia village:1 km, NE Hirapor village: 2.8 km, N Dungri village: 3.3 km, SW Desad village: 3.8 km, ESE Limbet village: 4.1 km, N

There are two notified industrial estates of GIDC at Valia and Jhagadia located within

the study area encompasses many chemical industries. About 8 industrial units are

located in Valia Industrial estate and about 130 units are located in Jhagadia industrial

estate of GIDC. In addition to that few other industrial units are also scattered within

study area. List of major industries located within the study area are given in Table 3.2.

Table 3.2: List of Major Industries within Study Area Sr. No. Name of Industry Location Type of Industry

1. Godrej Industries Ltd. Valia-GIDC Fatty Alcohol Manufacturing

2. Apcotex Industries Ltd. Valia-GIDC Synthetic Rubber & Latex Manufacturing

3. Gujarat Guardian Ltd. Valia-GIDC Glass Manufacturing

4. United Phosphorus Ltd. Jhagadia GIDC Speciality Chemicals, mainly Agrochemicals Manufacturing

5. Air Liqude India Holding Pvt. Ltd. Jhagadia GIDC Industrial and Speciality Gas Supplier

6. Britania Industries Ltd. Jhagadia GIDC Food Products Manufacturing

7. Sejal Float Glass Factory Jhagadia GIDC Glass Manufacturing

8. Kohler India Jhagadia GIDC Kitchen and Bathroom Décor

9. Abott Healthcare Pvt. Ltd. Jhagadia GIDC Pharmaceuticals Industry

10. Thermax Ltd. Jhagadia GIDC Speciality Chemicals, Pollution control equipment etc.

Deciding whether a proposed action is likely to cause significant adverse environmental

effects is central to the concept and practice of EIA. Before proceeding for baseline

data generation, it is important to know the boundary limits and framework, so that the

data generated can be effectively utilized for impact assessment. In this context,

delineation of an impact zone plays an important role. Generally, the impact zone for

industrial actions is classified into three parts; Core Zone, Buffer Zone and Unaffected

Zone, as illustrated below and also shown in Figure 3.1. The area of impact zone




Page | 3.4

invariably changes from project to project and depends on the nature and magnitude of

the project activities.

� Core Zone (Host and Proximate Area where the proposed activities are to be

commenced) - This area is the closest to the activity where the background quality

of environmental and human health is always at high risk. This involves risks due to

steady state, transient and accidental release of hazardous chemicals, release and

dispersion of gaseous pollutants from stack, propagation of noise, increased traffic

congestion and social stress.

Based on the modeling and analysis the maximum ground level concentration of air

pollutants due to stack emission and maximum threat due to accidental release of

hazardous chemicals will occur within 1 km. Considering these aspects, immediate

vicinity of the plant that is around 1 km radius is taken as factual core zone.

� Buffer zone (Moderately affected area)- Being a little away from the activity, the

discharge pollutants need time lag to be transported to this area and gets

attenuated/diluted to a considerable extent. However, the associated risk shall be

real during brake-down, failure or upset conditions, and simultaneously with adverse

meteorological and hydrological factors. Also, covering varied land cover around the

project site, which could be affected from proposed project, is considered as factual

buffer zone at a distance from 1 km to 5 km around the project site.

� Unaffected Zone- This area shall not be at risk of serious damage to life, health

and property. Here the impact becomes small enough to become imperceptible

and/or inconsequent and/or insignificant and normal life activities shall prevail

without any disturbances due to the activity. Distance away from the 5 km to 10 km

to the buffer zone is the factually unaffected zone in this case.

While generating the baseline status of physical and biological environment of the study

area, the concept of impact zone has been considered. The Impact zone selection is

based on preliminary screening. For environmental attribute, several primary and

secondary data has been collected and used for the assessment of impacts.



Figure 3.1: Map of Study Area showing Impact Zone Distribution




Page | 3.6

3.2.2 Study Period The baseline study carried out in Summer season during March 2017 to May 2017

covers all the points/conditions of approved ToRs related to baseline data have been

covered in the study.

3.2.3 Sampling Locations Locations for sampling and monitoring were selected within the study area of 10 km

radial distance from project site. The sampling locations were selected on the basis of

surface influence, demographic influence and meteorological influence. Ambient air

quality monitoring, water sampling, noise monitoring and soil sampling were carried out

at six locations. Meteorological data of the study area were collected by setting-up the

weather station at project site.

Details of monitoring locations are given below in Table 3.3. Map of study area showing

sampling & monitoring locations are illustrated below in Figure 3.2. Toposheet of the

study area is given in Figure 3.3. Photographs showing baseline monitoring are given

Annexure 20.

Table 3.3: Sampling & Monitoring Locations

LocationCode

Name of Village / Location

Bearing w. r. t Project Site

Approx. Aerial Distance from project site (m)

Env. Attributes Monitored *

Type of Area

S1 Project Site -- -- A, GW, S, N Industrial

S2 Valia Village 73°/ENE/ Downwind 966 A, GW, SW, S, N Residential

S3 Chamariya Village

50°/NE/ Downwind 4307 A, GW, S, N Residential

S4 Desad Village 110°/ESE/ Crosswind 3876 A, GW, S, N Residential

S5 Dungri Village 215°/SW/ Upwind 3327 A, GW, SW, S, N Residential

S6 Vatariya Village

270°/W/ Crosswind 4463 A, GW, SW, S, N Residential

S7 Hirapor Village 356°/N/ Downwind 2868 A, GW, S, N Residential

S8 Limbet Village 5°/N/ Downwind 4066 A, GW, S, N Residential

*A-Ambient Air, N-Noise, GW-Ground water, SW-Surface Water, S-Soil



Figure 3.2: Map of Study Area showing Sampling & Monitoring Locations




Page | 3.8

Figure 3.3: Toposheet of Study Area



3.2.4 Frequency of Monitoring The frequency of environmental monitoring considered for EIA study was in line with

the ToR approved by MoEF&CC. Technical EIA guidance manual published by

MoEF&CC and other guidelines provided by CPCB from time to time were also taken

into consideration while deciding the same. Frequency & Methodology of environmental

monitoring for various attributes considered for the study are illustrated in Table 3.4.

Table 3.4: Frequency & Methodology of Environmental Monitoring

Attributes Monitoring Source / Location

Frequency of Monitoring

Sampling Method /

Instrument Analysis Method

A. Air Environment Meteorological Data

Book “Climate of Gujarat” published

by IMD, Government of

India-1995

Once -- Computer Aided Data

Analysis

Site Specific Micro-Meteorological Data

At Project site Continuous monitoring with

hourly data recording

throughout the study period

Micro controller based

Automatic Weather station with data logger

Computer Aided Data

Analysis

Ambient Air Quality

8 Locations 24 hourly twice a week throughout the study period

As per Annexure 21

B. Noise 8 Locations Once, 24 hourly As per Annexure 21

C. Water Ground Water Grab samples

from 8 locations Once As per Annexure 21

Surface Water Grab sample from 3 locations

D. Soil Quality 8 locations Once As per Annexure 21 E. Land Use -

Land Cover Satellite Image: (Landsat ETM + Thermal MSS)

Once Arc GIS software and Computer Aided Data Analysis with field survey for ground checks and

ground truth verification F. Ecological

Data Data through

primary survey & verification with secondary data

Once Field survey Computer Aided Data Compilation

G. Socio-economic Data

Primary survey & data from Census

of India-2011

Once Compilation of data from Census of India-2011and Computer Aided

Data Analysis with field survey




Page | 3.10

3.3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT The baseline study was conducted during study period of March 2017 to May 2017 as

mentioned above. Detailed scope given in the approved TORs were referred and

baseline study was conducted to comply with all the requirements of approved TORs.

The study was carried out to determine the prevailing status of topography, land use,

meteorology, ambient air, water quality, soil quality, noise level, ecology and socio-

economic environment. The sampling, monitoring and analysis related to ambient air,

water, soil and noise during the baseline study were carried out by in-house NABL

approved laboratory of Envisafe Environment Consultants, Ahmedabad. The details

regarding the outcomes of the baseline study are described in subsequent sections

under respective heading.

3.3.1 Topography & Geology The topography of the region mainly comprises of almost flat terrain with most of the

part being low lying area. The lithological logs of the borehole data indicates that the

formation comprises of Alluvium both Aeolian and fluvial composed of sand, silt, gravel

clay and kankar. The thickness of alluvium is estimated to be about 20 to 60 m. From

the study of geological cross-sections, it is inferred that although it is comprising

predominantly of sand, the intervening clay layers which are not perfectly impervious

and does not act as a perfect confining condition. These are leaky aquifer.

3.3.2 Seismology The study area falls in Zone III as per IS 1893 (Part-I):2002, which is referred as

Moderate Damage Risk Zone. The area is liable to earthquakes of Modified Mercalli

Intensity Scale VII. The chart showing the seismic zoning map of state Gujarat is given

in Figure 3.4.



Figure 3.4: Seismic zone mapping of Gujarat state

Source: https://isr.gujarat.gov.in/sz-map-gujarat (Institute of Seismological Research, Govt. of Gujarat)

3.3.3 Land Use Pattern The study of land use in its spatial context is essential to understand the area of

optimum land use and degraded areas; the comprehensive study of land use is of

immense value to ensure better returns from the land to meet future requirements.

The satellite image/data has been processed using ERDAS Imagine software

supported with ground checks and ground truth verification by experts. Area and

distance calculations have been carried out using GIS software after geo-referencing

the interpreted data with the help of topographical maps. Satellite image of the study

area is given in Figure 3.5 and Land use / Land cover map of study area is given in

Figure 3.6.

Data illustrate that 76.52% of total land area is occupied by agricultural fields like crop

lands and fallow lands (cropland that is not seeded or a season; it may or may not be

ploughed. The land may be cultivated or chemically treated for control of weeds and

other pests or may be left unaltered.). As the soil type varies as sandy clay loam, clay

loam to silt loam type in nature, it facilitates cultivation of various crops like Groundnut,

Tuvar, Chana, Kapaas, Danger, Jowar, Ghanv, Bajri, and Sugarcane etc.




Page | 3.12

Total area of 7.25 % is covered as a built-up land, of which land cover of 3.74% is for

the industrial purposes, 3.51% as human settlement. Waste land covers 13.97% and

about 0.09% of land is occupied as water body of total study area. 2.17% is occupied

as Mine/quarry of total area. Detailed classification of land use / land cover is given in

Table 3.5.

Table 3.5: Land Use Pattern of the Study Area Sr. No. Land use Area (Ha.) % of Area

1

Built-up Land

Settlements 1,101.27 3.51

Industrial 1,175.93 3.74

Sub Total 2277.19 7.25

2

Agriculture Land

Crop Land 19,615.93 62.44

Fallow land 4,423.71 14.08

Sub Total 24,039.64 76.52

3

Waste Land

Land with scrub 2,401.70 7.64

Open Scrub 1,986.51 6.32

Sub Total 4,388.21 13.97

4 Water body

Ponds/Lakes 29.28 0.09

5 Others

Mine/Quarry 681.18 2.17

Total 31,415.51 100



Figure 3.5: Satellite Image of the Study Area




Page | 3.14

Figure 3.6: Land use / Land Cover Map of the Study Area



3.3.4 Meteorology Meteorology is the interdisciplinary scientific study of the atmosphere and is important

tool in studying environmental phenomena like pollutant dispersion. When the EIA

study is planned for any project meteorological data are very important and shall be

collected through the entire period of the baseline study. Typically for EIA,

micrometeorological data is required to collect as these data are essential to formulate

the pollutant dispersion models. Besides, it also helps in understanding the current

trend in climatologically variable as well as prevailing ambient air quality issues and

forecasting. Details of the various meteorological parameters analyzed during the study

with their importance in EIA are presented in subsequent Table 3.6. Information about

these parameters is taken from the Book “Climate of Gujarat” published by Indian

Metrological Department, Government of India-1995.

The climate of the study area is Arid, characterized by a hot summer and general

dryness except during the monsoon season. The year may be divided into four seasons

viz. the cold season from December to February, summer season from March to June,

southwest monsoon season from June to September and post monsoon season during

October and November.

Table 3.6: Meteorological Parameters Sr. No. Parameters Measurement Method Importance

1. Surface Temperature

Digital Sensor capable of giving electrical

signals e.g. thermocouples,

resistance thermometers or

thermistors.

� Temperature affect the plum rise & it increase the effective height of release and thereby increase dispersion and thus decreases the maximum ground level concentration of the pollutants.

� It also influences stability conditions and extent of dispersion of pollutants.

2. Relative Humidity

Digital Sensor capable of giving electrical

signals e.g. hydrometer.

� Moisture provides surface area for suspended particulate matter to coalesce and grow in the size and settle under the influence of gravity. It also enhances the chemical reactions of the gaseous pollutant. High humidity is associated with;

� Lowered visibility for water vapour plumes � Possible acid mist formation

3. Wind Speed 3 cup anemometer with reed switch/magnet Determines initial dispersion of air pollution




Page | 3.16

Sr. No. Parameters Measurement Method Importance

4. Wind Direction

Wind vane with magnetic hall effect

sensor Determines downward geometry

5. Rainfall Tipping Bucket sensor

with magnet & reed switch

Rainwater scrubs the atmospheric pollutants and pollutes surface and groundwater.

6. Cloud Cover Passive Cloud Cover Detector – PCCD It influences stability conditions and

determines the dispersion&/or dilution rate of pollutant. 7. Solar

Radiation Pyranometer type

sensor

8. Atmospheric Stability Condition

Determined from surface observations on

wind speed, cloud cover and solar

radiations

Determines plume spread associated with turbulent motions in the atmosphere

3.3.4.1 Temperature March to May is a period of continuous increase in temperatures. May is generally the

hottest month, the mean daily maximum temperature being 39.7°C and the mean daily

minimum 26.9°C. The day temperatures in April are nearly as high as in May. On many

days during the summer season the maximum temperature goes up above 44°C. With

the onset of the southwest monsoon over the district in the first or second week of June

there is appreciable drop in day temperatures and days become cooler. But nights are

nearly as warm as during the nights in summer. After the withdrawal of the monsoon by

about the end of September there is an increase in day temperatures and a secondary

maximum in day temperature is reached in October. Nights however become

progressively cooler. After November, the temperatures decrease. January is the

coldest month with the mean daily maximum temperature at 31.4°C and the mean daily

minimum at 12.8°C.

3.3.4.2 Humidity Humidity is usually high during the monsoon months, generally exceeding 70 percent.

Humidity decreases during the post monsoon months. The driest part of the year is the

period December to April when the relative humidity is less than 30 percent mainly in

the afternoon period.



3.3.4.3 Cloudiness During the southwest monsoon months, the skies are usually heavily clouded or

overcast. Cloudiness decreases during the post monsoon months. In the rest of the

year the skies are mostly clear or lightly clouded.

3.3.4.4 Wind Speed and Wind Direction Winds are in generally light with some increase in force during the late summer and

early monsoon months. Winds blow mostly from the south-westerly or westerly

directions during May and the southwest monsoon season. Winds blow from the

northeast or north in the post monsoon season and early part of the cold season. In the

latter half of the cold season and in March and April winds are mostly from directions

between southwest and northwest. Monthly mean wind speed observed in Km/hr in

months of December, January & February are 5.0, 5.9 & 5.9 respectively.

3.3.4.5 Rainfall The average annual rainfall in the Bharuch district has been recorded 944.7 mm. The

rainfall in the district increases from the west towards the east and varies from 696.0

mm at Dahej to 1,266.7 mm at Dediapada. About 95 percent of the annual normal

rainfall is received during the monsoon months June to September, July being the

rainiest month. The variation in the rainfall from year to year is appreciable. During the

80 years period, 1901 to 1980, the highest annual rainfall amounting to 178 percent of

the normal occurred in 1959 and the lowest annual rainfall which was only 33% of the

normal occurred in 1918 and 1948. During this 80 years period, the annual rainfall in

the district was less than 80% of the normal in 22 years. Two consecutive years of such

a low rainfall occurred five times during this period. It will be seen that the annual

rainfall in the district was between 601 mm and 1,100 mm in 51 years out of 75. On an

average, there are 43 rainy days (i.e. days with rainfall of 2.5 mm or more) in a year in

the district. This number varies from 34 at Dahej to 58 at Dediapada.

3.3.4.6 Mixing Height Data of atmospheric inversion level for project area is not available, however the

mixing height data available for the nearest observatory of Ahmedabad (Gujarat) has

been taken from IMD publication, which are summarised below;




Page | 3.18

Hours Mixing height (m) Hours Mixing

height (m) Hours Mixing height (m) Hours Mixing

height (m) 1 0 7 10 13 1125 19 600 2 0 8 30 14 1325 20 0 3 0 9 125 15 1440 21 0 4 0 10 310 16 1460 22 0 5 0 11 540 17 1360 23 0 6 0 12 825 18 1020 24 0

Source: Atlas of Hourly Mixing height & assimilative capacity of atmosphere in India published by IMD, New Delhi 3.3.5 Micrometeorology The site-specific micrometeorological data has been collected continuously during

the study period by installing automatic weather station at project site. The

parameters for which data has been collected are temperature, relative humidity,

wind speed, wind direction, rainfall, solar radiation and barometric pressure. Site

specific micrometeorological data shows that, during study period is given in the

following table. Wind rose diagram is shown as Figure 3.7.

Months Temperature

(°C) Relative Humidity

(%) Wind Speed

(m/sec) Wind

Blowing From Min. Max. Avg. Min. Max. Avg. Min. Max. Avg.

Mar ‘17 23.3 40.4 30.9 11.0 90.4 45.2 0.0 10.5 2.5 W

Apr ‘17 22.7 41 31.7 15.0 93.0 56.1 0.0 9.9 2.4 SSW

May ‘17 24.5 43.7 32.5 16.0 95.0 63.4 0.0 5.4 1.1 SW



Figure 3.7: Wind Rose Diagram




Page | 3.20

3.3.6 Ambient Air Quality Government of India and concern authorities have consistently ranked air pollution as a

major environmental concern. The state of our air is an important factor in the quality of

life. It affects the health of the community and directly influences the sustainability of

our lifestyles and production methods. The Government seeks to protect and improve

urban air quality through national action to reduce emissions of major air pollutants. The

Government department's focus is on those sectors that make the greatest

contributions to adverse air quality as well as those pollutants that continue to pose

threats to the environment and human health. National action can relate to the

implementation of relevant national standards and strategies and a common approach

to monitor air quality, research to inform air quality policy and community education on

air quality issues.

Recently, Government has also put forward some findings regarding the critical issues

of air quality & critical level of pollution in many part of India. Further, Government

through its concern department is continuously trying to improve the environmental

quality of the Indian regions. The findings have also noted that the issues of

contamination of air have been arising in the region experiencing more industrial

development. Hence, while studying the probable impacts of any industrial project,

establishment of state of air quality in project area has become very important aspect of

EIA study.

With such purpose, ambient air quality monitoring was conducted for the EIA study at 6

locations as given in Table 3.7. Ambient air quality monitoring stations were selected

based on historical wind data of the region i.e. one in upwind direction, two in downwind

direction and two in cross wind direction from project site. AAQ monitoring was carried

out for PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NO2, HCl, NH3 and VOC. Methodology adopted for

conducting AAQ monitoring and analysis is given in Annexure 21. AAQ monitoring

results obtained during the entire study are given in Annexure 22.

Table 3.7: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

Location Code

Name of Villages / Location

Co-ordinates Bearing

w.r.t project site

Approx. Aerial

Distance from project

site, m Latitude Longitude

S1 Project Site 21°33'44.0"N 73°08'48.9"E -- --



Location Code

Name of Villages / Location

Co-ordinates Bearing

w.r.t project site

Approx. Aerial

Distance from project

site, m Latitude Longitude

S2 Valia Village 21°33'52.3"N 73°09'20.2"E 73°/ENE/ Downwind 966

S3 Chamariya Village 21°35'14.1"N 73°10'42.3"E 50°/NE/

Downwind 4,307

S4 Desad Village 21°33'01.5"N 73°10'54.6"E 110°/ESE/ Crosswind 3,876

S5 Dungri Village 21°32'15.7"N 73°07'41.5"E 215°/SW/ Upwind 3,327

S6 Vatariya Village 21°33'43.9"N 73°06'12.8"E 270°/W/ Crosswind 4,463

S7 Hirapor Village 21°35'17.1"N 73°08'40.0"E 356°/N/ Downwind 2,868

S8 Limbet Village 21°35'55.9"N 73°8'59.3"E 5°/N/ Downwind 4,066

All monitoring stations are of the category “Industrial, Residential, Rural & Other Area” as per NAAQs (National Ambient Air Quality Standards as published by MoEF&CC, New Delhi vide G.S.R. 826 (E), dated 16/11/2009.)

Summary of ambient air quality monitoring results is given in Figure 3.8 to Figure 3.11

as follows.

Figure 3.8: Status of PM10 concentration in ambient air




Page | 3.22

Figure 3.9 Status of PM2.5 concentration in ambient air

Figure 3.10: Status of SO2 concentration in ambient air



Figure 3.11: Status of NO2 concentration in ambient air

Interpretation: It is observed from the above graphs that baseline concentration of

PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NO2 in the ambient air were within the norms specified for NAAQs

at all the monitoring locations.

Concentration of NH3, HCl and VOC (as isobutylene) in ambient air were below

detectable limit at all the monitoring locations.

3.3.7 Hydrology The importance of water can’t be overstated when it comes to life on Earth. Over 70%

of the Earth is covered in water and without water simply there is no life. With

increasing industrialization & modernization in lifestyle, issue of water crisis either

quality and/or quantity of water is being critical day by day. The main source of such

crisis is found to be the activities requiring huge quantity of fresh water and generating

huge quantity of wastewater. Thus, such activities are posing threat to the life and the

industrial development is the prime operation of such activities. Hence, while studying

the probable impacts of industrial project, it is very important to determine the existing

status of water quality & quantity. The water resource for such investigations can be




Page | 3.24

groundwater or surface water or both depending upon the water specific planning of the

proposed project.

The geology of the district with vast area affected by inherent/coastal salinity, presents

a complex hydro geological pattern. As per CGWB, in terms of ground water

development, the entire Bharuch district falls under the Safe Zone. The ground water

occurs in alluvium aquifer under perched, unconfined as well as semi confined

condition. The area is having inherent salinity in aquifer and hence overall ground water

quality in this area is saline except in the well near surface water bodies yield relatively

good quality water. However, there is improvement in ground water quality due to

operation of Sardar Sarovar canal project in the region. The depth of water level is

ranging from 5 to 10 m. The regional surface water as well ground water flow direction

is almost from East to West or more precisely from North East to South –West. As

water supply from Narmada canal is available, people usually do not use ground water

for the drinking purpose. For industrial use water supply is managed by GIDC through

pipe line from Narmada river water. During study period, in some villages, ponds have

been observed from which water samples have been collected to find out the water

quality as a part of baseline study.

In general, water environment is widely divided into two categories in terms of water

sources:

1. Surface water: Rivers, Ponds, Drains, Canals etc.

2. Ground water: Accumulation in deeper strata of ground

Total 11 water samples have been collected from eight locations once during the study

period. Out of these, 8 Ground water and 3 Surface water samples have been tested.

The details of sampling locations are given in Table 3.8. Methodology adopted for

sampling and analysis are given in Annexure 21. The outcome of the study of water

quality is given in Table 3.9. Analysis results of water sampling are given in Annexure 22.



Table 3.8: Water Sampling Locations Lo

catio

n C

ode

Name of Village /

Location Sample Code

Co-ordinates Dates of Sampling

Description of Sample Latitude Longitude

S1 Project Site GW1 21°33'41.5"N 73°08'47.5"E 5-Apr-17 Borewell

S2 Valia Village GW2 21°34'22.3"N 73°09'37.9"E 5-Apr-17 Borewell

SW2 21°34'27.5"N 73°10'02.4"E 5-Apr-17 Pond Water

S3 Chamariya Village GW3 21°35'19.2"N 73°10'40.6"E 5-Apr-17 Borewell

S4 Desad Village GW4 21°33'01.1"N 73°10'54.2"E 5-Apr-17 Borewell

S5 Dungri Village GW5 21°32'14.8"N 73°07'40.1"E 5-Apr-17 Handpump

SW5 21°32'11.3"N 73°07'29.5"E 5-Apr-17 Pond Water

S6 Vatariya Village GW6 21°33'28.1"N 73°06'05.2"E 5-Apr-17 Borewell

SW6 21°33'26.6"N 73°06'05.0"E 5-Apr-17 Handpump

S7 Hirapor Village GW7 21°35'16.6"N 73°08'38.1"E 5-Apr-17 Borewell

S8 Limbet Village GW8 21°36'03.0"N 73°08'59.3"E 5-Apr-17 Borewell

In

tas

Phar

mac

eutic

als

Ltd.

, Val

ia-B

haru

ch

Envi

ronm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent R

epor

t Pr

opos

ed E

xpan

sion

Pro

ject

for M

anuf

actu

ring

of S

ynth

etic

Org

anic

Che

mic

als

Cha

pter

-3: B

asel

ine

Envi

ronm

enta

l Sta

tus

Page

| 3.

26

Tabl

e 3.

9: P

hysi

co-C

hem

ical

Cha

ract

eris

tics

of W

ater

Sr. No.

Para

met

er

Uni

t

IS: 1

0500

sta

ndar

d lim

it fo

r drin

king

wat

er

GW

1 G

W2

GW

3 G

W4

GW

5 G

W6

GW

7 G

W8

SW2

SW5

SW6

Des

irabl

e Pe

rmis

sibl

e

A

Org

anol

eptic

and

Phy

sica

l Par

amet

ers

1 C

olou

r H

azen

un

it 5

15

1.90

2.

10

1.30

1.

45

1.00

1.

50

1.60

1.

98

1.05

5.

70

45.0

0

2 pH

--

6.5

– 8.

5 N

R

7.05

6.

90

7.11

7.

06

7.16

7.

84

6.88

7.

30

7.21

6.

84

7.72

3 El

ec. C

ondu

ctiv

ity

ms/

cm

-- --

1.10

1.

70

1.70

1.

80

1.75

1.

50

1.10

1.

90

0.70

1.

50

1.40

4 Te

mpe

ratu

re

°C

-- --

32

32

32

32

32

32

28

28

29

29

30

5 Tu

rbid

ity

NTU

1

5 0.

80

2.20

0.

80

1.00

0.

50

1.00

0.

50

1.30

0.

30

11.4

0 15

.60

6 D

isso

lved

Sol

ids

mg/

l 50

0 20

00

644

1032

10

20

1050

10

20

856

605

1104

42

0 92

0 91

0

B

Gen

eral

Par

amet

ers

7 Al

kalin

ity

mg/

l 20

0 60

0 17

4 22

1 27

1 28

0 28

5 20

4 18

8 19

6 10

7 21

0 16

0

8 To

tal H

ardn

ess

(a

s C

aCO

3)

mg/

l 20

0 60

0 21

0 31

0 30

0 33

0 35

0 28

0 24

0 25

0 13

0 27

3 23

0

9 C

alci

um (a

s C

a+2)

mg/

l 75

20

0 48

.0

70.1

80

.1

85.0

79

.0

82.2

44

.0

78.0

30

.0

48.0

60

.1

10

Mag

nesi

um (a

s M

g+2)

mg/

l 30

10

0 22

.0

32.9

24

.4

28.7

37

.2

18.3

31

.7

13.5

13

.4

37.3

19

.5

11

Chl

orid

es (a

s C

l- ) m

g/l

250

1000

25

2 39

6 44

5 46

6 43

6 36

6 26

0 49

6 17

4 42

1 41

0

12

Sulp

hate

(as

SO4-2

) m

g/l

200

400

65

66

88

75

98

51

56

88

50

68

88

13

Fluo

ride

(as

F- ) m

g/l

1.0

1.5

0.45

<0

.1

<0.1

0.

70

<0.1

0.

56

0.60

<0

.1

0.10

0.

30

0.60

14

Nitr

ates

(as

NO

3- ) m

g/l

45

NR

3.

1 2.

5 3.

6 2.

8 3.

2 2.

1 1.

3 2.

0 0.

8 3.

1 2.

6

15

Phen

olic

com

poun

d m

g/l

0.00

1 0.

002

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

16

Boro

n (a

s B)

m

g/l

0.5

1.0

0.45

<0

.05

<0.0

5 0.

50

<0.0

5 <0

.05

<0.0

5 0.

35

<0.0

5 <0

.05

0.40

17

Cop

per (

as C

u)

mg/

l 0.

05

1.5

<0.0

02

<0.0

02

<0.0

02

<0.0

02

<0.0

02

<0.0

02

0.09

0.

13

<0.0

02

<0.0

02

<0.0

02

18

Iron

(as

Fe)

mg/

l 1.

0 N

R

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

0.65

0.

48

0.39

<0

.001

0.

39

0.46

19

Man

gane

se (a

s M

n)

mg/

l 0.

1 0.

3 <0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

Inta

s Ph

arm

aceu

tical

s Lt

d., V

alia

-Bha

ruch

En

viro

nmen

tal I

mpa

ct A

sses

smen

t Rep

ort

Prop

osed

Exp

ansi

on P

roje

ct fo

r Man

ufac

turin

g of

Syn

thet

ic O

rgan

ic C

hem

ical

s

Cha

pter

-3: B

asel

ine

Envi

ronm

enta

l Sta

tus

Pa

ge |

3.27

Sr. No.

Para

met

er

Uni

t

IS: 1

0500

sta

ndar

d lim

it fo

r drin

king

wat

er

GW

1 G

W2

GW

3 G

W4

GW

5 G

W6

GW

7 G

W8

SW2

SW5

SW6

Des

irabl

e Pe

rmis

sibl

e

20

Zinc

(as

Zn)

mg/

l 5

15

<0.1

<0

.1

<0.1

<0

.1

<0.1

0.

54

<0.1

0.

25

<0.1

0.

60

0.80

21

Sodi

um (a

s N

a)

mg/

l N

S N

S 10

4 13

6 17

4 15

6 15

4 12

1 72

17

5 68

15

2 17

0

22

Pota

ssiu

m (a

s K)

m

g/l

NS

NS

22

24

38

40

35

25

22

53

16

50

55

23

Sodi

um A

bsor

ptio

n R

atio

(SAR

) --

-- --

3.12

3.

36

4.37

3.

73

3.58

3.

14

2.02

5.

95

2.59

4.

00

4.87

C

Dem

and

Para

met

er

24

CO

D

mg/

l --

-- N

A N

A N

A N

A N

A N

A N

A N

A 57

.0

61.7

17

4.0

25

BOD

m

g/l

-- --

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

20.2

19

.2

56.5

26

Dis

solv

ed O

xyge

n m

g/l

-- --

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

5.9

6.2

4.5

D

Para

met

ers

Con

cern

ing

Toxi

c Su

bsta

nces

27

Arse

nic

(as

As)

mg/

l 0.

01

0.05

<0

.01

<0.0

1 <0

.01

<0.0

1 <0

.01

<0.0

1 <0

.01

<0.0

1 <0

.01

<0.0

1 <0

.01

28

Cad

miu

m (a

s C

d)

mg/

l 0.

003

NR

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

29

Chr

omiu

m (a

s C

r+6)

mg/

l 0.

05

NR

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

<0

.001

30

Lead

(as

Pb)

mg/

l 0.

01

NR

<0

.003

<0

.003

<0

.003

<0

.003

<0

.003

<0

.003

<0

.003

<0

.003

<0

.003

<0

.003

<0

.003

31

Mer

cury

(as

Hg)

m

g/l

0.00

1 N

R

<0.0

02

<0.0

02

<0.0

02

<0.0

02

<0.0

02

<0.0

02

<0.0

02

<0.0

02

<0.0

02

<0.0

02

<0.0

02

32

Nic

kel (

as N

i) m

g/l

0.02

N

R

<0.0

03

<0.0

03

<0.0

03

<0.0

03

<0.0

03

<0.0

03

<0.0

03

<0.0

03

<0.0

03

<0.0

03

<0.0

03

E B

acte

riolo

gica

l Par

amet

ers

33

E-co

li M

PN/

100m

l Ab

sent

N

A N

A N

A N

A N

A N

A N

A N

A Ab

sent

Ab

sent

Ab

sent

34

Tota

l Col

iform

M

PN/

100m

l Ab

sent

N

A N

A N

A N

A N

A N

A N

A N

A 88

74

92

G

W: G

roun

d W

ater

, SW

-Sur

face

Wat

M

ore

than

Des

irabl

e Li

mit

Mor

e th

an P

erm

issi

ble

Lim

it S

ourc

e: S

ampl

ing

& A

naly

sis

carr

ied

out b

y N

AB

L ac

cred

ited

labo

rato

ry o

f Env

isaf

e E

nviro

nmen

t Con

sulta

nts




Page | 3.28

Following are the observations from the water analysis results:

� All the parameters of collected ground water samples were well within desirable limit

except colour, turbidity, dissolved solid, alkalinity, total hardness, calcium,

magnesium, chloride, boron, and copper at some villages. However, all the

parameters were well below permissible limit.

� All the parameters of collected surface water samples were well within desirable

limit except colour, turbidity, dissolved solid, alkalinity, total hardness, calcium,

magnesium, chloride, boron and copper at some villages, whereas only colour at

Vataria village and turbidity at Vataria and Dungri villages were found exceeding the

permissible limit as highlighted in Table 3.9.

� All the other parameters and parameters concerning toxic substances measured in

samples were below detection limit at all the locations.

� It is observed from the surface water analysis of the study area and compared with

classes for designated use of fresh Water Standards, that samples of study area are

suitable for “E Class” i.e. Irrigation, industrial cooling & Controlled Waste Disposal.

3.3.8 Soil Quality Soil quality is the capacity of a specific kind of soil to function, within natural or

managed ecosystem boundaries, to sustain plant and animal productivity, maintain or

enhance water and air quality and support human health and habitation. Soil quality

reflects how well a soil performs the functions of maintaining biodiversity and

productivity, partitioning water and solute flow, filtering and buffering, nutrient cycling

and providing support for plants and other structures. Thus, soil quality plays vital role

in any particular geographical phenomenon of ecology as well as physico-chemical

environment.

Soil quality can indicate the current as well as future issues related with the water,

ecology and life in the particular region. Thus, it is clearly visible that soil contamination

may result in eventuality in form of contamination of water, ecological destruction, loss

of productivity, food crisis and so threat to life. The major source of contamination is

liquid and solid wastes from industries as well as overuse of fertilizers & pesticide.

Thus, to determine the exact impacts of any proposed project, it is very essential to

determine the existing status of soil quality and existing stress through a study of soil

quality assessment. Considering this, surface soil samples were collected from eight



locations of study area once in study period. Details of sampling locations are given in

Table 3.10. The analysis data of soil samples is given in Table 3.11.

Table 3.10: Soil Sampling Locations

Location Code


Co-ordinates Dates of Sampling Latitude Longitude

S1 Project Site 21°36'03.5"N 73°08'49.1"E 6-Apr-17

S2 Valia Village 21°34'00.4"N 73°09'22.5"E 6-Apr-17

S3 Chamariya Village 21°35'07.5"N 73°10'45.6"E 6-Apr-17

S4 Desad Village 21°33'21.0"N 73°10'36.7"E 6-Apr-17

S5 Dungri Village 21°32'11.1"N 73°07'10.7"E 6-Apr-17

S6 Vatariya Village 21°33'53.1"N 73°06'21.3"E 6-Apr-17

S7 Hirapor Village 21°35'43.2"N 73°08'13.9"E 6-Apr-17

S8 Limbet Village 21°36'01.5"N 73°08'54.3"E 6-Apr-17

Table 3.11: Physico-Chemical Characteristic of Soil Sr. No. Parameters Unit S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

1 Bulk Density gm/cm3 1.2021 1.3605 1.5354 1.1854 1.4511 1.3521 1.1058 1.2541

2 moisture content % 16.42 9.48 12.36 13.39 10.25 14.56 15.42 16.1

3 Water Holding Capacity % 38.14 41.02 49.25 38.23 44.61 37.56 39.1 35.48

4 Particle size distribution

i Sand % 59 25 34 36 28 23 26 36

ii Clay % 15 63 36 35 40 41 63 35

iii Silt % 26 12 30 29 32 36 11 29

5 Texture Class -- Silty Clay Loam

Silt Loam

Clay Loam

Clay Loam

Clay Loam

Clay Loam

Silt Loam

Clay Loam

6 pH (10% Solution) -- 7.96 7.63 7.70 7.33 7.80 7.74 7.64 8.50

7 Electrical Conductivity μs/cm 431 631 702 612 681 569 640 698

8 Cation Exchange Capacity

meq/100 gm 41 33 35 40 38 41 36 38

9 Calcium mg/Kg 11.0 19.2 15.1 17.4 7.0 12.5 6.7 8.78

10 Magnesium mg/Kg 1.8 3.4 2.8 4.1 1.5 2.6 2.3 3.12

11 Sodium mg/Kg 19 25 13 21 12 11 14 9

12 Potassium mg/Kg 9 8 14 11 18 22 16 12

13 Chloride mg/Kg 109 205 120 198 208 174 201 150

14 Phosphorous mg/Kg 12 18 21 13 23 12 11 15.90




Page | 3.30

Sr. No. Parameters Unit S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

15 SAR -- 1.4 1.4 0.8 1.2 1.1 0.7 1.2 0.7

16 Available Nitrogen mg/Kg 12.2 20.8 28.2 31.2 22.8 16.5 38.2 36.7

17 Organic matter % 3.6 4.5 3.2 3.9 4.1 4.5 3.8 4.6

18 Iron mg/Kg 6.1 7.1 6.8 6.0 7.9 6.6 6.5 6.9

19 Zinc mg/Kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

20 Nickel mg/Kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Source: Sampling & Analysis carried out by NABL accredited laboratory of Envisafe Environment Consultants

Following are the observations of the soil analysis results:

� Bulk density of soil samples was in range of 1.10 gm/cm3 to 1.53 gm/cm3, which will

have no significant effects on root growth.

� pH of the soil samples ranged from 7.3 to 8.5, which indicates free lime exists in the

soil which will have excellent filtration and percolation of water capacity at most of

the villages.

� Water Holding Capacity of soil samples were in range of 35.48% to 49.25%.

� The texture of soil observed in the study area varied from Silty clay loam, Clay loam

to Silt loam type.

� The Electrical conductivity of the samples varied from 431 to 702 μs/cm, which

indicates, no salinity ingress in the study area.

� The organic matter in the soil ranged from 3.2% to 4.6%. The result range signifies

that the soil is being maintained in an optimal desired range.

� The concentration of available Nitrogen, Phosphorous and Potassium in the soil

samples signifies that the soil of the area is less fertile.

3.3.9 Noise level For the environmental status appraisal, noise is a sound that is loud, unpleasant,

unexpected or undesired. Such noise level is not only resulted because of industrial

activities but can also result due to transportation activities, domestic activities,

commercial activities, agricultural activities and entertainment activities of individuals or

group etc. All noises are not harmful but sound that is too loud or loud sound over a

long time is harmful. The hazardous noise can have many adverse effects on health

like headache, nausea etc. It can even damage sensitive structures of the inner ear and

cause noise-induced hearing loss. Considering these probabilities, our Government has



enacted the standards for noise level based on certain specific region as well as based

on time (Day & Night) through MoEFCC.

Thus, for EIA study it is very necessary to study the prevailing noise level during the

day & night time in the project area, as the noise from the proposed activities together

with the existing noise level may result in many issues related with human health as

well as social layout & quality. Considering this, the noise level monitoring at eight

selected locations on 24 hourly basis was conducted once during the study period.

Details of sampling locations are given in Table 3.12. The outcomes of the study are

presented in Table 3.13.

Table 3.12: Noise Level Sampling Locations

Location Code


Co-ordinates Dates of Sampling Latitude Longitude

S1 Project Site 21°33'46.1"N 73°08'48.4"E 22-Mar-17 S2 Valia Village 21°33'59.7"N 73°09'21.6"E 5-Apr-17 S3 Chamariya Village 21°35'16.4"N 73°10'41.1"E 14-Apr-17 S4 Desad Village 21°32'59.1"N 73°10'53.5"E 21-Apr-17 S5 Dungri Village 21°32'13.7"N 73°07'39.9"E 21-Apr-17 S6 Vatariya Village 21°33'35.6"N 73°06'05.5"E 28-Apr-17 S7 Hirapor Village 21°35'17.2"N 73°08'39.7"E 5-May-17 S8 Limbet Village 21°35'56.8"N 73°09'00.0"E 12-May-17

Table 3.13: Noise Level in Study Area

Station Code

Noise Level (dBA), Permissible Limit (dBA) Day Time Night Time Day Time Night Time

Min. Max. Leq Min. Max. Leq Leq Leq

S1 42.1 64.2 58.4 43.8 53.8 49.6 75 70 S2 49.4 54.8 53.1 42.8 44.6 43.8 55 45 S3 42.8 54.1 49.0 37.5 44.6 42.1 55 45 S4 44.8 54.8 52.4 39.9 44.1 42.3 55 45 S5 43.1 54.6 52.1 40.6 44.9 43.3 55 45 S6 48.8 54.6 53.0 43.5 44.6 44.2 55 45 S7 44.8 54.9 52.8 43.1 44.9 44.1 55 45 S8 43.1 54.2 52.2 41.6 44.9 43.5 55 45

Source: Sampling & Analysis carried out by NABL accredited laboratory of Envisafe Environment Consultants




Page | 3.32

The monitored noise levels were compared with the standards prescribed by MoEFCC

which indicates that the noise levels at all the locations were found well within the limit

for day & night time.

3.3.10 Traffic Survey Traffic survey was conducted for prediction of impact on existing road infrastructure due

to incremental traffic after proposed expansion. In order to assess the prevailing traffic

volumes on the existing roads, the survey was conducted during peak hours of regular

working day of the week by avoiding local holidays or abnormal situations to reflect the

true picture of the traffic densities. Traffic data was collected at an intersection where

project site is connected to Ankleswar town and Valia village. Routes considered for

traffic assessment are given in Figure 3.12

Figure 3.12: Routes considered for traffic survey

Details of traffic survey are given in Annexure 23. It was observed that existing traffic

load observed on Road 1, 2 and 3 was 1105, 92 & 48 passenger car unit (PCU) per

hour. Additional traffic likely to be generated after proposed expansion will be maximum

of 8 truck trips per day, which will account for 24 PCU per day. Considering traffic

movement of 6 hours per day ‘to and from’ project site on each road individually

incremental traffic load will be 4 PCU per hour. Hence, there will be marginal increase

in traffic load. However, there will be no change in Level of Service (LOS) on each road

considering incremental traffic. LOS for existing roads 1, 2 & 3 is C (good), A (excellent)

& A (excellent) respectively which will remain the same after proposed expansion.



3.3.11 Ecological Status Flora and fauna are important components of the environment. They are organized into

natural communities with mutual dependencies among their members and show

various responses and sensitivities to anthropogenic activities. There is a wide range of

surveys methods for investigating different types of habitats, flora and fauna groups.

Each method has its own merits and limitations. In addition, each site to be studied has

its specific condition, which may render certain survey methods more suitable.

Present study was carried out to know the ecological status using different standard

methods suitable for surveying flora and fauna of the study area. A road survey in all

the accessible areas and in addition on foot surveys were conducted to document the

flora and fauna, along with topographic maps, interviewing people, forest working plans

and standard books (The book of Indian birds by Salim Ali, Flora of Gujarat by G. L.

Shah & Fauna of Gujarat by Zoological survey of India) to cover various species

belonging to different family and genera within the study area as far as possible.

Species surveys aimed to provide information on different species diversity and identify

those species of conservation concern.

3.3.11.1 Flora During the survey, a total of 170 plant species belonging to 155 genera and 75 families

were noted in the study area; including 64 tree species, 30 shrubs, 53 herbs, 16

climbers, creepers and lianas, and 7 crop plants. Most of the species are of common

occurrence.. Enumeration of Flora &list of plant species are given in Table 3.14 & 3.15

respectively.

Table 3.14: Enumeration of flora

Particulars Families Genera Species Trees 26 54 64 Shrubs 16 27 30 Herbs 19 52 53 Climbers, creepers and lianas 10 15 16 Crop plants 4 7 7

Total 75 155 170

Table 3.15: List of Flora in the study area

Sr. No. Common Name Scientific Name Family

� Trees 1. Ambo Mangifera indica L. Anacardiaceae




Page | 3.34


2. Sitaphal Annona squamosa L. Annonaceae 3. Asopalav Polyalthia longifolia (Sonn.)

Thwaites 4. Saptaparni Alstonia scholaris (L.) R. Br. Apocynaceae 5. Champo Plumeria alba L. 6. Bismarck Palm Bismarckia nobilis Arecaceae 7. Toddy Palm Borassus flabellifer 8. Nariyal Cocos nucifera L. 9. Bottle Palm Hyophorbe lagenicaulis

(L.H.Bailey) H.E.Moore 10. Khajuri Phoenix sylvestris (L.) Roxb. 11. Spathodea Spathodea campanulata

P.Beauv. Bignoniaceae

12. Pink Tabebuia Tabebuia roseaDC. 13. Pilo Shimdo Cochlospermum religiosum (L.)

Alston Bixaceae

14. Gunda Cordia dichotoma G.Forst. Boraginaceae 15. Kodiya Cordia sebestena L. 16. Papaya Carica papaya L. Caricaceae 17. Saru Casuarina equisetifolia L. Casuarinaceae 18. Deshi badam Terminalia catappa L. Combretaceae 19. Datrango Ehretia laevis Roxb. Ehretiaceae 20. Kachnar Bauhinia sp. Leguminosae

Subfamily: Caesalpinioideae

21. Garmalo Cassia fistula L. 22. Pilo gulmohar Delonix elata(L) Gamble 23. Gulmohar Delonix regia (Hook.) Raf. 24. Sonmohar Peltophorum pterocarpum (DC.)

K.Heyne 25. Kaashid Senna siamea (Lam.) H.S.Irwin &

Barneby 26. Amli Tamarindus indica L. 27. Kesudo Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub. Subfamily:

Faboideae 28. Moulmein rosewood Millettia peguensisAli 29. Karanj Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre 30. Autralian acacia Acacia auriculiformis Benth. Subfamily:

Mimosoideae 31. Harmo baval Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.) Willd.

32. Baval Acacia nilotica subsp. indica (Benth.) Brenan

33. Kalo siris Albizia lebbeck (L.) Benth. 34. Rain tree Albizia saman (Jacq.) Merr. 35. Pardesi baval Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.)

de Wit 36. Goras ambli Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.)

Benth. 37. Khijado Prosopis cineraria (L.) Druce




38. Gando baval Prosopis juliflora (Sw.) DC. 39. Kapok Ceiba pentandra (L.) Gaertn. Malvaceae 40. Muchkund Pterospermum acerifolium (L.)

Willd. 41. Limdo Azadirachta indica A.Juss. Meliaceae 42. Bakan limdo Melia azadirach L. 43. Vad Ficus benghalensis L. Moraceae 44. Weeping ficus Ficus benjamina 45. Dedh Umbro Ficus hispida L. 46. Peepal Ficus religiosa L. 47. Pipli Ficus virens Aiton 48. Setur Morus alba L. 49. Saragavo Moringa oleifera Lam. Moringaceae 50. Nilgiri Eucalyptus globulus Labill. Myrtaceae

51. Jamphal Psidium guajava L. 52. Jamun Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels 53. Vans Dendrocalamus strictus (Roxb.)

Nees Poaceae

54. Bor Ziziphus mauritiana Lam. Rhamnaceae 55. Limbu Citrus limon (L.) Osbeck Rutaceae 56. Kotha Limonia acidissima Groff 57. Mitho limdo Murraya koenigii (L.) Spreng. 58. Khari Jaar Salvadora persica L. Salvadoraceae 59. Mahudo Madhuca longifolia(J.Konig)

J.F.Macbr. Sapotaceae

60. Rayan Manilkara hexandra 61. Arduso Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Simaroubaceae 62. Traveller’s Palm Ravenala madagascariensis

Sonn. Strelitziaceae

63. Saag Tectona grandis L.f. Verbenaceae 64. Ingorio Balanites aegyptiaca (L.) Delile Zygophyllaceae � Shrubs 1. Lal menhdi Alternanthera dentata Amaranthaceae 2. Ankdo Calotropis procera (Aiton)

Dryand. Apocynaceae

3. Safed Ankdo Calotropis gigantea (L.) Dryand. 4. Pili karan Cascabela thevetia (L.) Lippold. 5. Lal Karan Nerium oleander L. 6. Chandni Tabernaemontana divaricata (L.)

R.Br. ex Roem. & Schult. 7. Tecoma Tecoma stans (L.) Juss. ex

Kunth. Bignoniaceae

8. Indian Cadaba Cadaba fruticosa (L.) Druce Capparaceae 9. Kerdo Capparis decidua (Forssk.)

Edgew. 10. Kanthar Capparis sepiaria L.




Page | 3.36


11. Naphatio Ipomoea carnea Jacq. Convolvulaceae 12. Vidya Thuja occidentalis L. Cupressaceae 13. Cat Acalypha wilkesiana 14. Croton Codiaeum variegatum (L.)

A.Juss.

15. Thor Euphorbia neriifolia L. Euphorbiaceae 16. --- Jatropha L. 17. Spicy Jatropha Jatropha integerrima Jacq. 18. Tapioca Manihot esculentaCrantz 19. Divel Ricinus communis L. 20. Galtoro Caesalpinia pulcherrima (L.) Sw. Leguminosae


21. Aaval Senna auriculata(L.) Roxb.

22. Vaando Dendrophthoe falcata (L.f) Ettingsh

Loranthaceae

23. Mendhi Lawsonia inermis L. Lythraceae 24. Jasud Hibiscus rosa-sinensis L. Malvaceae 25. Hathio thor Opuntia elatior Mill Opuntiaceae 26. Kevda Pandanus odorifer (Forssk.)

Kuntze Pandanaceae

27. Chani bor Ziziphus nummularia (Burm.f.) Wight & Arn.

Rhamnaceae

28. Ixora Ixora coccinea L. Rubiaceae 29. Damyanti Duranta erecta L. Verbenaceae 30. Tantaniyu Lantana camara L. � Herbs 1. Pilo kantasheliyo Barleria prionitis L. Acanthaceae 2. Shulio Hygrophila auriculataSchumach. 3. Anghedi Achyranthes aspera L. Amaranthaceae 4. - Amaranthus spinosus L. 5. Cock’s comb Celosia argentea L. 6. Lolar Digera muricata (L.) Mart 7. Spider lily Hymenocallis littoralis(Jacq.)

Salisb. Amaryllidaceae

8. Barmasi Catharanthus roseus (L.) G.Don Apocynaceae 9. - Diffenbachia sp. Araceae 10. Ketki Agave AmericanaL. Asparagaceae 11. - Blumea membranacea DC. Asteraceae 12. Sahdevi Cyanthillium cinereum (L.)

H.Rob. 13. Utkanto Echinops echinatus Roxb. 14. Bhangro Eclipta prostrata (L.) L. 15. Gaillardia Gaillardia pulchellaFoug 16. Common sawthistle Sonchus oleraceusL. 17. Galgoto Tagetes erecta L. 18. Pardeshi bhangro Tridax procumbens (L.) L.




19. Gadariyu Xanthium strumarium L. 20. Satavari Asparagus racemosus Willd Asparagaceae 21. Punarnava Boerhavia diffusa L. Boraginaceae 22. Chil ni Bhaji Chenopodium album L. Chenopodiaceae 23. - Cyperus haspan L. Cyperaceae 24. Dudhli Euphorbia hirta L. Euphorbiaceae 25. Christ Plant Euphorbia milii Des Moul. 26. Bhony Amli Phyllanthus niruri L. 27. Aavchi - bavchi Basilicum polystachyon (L.)

Moench Lamiaceae

28. Tulsi Ocimum tenuiflorum L. 29. - Alysicarpus longifolius (Rottl. ex

Spr.)W. & A. Leguminosae Subfamily: Faboidae 30. Gali Indigofera linnaei Ali.

31. Sarphankho Tephrosia purpurea (L.) Pers. 32. Jungli bhindo Abelmoschus moschatus Medik. Malvaceae 33. Kanski Abutilon indicum (L.) Sweet 34. Chunch Chorchorus aestuans L. 35. Chunch Chorchorus capsularis L. 36. Bala Sida cordifolia L. 37. - Triumfetta rhomboidea Jacq. 38. Cat’s claw Martynia annua L. Martyniaceae 39. - Mollugo pentaphylla L. Molluginaceae 40. Pofli Apluda mutica L. Poaceae 41. Mindadin Chloris barbata Sw. 42. Durva Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. 43. Zinzvo Dichanthium annulatum (Forak.)

Stapf 44. Samo Echinochloa colonum (L.) Link 45. - Eragrostis amabilis (L.) Wight &

Arn. 46. - Phragmites karka (Retz.) Trin. Ex

Steud. 47. Zipto Setaria glauca (L.) P. Beauv. 48. Khevo Sporobolus helvolus (Trin.) Th.

Dur. etSch 49. Gulaab Rosa indica L. Rosaceae 50. Pentas Pentas lanceolate(Forssk.)

Deflers Rubiaceae

51. Dhaturo Datura innoxia Mill. Solanaceae 52. Bhony ringni Solanum virginianum L. 53. Gha Bajariyu Typha angustifolia L. Typhaceae � Climbers, creepers and woody lianas 1. Chamar Dudheli Pergularia daemia (Forssk.)

Chiov. Asclepdiaceae

2. Pardavel Vernonia elaeagnifolia DC. Asteraceae




Page | 3.38

3. Madhumalati Combretum indicum (L.) DeFilippsCombretaceae 4. Amarvel Cuscuta reflexa Roxb. Convolvulaceae 5. Nala ni bhaji Ipomoea aquatica Forssk. 6. Maryadavel Ipomoea pes-caprae (L.) R. Br. 7. Hogvine Merremia umbellata (L.) Hallier f. 8. Samudralata Caesalpinia bonduc (L.) Roxb. Leguminosae


9. Chanothi Abrus precatorius L. Leguminosae Subfamily: Faboidae

10. Abvel Canavalia ensiformis (L.) DC. 11. Aparajita Clitoria ternatea L. 12. Vevdi Cocculus hirsutus (L.) W.Theob. Menispermaceae 13. Boganvel Bougainvillea spectabilis Willd. Nyctaginaceae 14. Jui Jasminum grandiflorum L. Oleaceae 15. Kagdavel Cardiospermum halicacabum L. Sapindaceae 16. Flaming Glorybower Clerodendrum splendens G.Don Verbenaceae � Crop Plants 1. Tuvar Cajanus cajan (L.) Millsp. Leguminosae

Subfamily: Faboidae

2. Kapaas Gossypium herbaceum L. Malvaceae 3. Ked, Kela Musa paradisiaca L. Musaceae 4. Dangar Oryza sativa L. Poaceae 5. Jowar Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench 6. Ghanv Triticum aestivum L. 7. Sugarcane Saccharum officinarum L.

Source: Primary data collected during study period

Datrango (Ehretia leavis)

Indian Cadaba (Cadaba fruticosa)

3.3.11.2 Fauna During the site visit, it was observed that all the species encountered are quite

common. Also, there is no reserved forest, national park or sanctuary within the study

area. Besides direct sighting, villagers were also interviewed for the record of faunal



species occurring in the study area. A total of 47 bird species belonging to 44 genera

and 31 families were seen. 8 mammal species belonging to 8 genera and 8 families,

and 8 reptile species belonging to 8 genera and 6 families were recorded on the basis

of interviewing local people. Besides, 41 species of insects and others belonging to 31

genera and 15 families were also recorded. The faunal species recorded are of

common occurrence. Enumeration of fauna and list of fauna observed during study

period are given in Table 3.16 & 3.17 respectively.

Table 3.16: Enumeration of fauna

Particulars Families Genera Species Terrestrial & Aquatic Avifauna 31 44 47 Mammals 8 8 8 Reptiles 6 8 8 Insects & Others 15 31 41

Total 60 91 104

Table 3.17: List of Fauna in the study area

S. No. Common Name Scientific Name Family

IUCN Status/ Migratory Status/ Schedule as per

Wildlife Protection Act, 1972

� Avifauna 1. Black winged kite Elanus caeruleus Accipitridae LC/ R 2. Black kite Milvus migrans LC/ R 3. Shikra Accipiter badius LC/ R/ I 4. House swift Apus nipalensis Apodidae LC/ R 5. Pied kingfisher Ceryle rudis Alcedinidae LC/ R 6. White throated

kingfisher Halcyon smyrensis LC/ R/ IV

7. Pond heron Ardeola grayii Ardeidae LC/ R / IV 8. Cattle egret Bulbucus ibis LC/ R/ IV 9. Little egret Egretta garzetta LC/ R/ IV 10. Median Egret Mesophoyx intermedia LC/ R 11. Red wattled

lapwing Vanellus indicus Charadriidaea LC/ R

12. Painted Stork Mycteria leucocephala Ciconiidae NT/RM 13. Tailor bird Orthotomus sutorius Cisticolidae LC/ R 14. Ashy prinia Prinia socialis LC/ R 15. Blue rock pigeon Columba livia Columbidae LC/ R 16. Laughing Dove Spilopelia senegalensis LC/ R/ IV 17. Eurasian Collard

Dove Streptopelia decaocto LC/ R/ IV

18. Red Turtle Dove Streptopelia tranquebarica

LC/R

19. Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis Coraciidae LC/RM 20. Common crow Corvus splendens Corvidae LC/ R/ V 21. Crow- pheasant Centropus sinensis Cuculidae LC/ R




Page | 3.40




22. Indian koel Eudynamys scolopaceus LC/ R 23. Black drongo Dicrurus adsimilis Discruidae LC/ R/ IV 24. Indian silverbill Lonchura malabarica Estrildidae LC/ R 25. Wire tailed Swallow Hirundo smithii Hirundinidae LC/ R 26. Grey shrike Lanius excubitor Laniidae LC/ R 27. Jungle babbler Turdoides striatus Leiothrichidae LC/ R/ IV 28. Coppersmith barbet Megalaima

haemacephala Megalaimidae LC/ R/ IV

29. Green bee- eater Merops orientalis Meropidae LC/ R 30. White Wagtail Motacilla alba Motacillidaea LC/M 31. Indian robin Saxicoloides fulicatus Muscicapidae LC/ R 32. Oriental Magpie

Robin Copsychus saularis LC/ R

33. Purple sunbird Nectarinia asiatica Nectariniidae LC/ R 34. House sparrows Passer domesticus Passeridae LC/ R 35. Little cormorant Microcarbo niger Phalacrocoracidae LC/ R/ IV 36. Grey francolin Francolinuspondicerianus Phasianidae LC/ R 37. Rose ringed

parakeet Psittacula krameri Psittaculidae LC/ R/ IV

38. Red vented bulbul Pycnonotus cafer Pycnonotidae LC/ R/ IV 39. White eared bulbul Pycnonotus leucotis LC/ R 40. White-breasted

waterhen Amaurornis phoenicurus Rallidae LC/ R

41. Blank-winged stilt Himantopus himantopus Recurvirostridae LC/ R/ IV 42. Common sandpiper Actitis hypoleucos Scolopacidae LC/ M/ IV 43. Bank myna Acridotheres ginginianus Sturnidae LC/ R/ IV 44. Common myna Acridotheres tristis LC/ R/ IV 45. Brahminy Starling Sturnus pagodarum LC/R 46. Red-naped Ibis Pseudibis papillosa Threskiornithidae LC/ R/ IV 47. Oriental White Ibis Threskiornis

melanocephalus NT/RM/ IV

� Mammals 1. Blue bull (Nilgai) Boselaphus

tragocamelus Bovidae LC/ III

2. Jackal Canis aureus Canidae LC/ II 3. Hanuman langur Semnopithecus

dussumieri Cereopithecidae LC/ II

4. Pale Hedgehog Paraechinus micropus Erinaceidae LC/ II 5. Jungle cat Felis chaus Felidae LC/ II 6. Common

mongoose Herpestes edwardsi Herpestidae LC/ IV

7. Indian Hare Lepus nigricollis Leporidae LC/ IV 8. Indian Flying fox Pteropus giganteus Pteropidae LC/ V � Reptiles 1. Garden lizard Calotes versicolar Agamidae - 2. Red sand Boa Eryx johnii Boidae IV 3. Indian Rat Snake Ptyas mucosa Colubridae II 4. Checkered Keel

back Xenochrophis piscator II






5. Common Indian Krait

Bungarus caeruleus Elapidae IV

6. Common cobra Naja naja II 7. Indian Flapshell

Turtle Lissemys punctata Trionychidae I

8. Common Indian Monitor Lizard

Varanus bengalensis Varanidae I

� Insects And Others 1. Honey bee Apis dorsata Apidae -- 2. Honey bee Apis florea -- 3. Mosquito Anopheles sp. Culicidae -- 4. Black ant Camponotus compressus Formicidae -- 5. Red ant Oecophylla smaragdina -- 6. Water strider Gerris lacustris Gerridae -- 7. Field cricket Gryllus bimaculatus Gryllidae -- 8. House cricket Gryllus domecticus -- 9. Skimmer dragonfly Orthetrum sp. Libellulidae -- 10. Indian cupid Chilades parrhasius

Lycaenidae --

11. Pea blue Lampides boeticus -- 12. Dark Grass blue Zizeeria karsandra -- 13. Beetle Mylabris sp. Meloidae -- 14. House fly Musca domestica Muscidae -- 15. Plain tiger Danaus chrysippus

Nymphalidae

-- 16. Striped tigers Danaus genutia -- 17. Tawny coster Acraea violae -- 18. Common wanderer Pareronia hippia -- 19. Ring Ypthima sp. -- 20. Tailed Jay Graphium agamemnon

Papilionidae

-- 21. Common Jay Graphium doson -- 22. Common Rose Pachliopta aristolochiae -- 23. Common Lime Papilio demoleus -- 24. Common Mormon Papilio polytes -- 25. Common albatross Appias albina

Pieridae

-- 26. Pioneer white Belenois aurota -- 27. Common emigrant Catopsilia pomona -- 28. Common Gull Cepora Nerissa -- 29. Small Salmon arab Colotis amata -- 30. Plain Orange tip Colotis aurora -- 31. Crimson tip Colotis danae -- 32. Small Orange tip Colotis etrida -- 33. Large Salmon arab Colotis fausta -- 34. White arab Colotis vestalis -- 35. Indian Jezebel Delias eucharis -- 36. Common Grass

Yellow Eurema hecabe --

37. White Orange tip Ixias marianne -- 38. Yellow Orange tip Ixias pyrene -- 39. Termite Macrotermessp. Termitidae --




Page | 3.42




40. Pigmy locust Acridium sp. Tetrigidae -- 41. Grasshopper Conocephalus sp. Tettigoniidae --

R = Resident; M = Migrant; RM = Resident Migrant, LC = Least Concerned ; NT = Near Threatened

Shikra (Accipeter badius)

Black winged kite(Elanus caeruleus)

Red sand Boa (Eryx johnii)

Indian Hare (Lepus nigricollis)



Small Orange Tip (Colotis etrida)

Pioneer (Belenois aurota)

3.3.12 Socioeconomic Structure The socio-economic parameters play an important role determining the impact of the

proposed activity on the human population of the study area, directly or indirectly. Socio

economic environment includes description of demography, population growth, density,

literacy rate, work force, occupational structure, health, available basic amenities etc.

The study area comprises of total three Talukas of Bharuch District namely Ankleshwar,

Jhagadia and Valia and Mangrol taluka of Surat district. There are 59 villages of

Bharuch and 11 villages of Surat coming within the study area of 10 km from the project

site The demographic status of the study area is reported in following Table 3.18 and

vital parameters of the socio-economic profile are discussed in the subsequent

sections.

Table 3.18: Socio Economic Profile

Villages

TALU

KA

*Area, Ha

Population Distribution Literacy Profile Occupational Profile

Popu

latio

n,

Nos

.

Popu

latio

n D

ensi

ty,

Pers

ons

/sq.

km

Lite

rate

Po

pula

tion

Lite

racy

R

ate

(%)

Wor

king

Po

pula

tion

Empl

oym

ent

Rat

io (%

)

Bhadi

ANKL

ESVA

R

792 2,322 293 1,448 62.36 1,048 45.13

Kosamadi 1,471 5,305 361 3,311 62.41 1,872 35.29

Piprod 258 479 186 260 54.28 205 42.80

Sangpor 1,354 2,436 180 1,198 49.18 1,066 43.76

Pardi Mokha 213 529 248 301 56.90 174 32.89

Jitali 1,322 3,864 292 2,293 59.34 1,444 37.37

Avadar 492 1,229 250 677 55.09 424 34.50




Page | 3.44

Villages TA

LUK

A

*Area, Ha


Popu

latio

n,

Nos

.

Popu

latio

n D

ensi

ty,

Pers

ons

/sq.

km

Lite

rate

Po

pula

tion

Lite

racy

R

ate

(%)

Wor

king

Po

pula

tion

Empl

oym

ent

Rat

io (%

)

Kararvel 716 1,286 180 686 53.34 377 29.32

Limet

JHAG

ADIA

624 1,523 244 806 52.92 817 53.64

Randedi 408 393 96 244 62.09 198 50.38

Panvadi 281 430 153 255 59.30 238 55.35

Dharoli 1,424 2,904 204 1,676 57.71 1,320 45.45

Borjai 669 1,507 225 820 54.41 803 53.28

Talodara 1,223 2,058 168 1,443 70.12 958 46.55

Dadheda 834 937 112 694 74.07 329 35.11

Untia 263 641 244 386 60.22 423 65.99

Sardarpura 195 496 254 356 71.77 253 51.01

Rajpore 465 313 67 125 39.94 157 50.16 Navagam

Mota 98 410 420 156 38.05 232 56.59

Selod 743 1,436 193 910 63.37 892 62.12

Fulwadi 769 1,618 211 952 58.84 743 45.92

Kanvada

MAN

GR

OL

220 495 226 210 42.42 301 60.81

Amnedara 679 900 133 395 43.89 531 59.00

Harsani 364 1,134 311 452 39.86 457 40.30

Nani Pardi 509 658 129 266 40.43 320 48.63

Gijram 500 1,814 363 840 46.31 818 45.09

Timbarva 374 353 94 143 40.51 183 51.84

Bhilvada 793 1,887 238 757 40.12 896 47.48

Ankdod 655 1,355 207 615 45.39 739 54.54

Kantva 772 2,246 291 910 40.52 1,179 52.49

Dinod 1,544 1,133 73 666 58.78 661 58.34

Boridara 728 1,103 152 514 46.60 652 59.11

Mela

VALI

A

284 1,220 430 612 50.16 622 50.98

Joli 248 216 87 91 42.13 135 62.50

Dansoli 393 912 232 455 49.89 504 55.26

Kara 410 1,522 371 805 52.89 890 58.48

Bharadiya 450 908 202 436 48.02 483 53.19

Kosmadi 331 561 170 255 45.45 268 47.77

Luna 709 1,998 282 862 43.14 934 46.75

Rajagadh 551 1,210 219 667 55.12 677 55.95

Gandhu 466 1,174 252 596 50.77 653 55.62

Bhamadiya 338 1,376 407 766 55.67 567 41.21



Villages

TALU

KA

*Area, Ha


Popu

latio

n,

Nos

.

Popu

latio

n D

ensi

ty,

Pers

ons

/sq.

km

Lite

rate

Po

pula

tion

Lite

racy

R

ate

(%)

Wor

king

Po

pula

tion

Empl

oym

ent

Rat

io (%

)

Vitthalgam 362 931 257 571 61.33 576 61.87

Ghoda 633 523 83 288 55.07 284 54.30

Sodgam 426 1,831 430 1,082 59.09 960 52.43

Siludi 927 1,767 191 974 55.12 989 55.97

Sinada 210 648 309 355 54.78 393 60.65

Choramla 114 386 339 261 67.62 171 44.30

Dungari 604 1,611 267 852 52.89 893 55.43

Karsad 403 931 231 415 44.58 494 53.06

Umargam 258 803 311 286 35.62 422 52.55

Pansoli 563 931 165 432 46.40 456 48.98

Dodwada 412 477 116 261 54.72 202 42.35

Tuna 680 1,480 218 651 43.99 756 51.08

Kanerav 247 800 323 515 64.38 490 61.25

Vandariya 248 659 266 374 56.75 297 45.07

Jabugam 1,187 3,290 277 1,667 50.67 1,841 55.96

Naldhari 659 770 117 371 48.18 300 38.96

Itkala 588 542 92 253 46.68 380 70.11

Vatariya 908 2,505 276 1,489 59.44 1,026 40.96

Desad 754 2,101 278 1,065 50.69 984 46.83

Pithor 388 1,179 304 517 43.85 663 56.23

Valia 654 6,192 947 4,328 69.90 2,315 37.39

Daheli 848 4,088 482 2,243 54.87 1,828 44.72

Hirapor 741 1,607 217 755 46.98 768 47.79

Singla 542 675 124 288 42.67 292 43.26

Kondh 1,932 4,233 219 2,663 62.91 1,332 31.47

Vagadkhol 417 1,261 303 571 45.28 644 51.07

Bhilod 1,024 1962 192 785 40.01 997 50.82

Dholgam 1,416 2537 179 1190 46.91 1101 43.40

Min 97 216 67 91 35.62 135 29.32 Max 1,931 6,192 947 4,328 74.07 2,315 70.11

Total / Average 44,072 1,03,011 242 55,812 52.22 48,297 49.66

Source: Census of India-2011; For Area: Census of India-2001




Page | 3.46

3.3.12.1 Population Growth There are 59 villages of Bharuch and 11 villages of Surat coming within the study area

of 10 km from the project site and as per 2011 census the study area has total

population of around 1,03,011 indicating that the area is sparsely populated with

scattered settlements. The population ranges from 216 persons (Joli) to 6,192 persons

(Valia) for the total 70 villages and the population density varies from 67 persons per

sqkm (Rajpore) to 947 persons per sqkm (Valia). The average population density in the

study area is 242 persons per sqkm. The details of population and population density in

the study area are presented in Table 3.18 and the chromatic map showing population

distribution is given below as Figure 3.13.

3.3.12.2 Literacy An understanding of education and literacy profile in the region is relevant in order to

understand weather better jobs due to the proposed project could utilize the existing

human resource in the area. The literacy rate ranges from 35.6% (Umargam) to 74.1%

(Dadheda) for total 70 villages and the overall literacy rate in the study area is 52.2%,

which shows that literacy rate in the study area is low. The details of literates and

literacy rate in the study area are presented in Table 3.18 and the chromatic map

showing population literacy rate is given below as Figure 3.14.

3.3.12.3 Occupational Structure Economic aspects of the study area include the economical structure of the people of

the surrounding area. It can be predicted that economic structure of the study area will

be improved with time, because it consists large industrial area and hence there are

more employment opportunities. The geographical location, natural resources, business

and employment, industries and manpower play vital role in the economic development

of any region.

The employment ratio ranges from 29.3% (Karavel) to 70.1% (Itkala) for the 70 villages

and the overall employment ratio in the study area is 49.66%, which shows that

employment ratio is low. Thus, the proposed project will help to improve the status in

the study area by providing more employment opportunities. The details of workers and

employment ratio in the study area are presented in Table 3.18 and the chromatic map

showing workers distribution is given below as Figure 3.15.



Figure 3.13: Map of Study Area Showing Population Distribution




Page | 3.48

Figure 3.14: Map of Study Area showing population literacy rate



Figure 3.15: Map of Study Area showing workers distribution




Page | 3.50

3.3.12.4 Infrastructural facilities

Basic Amenities

Availability of the basic amenities like housing, drinking water, communication,

education, transportation, health centre/dispensary, electricity in the area are an

important parameter to determine the overall development of the region and socio-

economic status of the people.

As per the 2001 census, almost all villages are having drinking water and electricity.

Certain villages are having primary schools, primary health centres, bus facility for

transportation. Details of Basic amenities in the study area are given in Annexure 24. However, for the higher education, banking facilities, railway etc. almost all villagers

have to travel 10-37 kms upto nearest town.

CHAPTER 4

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES


Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

Page | 4.1

CHAPTER – 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION Impact identification and prediction is a way of ‘mapping’ the environmental

consequences of the significant aspects of the project and its alternatives. The

identification of environmental impacts has been made by correlating the relationship

between project activity and environmental parameters. Several techniques and

methodologies are in vogue for predicting anticipated impacts due to projects on natural

and social aspects of the environment. These predictions are superimposed over the

baseline (pre-project) status of the environment to derive the ultimate scenario of

environmental conditions. These conditions are then subsequently evaluated for

acceptability by screening them against standards. Based on results of prediction and

evaluation, pollution abatement and control measures in order to mitigate the adverse

impacts on the environment are delineated in an Environmental Management Plan for

the construction phase as well as operational phase of the proposed project.

4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS The preliminary importance of conducting impact assessment is to identify

environmental consequences from the proposed project on study area. To identify and

predict overall impact on environmental attributes, assessment task is performed for

both the phases i.e. Construction Phase and Operation Phase.

All possible factors are considered for the assessment of temporary, short term, long

term, direct, indirect as well as reversible and irreversible in nature of impacts. Various

techniques are available for impact identification, out of which matrix method has been

used to identify the impacts due to the proposed project activities.

4.2.1 Environmental Parameters For the purpose of the assessment of anticipated environmental impacts, some of the

environmental regimes are selected considering the probable impacts. The

environmental regimes along with the parameters predicted for the study area are given

below;

[[




Page | 4.2

Air Environment � Ambient air quality � Sources of emission and its quantity

� Emission control measures / technology � Environment, health and safety management strategies Water Environment � Water consumption and waste water generation � Water and wastewater quality

� Water and wastewater management system / technology � Environment, health and safety management strategies Land Environment � Potential of land use and land cover change

� Potential of land contamination sources and control measures

� Potential change in soil quality

Noise Environment � Major sources of noise from project activities

� Control measures for noise

� Environment, health and safety management strategies

Occupational Health & Safety � Nature and type of operation works

� Rawmaterial and its management (handling, storage and transportation) � Operation hazard and control measures (precaution and prevention)

� Management for safety of employees, welfare and health

� Occupational health and safety plan � Emergency measures and action plan

� Disaster management plan Ecology � Flora and fauna of study area

� Change in habitat and vegetation

� Control measures for ecology and environment management strategies

Socio Economic Environment � Demographic characteristics

� Employment potential and allied issues



Page | 4.3

� Basic amenities and infrastructure

� Management strategies and social / community welfare plan

� Occupational health and safety management plan

4.2.2 Project Activities and Components The following project related activities identified as sources having potential to cause

impact upon various environmental attributes;

Construction Phase Construction of proposed expansion will be on acquired additional land adjoining to the

existing plant at Survey No. 130 in Village Naldhari and Plot No. 7/2 in Valia industrial

estate of GIDC. All the impacts due to following activities during construction phase will

be short term and limited up to expansion area.

� Site cleaning

� Leveling and road laying

� Earthwork comprising of excavation, grading, trenching

� Transportation of construction materials

� Civil work

� Mechanical erection

� Employment

� Domestic activities by workers

� Greenbelt development

Operation Phase: Each individual activity listed has its own impact on each environmental parameter. After

commissioning of the proposed expansion, operation phase will have permanent (long

term) impact due to said activities.

� Raw material and product storage, handling and transportation

� Manufacturing process & utility operations (consumption of resources & emission of

liquid effluent, off-gases from stack, generation of solid/hazardous waste and Noise)

� Employment

� Green Belt Development

� Infrastructure development & CSR activities

Other factors/situation such as breakdown of critical systems, induced growth in the

vicinity of factory etc. will influence the environmental parameters. During an emergency

[[




Page | 4.4

situation, the impact scenario will be completely different from normal operation and the

impact on the surrounding environment will be adverse. To make sure that the proposed

expansion does not leave behind any negative impacts, the adverse impacts are also

identified for emergency during EIA study.

The identification of environmental impacts has been made, based on the understanding

of cause-condition-effect relationship between an activity and the impact component.

The activities identified as sources having potential to cause impact upon above stated

environmental parameters due to proposed project during the construction and

operation phase are given in Table4.1(a) and Table4.1(b) respectively.

Table 4.1(a):Identification of Impacts during Construction Phase

Parameter Activity

Air

Wat

er

Land

Noi

se

Ecol

ogy

Hea

lth &

Sa

fety

Soci

o Ec

onom

ic

Site cleaning √ x √ √ √ √ x

Leveling and road laying √ x x √ x √ x

Earthwork comprising of excavation, grading, trenching

√ x √ √ x √ x

Transportation of construction materials √ x √ √ √ √ x

Civil work √ √ x √ x √ x

Mechanical erection √ x x x x √ x

Employment x √ x x x √ √

Domestic Activities by workers x √ √ x x √ x

Greenbelt development √ √ √ √ √ √ √

Note: (√): Possibility of Impact (x): No impact will occur



Page | 4.5

Table 4.1(b) Identification of Impacts during Operation Phase

Parameter Activity

Air

Wat

er

Land

Noi

se

Ecol

ogy

Hea

lth &

Sa

fety

Soci

o Ec

onom

ic

Raw material & product storage and handling

√ x x x x √ x

Transportation of raw materials and finished products

√ √ √ √ x √ x

Production& utilities √ √ √ √ x √ x

Emergencies or disaster √ √ √ √ √ √ x

Breakdown of critical systems √ √ √ √ x √ x

Employment x x x x x √ √

Greenbelt development √ √ √ √ √ x √

Infrastructure development & CSR activities

x x x x x √ √

Note: (√): Possibility of Impact (x): No impact will occur

4.3 PREDICTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS Prediction of impacts involves determination of nature and extent of impacts due to the

various activities to be involved in the proposed expansion. Generally, impacts are

classified as follows;

1. Positive or Negative

2. Short term or Long term

3. Direct or indirect

4. Reversible or irreversible

5. Quantifiable or non-quantifiable

6. Acceptable or conditionally acceptable or unacceptable

[[




Page | 4.6

The proposed expansion activities will be within industrial premise and looking to the

project site, magnitude of project and pollution potential, impacts have been predicted

for following two classifications;

1. Positive or Negative

2. Short term or Long term

Based on Environmental Impact Analysis, the Environmental Impacts are quantitatively

and qualitatively assessed. Prediction of impacts for the both construction & operation

phase is given in Table 4.2(a) and Table 4.2(b).

Table 4.2(a):Prediction of Impacts during Construction Phase

Parameter Activity

Air

Wat

er

Land

Noi

se

Ecol

ogy

Hea

lth &

Sa

fety

Soci

o Ec

onom

ic

Site cleaning (-ve) ST – (-ve)

ST (-ve) ST

(-ve) ST

(-ve) ST –

Leveling and road laying

(-ve) ST – – (-ve)

ST – (-ve) ST –

Earthwork comprising of excavation, grading, trenching

(-ve) ST – (-ve)

ST (-ve) ST – (-ve)

ST –

Transportation of construction materials

(-ve) ST – (-ve)

ST (-ve) ST

(-ve) ST

(-ve) ST –

Civil construction (-ve) ST

(-ve) ST – (-ve)

ST – (-ve) ST –

Mechanical erection (-ve) ST – – – – (-ve)

ST –

Employment – (-ve) ST – – – (-ve)

ST (+ve) ST

Greenbelt development

(+ve) LT

(+ve) LT

(+ve) LT

(+ve) LT

(+ve) LT

(+ve) LT

(+ve) LT

Note:(+ve): Positive Impact; (-ve): Negative Impact; ST: Short Term; LT: Long Term



Page | 4.7

Table 4.2(b):Prediction of Impacts during Operation Phase

Parameter Activity

Air

Wat

er

Land

Noi

se

Ecol

ogy

Hea

lth &

Sa

fety

Soci

o Ec

onom

ic

Raw material & product storage and handling

(-ve) ST – – – – (-ve)

ST –

Transportation of raw materials and finished products

(-ve) ST

(-ve) ST

(-ve) ST

(-ve) ST – (-ve)

ST –

Production& utilities (-ve) LT

(-ve) LT

(-ve) LT

(-ve) LT – (-ve)

LT –

Emergencies or disaster

(-ve) ST

(-ve) ST

(-ve) ST

(-ve) ST

(-ve) ST

(-ve) LT –

Breakdown of critical systems

(-ve) ST

(-ve) ST

(-ve) ST

(-ve) ST – (-ve)

ST –

Employment – – – – – (+ve) LT

(+ve) LT

Greenbelt development

(+ve) LT

(+ve) LT

(+ve) LT

(+ve) LT

(+ve) LT – (+ve)

LT Infrastructure development & CSR activities

– – – – – (+ve) LT

(+ve) LT

Note:(+ve): Positive Impact; (-ve):Negative Impact; ST: Short Term; LT: Long Term

4.4 IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE AND ITS MITIGATIVE MEASURES Identification and prediction of impacts during construction phase of the proposed

project are discussed in Table 4.1 and Table 4.2. There shall be no significant impact

during the construction phase for proposed expansion. The key problem anticipated

would be increase in dust contamination and noise. However, these impacts would be

for a limited period of time i.e. up to construction period only. Impacts during

construction phase and its mitigation measures are given in Table 4.3.

[[




Page | 4.8

Table 4.3: Impacts & its Mitigative Measures during Construction Phase

Sr. No.

Environmental Parameter Impacts Mitigative Measures/ Remarks

1. Water Short term negative impacts due to water consumption & sewage disposal

� Water requirement for construction phase will be minor and for short period which will be sourced from borewell water supply.

� The only source of wastewater generation will be from the domestic activities; which will be disposed of to soak pit through septic tank for avoiding contamination of land / or as per existing sewage disposal practice.

� Measures will be implemented to prevent seepage of liquid materials into ground which may contaminate groundwater and soil. o Prompt cleaning up of accidental

spillages will be ensured o Measures will be taken to prevent

contamination of hydrological features by leakages and spillages of diesel, grease, oil, etc. derived from the working area.

o The machinery / equipment will be maintained in a good operating condition.

o Specially designated areas will be created for vehicle maintenance

� Provisions will be made to ensure the construction vehicles follow the access track to prevent mud & dirt being deposited on roads.

� All mud & dirt deposited on the roads from the construction activities will be cleaned regularly.

� Adopting good construction and engineering practices will help in mitigating the water pollution.

2. Air Short term negative impacts because of dust emission due to site cleaning,

� As the proposed expansion will be setup at additional land adjoining to the existing plant and in valia industrial estate of GIDC, no major site cleaning will be required.



Page | 4.9

Sr. No.


road laying, earthwork, transportation & construction

� Leveling, earthwork & construction confined to existing plant and adjoining land will be carried out as per the requirement.

� The emissions will be temporary and confined within the project site. It is not expected to contribute significantly to the ambient air quality. However, the unit will take following measures for control of dusting: o Use of plastic cover sheet while

transporting construction material at site

o Storage of sand and other dispersible material by covering with tarpaulin sheet

o Keeping minimum inventory/stock of sand and other such dispersible material at site

o The heights, from which materials to be dropped, will be the minimum practical height to limit fugitive dust generation.

o Use of water sprinkling system at site for dust suppression

o Provision of barricade sheet of steel sheet/ tin sheet of minimum 5 m heights to protect the surrounding area from the dust

o Upwind portion of the project will be constructed first.

o During high wind condition, construction activities will be restricted, so that minimum flow of dust particle takes place.

o All transportation vehicles will be suitably covered with tarpaulin & overloading of the vehicles will be avoided.

o PUC certified vehicles will be used to avoid the exhaust emission.

� Adequate PPE’s (helmet, dust mask etc.) will be provided to construction

[[




Page | 4.10

Sr. No.


workers.

� Additional area will be developed for greenbelt during the expansion, which will have positive impact on surrounding environment. Also, plantation of additional trees will be started from the construction phase.

3. Land No impact on land use pattern

� Proposed Expansion will be setup at additional land adjoining to the existing plant which is already converted from Agricultural Land to Non-Agricultural Land for Industrial use and in Valia industrial estate of GIDC, so site has already been converted for industrial uses and therefore no change will occur in land use pattern.

4. Soil Short term negative impact due to change in top layer of soil & construction material waste disposal

� As the proposed expansion will be setup at additional land adjoining to the existing plant and located in Valia industrial estate of GIDC, there will not be any change in topography of area. Also, construction activity for proposed project will help in fixation of soil, thereby reducing the soil erosion.

� Top soil to be generated during construction activity will be preserved and used for the greenbelt development.

� Other excavated earth from the construction activity will be used for the backfilling and leveling in low laying area.

� Greenbelt development will have significant impact in reduction of the soil erosion.

5. Noise Short term negative impact due to increase in noise level by site

� The noise impacts due to construction activities will be local; limited to the premises and for very short period of



Page | 4.11

Sr. No.


cleaning, road laying, earthwork, transportation & construction activities

time.

� The noise generated from construction machinery will be kept low by keeping the moving parts serviced and properly lubricated.

� Vehicular movement carrying raw materials will be avoided during night time.

� The vehicles will be regularly maintained and optimum use of the same will be made.

� Adequate PPE’s (ear plugs, ear muffs, etc) will be provided to the workers.

� PUC certified vehicles will be used.

� Greenbelt will be developed which will have significant impact in reduction of the noise.

6. Socio-economic environment

Short term positive impact by employment generation

� Temporary employment will be generated due to construction activities and related services like transportation of construction materials, mechanical erections etc.

7. Ecology Long term positive impact due to green belt development

� Development of additional green belt will have positive impact on local flora & fauna.

4.5 IMPACTS DURING OPERATION PHASE AND ITS MITIGATIVE MEASURES 4.5.1 Water Environment A. Impact Assessment � The entire water requirement of the proposed expansion will be 186 KLD, which will

be sourced from borewell water supply. Unit is located in semi-critical zone as per

Central Ground Water Authority (CGWA) guidelines and extraction of ground will

have impact on ground water environment.

[[




Page | 4.12

� There may be risk of ground water and surface water contamination due to

wastewater generation and handling from the industrial activities like process,

APCM, boiler, cooling & washing.

� The domestic sewage generation of 23 KLD will be treated in STP and reused for

greenbelt development. It may contribute in surface water contamination.

B. Mitigation Measures

� Unit will install rain water harvesting structure for recharge of ground water within the

plant premise as per CGWA guidelines and will obtain necessary permission of

CGWA for extraction of ground water.

� Unit will install adequate administrative and infrastructural setup for the continuous

and efficient operation of Stripper, MEE & ETP and will take necessary care during

the treatment and handling of effluent. Thus, there will not be any adverse impact on

water environment due to effluent generation.

� The scrubber wastewater generated after exhaustion of scrubbing liquid will be sent

to the ETP. � Any spillage will be washed and directed to the ETP via network of drains and

pipelines. Proper collection and handling of industrial effluent will be done to prevent

any seepages and leakages. � Well-designed storm water network will be provided to collect rain water from entire

plot area. Contaminated storm water, if any, will be diverted to ETP for further

treatment. � Wall gate will be constructed at final outlet of storm water to prevent any discharge of

contaminated storm water. � Domestic wastewater will be treated in STP and treated water will be reused for

gardening purpose. � Collection tank of 50 KLD capacity, adequate to store the sewage for 2 days, will be

provide to store the treated sewage during rainy days. � All the chemicals, raw materials as well as products will be stored in dedicated

storage area with impervious flooring to restrict/control leakages and prevent ground

water contamination. � As a part of CER activity, the unit will explore the opportunities to construct the

rainwater harvesting and groundwater recharge structures in consultation with local

Gram Panchayat and Village Heads in surrounding villages.



Page | 4.13

4.5.2 Air Environment A. Impact Assessment � The main source of air pollution will be flue gas emission and process gas emission

from proposed project. The significant pollutants identified due to flue gas emissions

are PM, SO2 and NOx and due to process gas generation are SO2, NH3 and HCl from

proposed expansion.

� There will be chances of fugitive emission from the manufacturing process as well as

from storage, handling & transportation of raw materials and product for the

proposed expansion project.

� Impact of the main point source of air pollution on air quality is evaluated using

mathematical models as described in following section;

B. Evaluation of Impacts using mathematical model The mathematical model stimulates the relationships between air pollutants emitted

from the source and their impact on surrounding air quality. The mathematical model

based on Gaussian theory, a computer-based version ISCST3, was used to calculate

Ground Level Concentrations (GLC) as a function of wind speed, direction and stability

class. The GLC for all the parameters like PM10, SO2, NO2, NH3 and HCl likely to be

emitted from the various stacks of the proposed project have been predicted using

above mathematical model.

The likely impacts on air have been studied based on following assumptions, 1. Maximum possible computed emission at full capacity utilization

2. All the sources of emission from proposed project are in simultaneous operation

3. PM10 emission would be 50% of the total PM emission for the steam boiler, and

100% for DG set.

The following methodology is adopted for the prediction based on above model.

1. Input Parameters The input parameters for the preparation of mathematical model consist of

micrometeorological data and potential of the air pollutants. The details of all the input

parameters are discussed here below.

� Micrometeorological Data Micrometeorological data viz. ambient temperature, Relative Humidity, wind speed,

wind direction, Cloud Cover, Rainfall, Radiation etc. required for the mathematical

[[




Page | 4.14

modeling were collected for the site and the details of which are discussed and

elaborated in Section 3.3.5 of Chapter - 3 in earlier part of this report.

� Potential of the Air Pollutants The probable sources of air pollution are flue gas emission and process gas

emission. The details of stack emissions viz, physical stack height, inner diameter of

the stack at exit, gas exit temperature, gas exit velocity, quantity of pollutant

discharge etc. have been considered and taken for the processing of mathematical

model. The details of stack emissions likely to occur due to proposed project are

given in Table 4.4.

Table 4.4: Details of Stacks emission due to proposed project

Source attached to Unit Steam Boiler

(6 TPH)

DG Sets (2 x 500

kVA) Process Stack-1

Process Stack-2

Stack / Release Height m 31 12 10 10

Stack Inside Diameter m 1 0.3 0.3 0.3

Cross Sectional Area of Stack m2 0.7854 0.0707 0.0707 0.0707

Gas Exit Temperature °C 125 100 30 30

Gas Exit Velocity m/sec 6.0 5.0 2.0 2.0

Gas Exit Flow Rate m3/sec 4.7124 0.3534 0.1414 0.1414

Nm3/Sec 3.5284 0.2824 0.1390 0.1390

Base Elevation from MSL m 41 41 41 41

Concentration of Pollutant Discharge

a) Particulate Matter

mg/Nm3

150 100 - - Particulate Matter (PM10) 75 100 - -

b) SO2 261.2 169.8 40 - c) NO2 18.8 28.2 - - d) NH3 - - - 175 e) HCl - - 20 - Load of Pollutant Discharge a) Particulate Matter

gm/sec

0.5293 0.0282 - -

Particulate Matter (PM10) 0.2646 0.0282 - -

b) SO2 0.9217 0.0479 0.0056 -

c) NO2 0.0662 0.0080 - -

d) NH3 - - - 0.0243

e) HCl - - 0.0028 -



Page | 4.15

2. The Receptor Area Discrete polar receptor and uniform polar grid receptor network as described below are

selected for processing of mathematical model and to find out resultant ambient air

quality at the receptor locations;

� The baseline ambient air quality monitoring stations

� Uniform polar grid within 10 Km radial area from source with flow vector of 22.5

degree (sixteen directions) and 100 polar rings (radial distance at 100 m increment)

3. Model Output The output of the model consists of ground level concentration at various receptor areas

from the source. The first three highest 24 hours average ground level concentration

value for all the parameters is given in Table 4.5 and the first highest 24 hourly average

ground level concentration value at the ambient air quality monitoring stations are given

in Table 4.6.

Table 4.5: First Three Highest 24-Hourly Average GLC Values High-est

Value

PM10 SO2 NO2 HCl NH3

Location Con. Location Con. Location Con. Location Con. Location Con.

1st 0.3 km @ 45º 2.738 0.3 km

@ 45º 7.343 0.1 km @ 22.5º 0.740 0.1 km

@ 22.5º 0.564 0.1 km @ 22.5º 4.891

2nd 0.2 km @ 45º 2.472 0.4 km

@ 22.5º 6.864 0.2 km @ 45º 0.684

0.1 km @ 22.5º 0.511 0.1 km

@ 22.5º 4.432

3rd 0.2 km @ 22.5º 2.314 0.3 km

@ 22.5º 6.468 0.2 km @ 22.5º 0.646

0.1 km @ 22.5º 0.498 0.1 km

@ 22.5º 4.319

Note: Concentration for all the parameters is expressed in μg/m3

Table 4.6: First Highest 24-Hourly Average GLC Values for AAQM Stations

Station Code Station Name

Location w.r.t.

project Site

Aerial Distance

from project site, m


S1 Project Site - - Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

S2 Valia Village 73°/ENE/ Downwind 966 0.625 1.935 0.162 0.106 0.916

S3 Chamariya Village

50°/NE/ Downwind 4,307 0.373 1.114 0.099 0.022 0.191

S4 Desad Village 110°/ESE/ Crosswind 3,876 0.203 0.592 0.054 0.012 0.107

S5 Dungri Village 215°/SW/ Upwind 3,327 0.148 0.401 0.040 0.012 0.102

S6 Vatariya Village 270°/W/ Crosswind 4,463 0.118 0.383 0.030 0.002 0.016

[[




Page | 4.16

Station Code Station Name

Location w.r.t.

project Site

Aerial Distance

from project site, m


S7 Hirapor Village 356°/N/ Downwind 2,868 0.347 0.942 0.093 0.028 0.239

S8 Limbet Village 5°/N/ Downwind 4,066 0.411 1.238 0.108 0.022 0.187

Note: Concentration for all the parameters is expressed in μg/m3

Isopleths diagram showing 1st highest 24 hourly average GLCs contour plots for the

PM10, SO2, NO2, HCl and NH3 for the proposed project are given in Figure 4.1 to Figure 4.5 respectively.

B) OBSERVATIONS � The maximum 24-hourly average ground level concentration for pollutant due to

proposed project calculated using mathematical model (ISCST3) for PM10, SO2,

NO2, HCl and NH3 are 2.738 �g/m3, 7.345 �g/m3, 0.7400 �g/m3, 0.564 �g/m3 and

4.891 �g/m3 respectively which is very low even for the worst-case scenario.

Moreover, this will occur at a distance of maximum 300 meters for PM10 & SO2 and

100 meters for NO2, HCl & NH3 from the source, where there is no permanent

habitat exists.

� The incremental ground level concentration of all the ambient air monitoring

locations is very negligible and practically nil as shown in Table 4.6 and therefore

there will not be any impact on the air quality of surrounding villages due to the

proposed expansion project.

� It is revealed that all the parameters are well within the NAAQS after consideration

of incremental concentration due to proposed expansion project as shown in Table 4.7.

� Baseline concentrations of HCl, NH3 and VOCs in ambient air were below detection

limit at all the locations within study area and incremental concentration is also very

negligible.

Thus, there will not be any considerable effect on ambient air quality due to the

proposed project. However, unit will provide adequate air pollution control measures for

the proposed project. Mitigative measures for the expected impacts on air environment

are discussed under the subsequent topic with appropriate heading.



Page | 4.17

Table 4.7: Incremental ground level concentration of pollutants

Parameters Station Code Name of Station

Concentration Baseline Incremental Resultant

Particulate Matter (size

less than 10μm) or (PM10), μg/m3, [100]*,

24 Hours

S1 Project Site 74 Nil 74.000

S2 Valia Village 86 0.625 86.625

S3 Chamariya Village 76 0.373 76.373

S4 Desad Village 63 0.203 63.203

S5 Dungri Village 69 0.148 69.148

S6 Vatariya Village 81 0.118 81.118

S7 Hirapor Village 94 0.347 94.347

S8 Limbet Village 89 0.411 89.411

Sulphur Dioxide

(SO2), μg/m3, [80]*,

24 Hours

S1 Project Site 14.1 Nil 14.100

S2 Valia Village 15.7 1.935 17.635

S3 Chamariya Village 11.6 1.114 12.714

S4 Desad Village 10.2 0.592 10.792

S5 Dungri Village 14.2 0.401 14.601

S6 Vatariya Village 20.8 0.383 21.183

S7 Hirapor Village 19.1 0.942 20.042

S8 Limbet Village 15.0 1.238 16.238

Nitrogen Oxide (NOx),

μg/m3, [80]*,

24 Hours

S1 Project Site 16.0 Nil 16.000

S2 Valia Village 17.7 0.162 17.862

S3 Chamariya Village 13.0 0.099 13.099

S4 Desad Village 12.0 0.054 12.054

S5 Dungri Village 16.0 0.040 16.040

S6 Vatariya Village 24.0 0.030 24.030

S7 Hirapor Village 21.8 0.093 21.893

S8 Limbet Village 17.0 0.108 17.108

Hydrochloric Acid (HCl),

μg/m3, [200]**,

24 Hours

S1 Project Site BDL Nil BDL

S2 Valia Village BDL 0.106 BDL

S3 Chamariya Village BDL 0.022 BDL

S4 Desad Village BDL 0.012 BDL

S5 Dungri Village BDL 0.012 BDL

[[




Page | 4.18

Parameters Station Code Name of Station

Concentration Baseline Incremental Resultant

S6 Vatariya Village BDL 0.002 BDL

S7 Hirapor Village BDL 0.028 BDL

S8 Limbet Village BDL 0.022 BDL

Amonia (NH3), μg/m3, [400]*,

24 Hours

S1 Project Site BDL Nil BDL

S2 Valia Village BDL 0.916 BDL

S3 Chamariya Village BDL 0.191 BDL

S4 Desad Village BDL 0.107 BDL

S5 Dungri Village BDL 0.102 BDL

S6 Vatariya Village BDL 0.016 BDL

S7 Hirapor Village BDL 0.239 BDL

S8 Limbet Village BDL 0.187 BDL *National Ambient Air Quality Standards published by MoEF&CC, New Delhi vide G.S.R. 826 (E), dated 16/11/2009. **The norms prescribed by GPCB for industrial area.



Page | 4.19

Figure 4.1: Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for PM10

[[




Page | 4.20

Figure 4.2: Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for SO2



Page | 4.21

Figure 4.3: Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for NO2

[[




Page | 4.22

Figure 4.4: Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for HCl



Page | 4.23

Figure 4.5: Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for NH3

[[




Page | 4.24

C. Mitigation Measures � The unit will be using Biofuel (agrowaste) &/or coal for steam boilers (6 TPH). Unit

will provide Multicyclone Separator followed by Bag Filter followed by Water

Scrubber for proposed steam boiler.

� Diesel will be used for DG sets and unit will provide stack of adequate height for

proper dispersion of gaseous emission into atmosphere.

� The source of process gas emission will be in the form of SO2, NH3 and HCl gas.

Adequate scrubbing system of two stage alkali scrubbers will be provided for control

of SO2 and HCl gas emission and two stage Acidic scrubber will be provided for the

control of NH3 gas emission for the proposed expansion.

� There are chances of fugitive emission and odor nuisance during manufacturing

process as well as due to storage & handling of raw materials and products in

existing as well as expansion phase. Unit has taken following precaution for the

control of fugitive emission and same will be adopted for the proposed expansion.

Probable Sources Control Measures Manufacturing activities during charging into reactors

� Liquid raw materials are charged by pumping & closed loops.

� Dosing is done by metering system to avoid fugitive emissions.

� Dedicated measuring tanks is provided to each reactor. � Usage of closed handling system for odorous

chemicals /solvents as far as possible. Emission from bulk storage tanks during storage, loading, unloading

� Bulk storage of odorous chemicals / solvents is adopted and usage of drums/Carboys for such materials is avoided as far as possible.

� Solvent storage tanks are equipped with vent condensers to control loss of VOCs.

� Breather valves, PSVs, Rupture disc, Vapor recovery system is installed for process/storage tank vents.

Hazardous chemical storage area

� Dedicated storage area is provided � Adequate ventilation systems is provided � All the containers is kept tightly closed � Trolley/Forklift is used for transfer of drums and

containers � Transfers of odorous waste are carried out preferably

during day time. Transfers during odd hours are avoided.

Solvent recovery during filling and withdrawal from tanks and vessels

� Breather valves, PSVs, rupture discs are installed for process/storage tank vents.

� Vapor recovery systems is provided at required locations.

� Operating parameters are controlled properly, mainly temperature, vacuums, cooling media circulation,



Page | 4.25

Probable Sources Control Measures during plant operation and solvent recovery.

Chemical vapor from wet cake in filtration and drying area

� Covered transfer systems is adopted, workers are provided with PPE.

� Fume extraction systems is provided, wherever required.

Pump and compressor Emissions

� Mechanical seals are provided in pumps and agitators � Standby arrangement for critical equipment and parts is

ensured. � Drip trays are placed for each pump to collect leakages

and spillages.

Pressure relief valve emission from pipelines

� For highly pressurized lines, vent pipes of PRVs are connected in case of toxic gases.

Valves, Flanges, plugs and instrument connections

� Welded pipes are used wherever feasible. � Suitable gasket materials are used. � Suitable glad packing are used in valves. � Periodic inspection and maintenance of pipes and pipe

fittings are carried out. Release from sampling lines � Closed loop system is used.

� LDAR program will be implemented and followed for detection and control of fugitive

emission from process and same will be adopted for expansion phase of the project.

4.5.3 Soil Environment A. Impact Assessment � In operational phase, there will be chances of soil contamination due to improper

working of machineries or during transportation of raw materials or finished products.

� The impact on soil environment may be due to effluent disposal, chemical and

hazardous waste storage & handling.

� Spillage of chemicals during loading, unloading and transfer, leakage of pumps,

flange leakage in pipelines may create soil contamination.

B. Mitigation Measures � Regular maintenance of plants and machineries is carried out and proper care is

taken while loading, unloading and transfer of materials to avoid any soil

contamination.

� The entire plant area flooring is made up of concrete except open ground cover for

greenbelt development to prevent any seepage and leakage into sub soil surface. No

spillage is allowed in open ground.

� The unit has provided dyke wall around the storage tanks area of hazardous

chemical along with transferring pumps to reduce the risk of proposed tank leakages.

[[




Page | 4.26

� Leakages and spillage of chemicals are controlled through regular maintenance of

pumps and flange connections in the pipelines and proper care is taken while

loading, unloading and transfer of materials to avoid any soil/land contamination.

� The unit has provided adequate designated area of 250 m2 for the hazardous waste

storage within premises having impervious floor and roof cover with leachate

collection system. It will be expanded upto 430 m2 for the proposed expansion.

� In case of any spillage, it is collected and treated in ETP. Thus, there are no chances

of contamination of soil due to the storage of chemicals and hazardous waste.

� The hazardous waste generated is stored and handled as per the Hazardous and

Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 and the

same will be followed for proposed expansion project.

In addition to the above mitigation measures proposed for the existing plant, following

measures will be followed and implanted for the proposed expansion project.

� Entire quantity of domestic wastewater will be treated in STP and reused for

gardening after proposed expansion.

4.5.4 Development of Green Belt The unit will develop additional greenbelt in area admeasuring 7,850 m2 for the

betterment of the environment. Total greenbelt area after proposed expansion will be

20,350 m2. It will not only improve the soil conditioning but will also prevent soil erosion.

The landscape will give slight beneficial impact on the land usage. It will also have a

positive impact on ecological environment and will help to attract and proliferate local

fauna. Greenbelt will minimize the level of possible air pollutants and will minimize noise

pollution. At present, the unit has planted 285 nos. of trees, shrubs and herbs. Unit

proposes to carry out plantation of additional 650 nos. of trees during proposed

expansion.

4.5.5 Noise Environment A. Impact Assessment Identification of potential impacts on noise environment due to the proposed project is

as important as other components of the environment. The impacts of noise depend

mainly on the characteristic of the noise generating sources, topography and

atmospheric conditions.



Page | 4.27

During operation phase of the proposed project, the impact on noise environment will be

due to manufacturing activities, utilities and transportation activities (transportation of

raw materials and finished products).

B. Mitigation Measures After commissioning of the proposed project, there will be increase in the noise level

within the premises. However, adequate measures will be taken to minimize the noise.

� The unit has installed latest technology based low noise D.G. sets with acoustic

enclosures.

� The noise generation is mitigated by installing noise barriers/absorbers around

stationery noise sources, viz. pumps, compressors and blowers etc.

� Adequate noise control measures such as anti-vibration pad for equipment with high

vibration are provided. Proper and timely oiling, lubrication & preventive

maintenance are done regularly.

� All the vibrating parts are checked periodically and serviced to reduce the noise

generation.

� Noisy equipment are enclosed in sound proofing enclosures to give residual sound

pressure lower than 75 dB (A).

� To minimize the adverse effect on the health, Earmuffs/ earplugs are provided to the

workers working under high noise area.

� Green belt acts as a barrier to the propagation of noise from the factory premises. It

reduces the noise levels appreciably. Hence, there isn’t any adverse impact to the

nearby present human settlement.

� Vehicular movements during operation phase for loading/unloading of raw and

finished materials and other transportation activity may increase noise level. The

transport contractors are instructed to keep vehicle periodically serviced and

maintained as per the requirement of latest trend in automobile industry. Only those

vehicles with PUC’s are allowed for the transportation.

� Noise monitoring are carried out regularly at important locations of the unit.

All above mentioned measures adopted for existing plant will be augmented for

expansion phase for minimizing any adverse impact.

[[




Page | 4.28

4.5.6 Impact due to Traffic There will be marginal increase in traffic load after proposed expansion. However, there

will not be any adverse impact on existing traffic load. Also, there will be no change in

performance of level of service (LOS) on each road considering incremental traffic. The

present road network is good enough to bear the increased traffic load. Details of traffic

survey are given in Annexure 23.

Unit has provided adequate area of 2,000 m2 for parking within the existing plant as

shown in plant layout given in Annexure 5. Out of which 500 m2 area is dedicated for

parking of transport vehicles within the plant premise so as to avoid unnecessary traffic

on adjoining roads. Also, total parking area will be expanded upto 3,880 m2 for the

proposed expansion.

4.5.7 Ecological Environment The impact due to the proposed project on the ecological parameters like natural

vegetation, crops, forests and species diversity is summarized in below texts:

� The proposed expansion will be carried out adjacent to the existing plant on Valia

industrial estate of GIDC. Hence, there will not be any cutting of natural vegetation

and chances of alteration of crop production and pattern of the area.

� Necessary environmental protective measures are planned under EMP for air, water

and hazardous waste management systems and regular environmental surveillance

is carried out so as to prevent any short-term or cumulative effect on the crops and

natural vegetation of the area for the existing project and same will be planned for

the expansion phase also as per requirement.

� There is no nation park or sanctuary located within the study area.

� No rare and endanger flora & fauna are reported within the study area.

4.5.8 Aesthetic Environment � Since the proposed expansion will be carried out at Valia industrial estate of GIDC,

unit will develop additional greenbelt area of 7,850 m2 to improve the overall

aesthetic view of the premises. Total greenbelt area will be 20,350 m2 (33%) after

proposed expansion.

� Since there will be no discharge of untreated effluent (gaseous & liquid) on land or in

air or any water body, there are no visual adverse impact on land and water.



Page | 4.29

4.5.9 Land Environment Infrastructural development for the proposed project as well as subsequent

developments in the nearby area may change the land use pattern of area. Since the

proposed expansion will be carried out adjacent to the existing plant and to be located in

Valia industrial estate of GIDC, electricity, water, roads, all basic amenities and

infrastructure are already available in the area. Hence, there will not be any change in

land use pattern in surrounding area.

4.5.10 Socio-Economic Environment a) Employment Opportunity Prediction of the socio-economic impacts of site would be totally a positive mainly due to

the employment opportunities. About 472 nos. of employees/workers will be employed

for proposed expansion project. The preference will be given to local population for

employment in the semi-skilledand unskilled category; this will increase the employment

opportunity in the surrounding area. Secondary jobs are also bound to be generated to

provide day-to-day needs and services to the work force. This will also increase the

demand for essential daily utilities in the local market and ancillary business

development to some extent for the local population. Thus, the proposed project is

expected to create a beneficial impact on the local socio-economic environment.

b) Industries During the operation activities, the required resources will be consumed maximum from

the local area. The increasing industrial activity will boost the commercial and

economical status of the locality, to some extent.

c) Public Health & Community Welfare Workers will be provided with basic amenities like safe water supply, low cost sanitation

facilities, first aid, required personal protective equipments, etc.; otherwise there could

be an increase in diseases related to personal hygiene. Moreover, unit will carry out

CER activities in nearby villages in the field of medical facilities, public health & welfare

and green belt development; this will contribute to improve the public health in the

region to some extent.

Hence, there will not be any adverse effect on the sanitation and the community health

of the area, on the contrary there will be beneficial impacts in the region as sufficient

[[




Page | 4.30

measures have been taken and proposed under the EMP. Overall, the project will have

a favorable ranking with the local inhabitants and will be looked upon as a blessing for

development of the area.

CHAPTER 5

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY& SITE)


Chapter-5: Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site) Page | 5.1

CHAPTER – 5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

The alternatives analysis plays a key role for evaluation of the proposed technologies

and M/s. Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd. has proposed for expansion of existing large-scale

unit for manufacturing of various synthetic organic chemicals (pharmaceutical bulk

drugs & intermediates).

SITE ALTERNATIVES The proposed expansion will be carried out at undeveloped land in the existing

premises at Survey No. 44/B, Village Naldhari and in adjoining additional land at Survey

No. 130 in Village Valia and Plot No. 7/2 in Valia industrial estate of GIDC in Bharuch

District. The unit has planned to setup manufacturing activities at proposed location for

the following reasons.

The supporting factors for site selection: � There is no protected area notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act (1972) &

Eco-sensitive area notified under Section 3 of the Environment (Protection) Act-

1986 exists within 10 Km radius areas from the Plant Site.

� The raw materials required for the production of all the proposed products is easily

available in the vicinity of the project site, because of the proximity to the industrial

chemical markets at Ankleshwar, Panoli, Jhagadia and Dahej. This will reduce both

the cost of raw material transportation and the associated risk

� Plant is only 11.5 km away from Ankleshwar city, which is having transportation

facilities like linkage with Bombay and Delhi by Broad Gauge railway and National

Highway No. 8.

� All required common environmental infrastructure are in existence in the area

namely hazardous waste disposal facilities of Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd.

(BEIL) & Nandesari Environment Control Ltd. (NECL).

� In addition, CMEE and spray dryer of Ankleshwar Cleaner Process Technology

Center Pvt. Ltd. (ACPTLC) and co-processing facility of Recycling Solution Pvt. Ltd.

(RSPL).

� Availability of trained and skilled manpower nearby because of the proximity to

various industrial areas and city/town.



Chapter-5: Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site)

Page | 5.2

Hence, the proposed location is best suited for proposed activities and no other

alternative for site is analyzed.

ALTERNATIVES FOR TECHNOLOGIES

Particulars Proposed Technology Alternatives

Manufacturing Process

The unit will adopt latest and best technology available so far in the market for the manufacturing of proposed products to achieve maximum yield with minimum pollution generation and fugitive emission.

The unit is very concerned and conscious about the product quality and equally about the environmental protection & resource conservation. Hence, unit will put continuous efforts for replacing/upgrading plant and machineries from time to time with the best available technology with continuous research through its state of the art R&D facility.

Wastewater High COD concentrated effluent generated from process will be sent to stripper. Treated effluent from stripper along with High TDS stream from process & APCM will be sent to MEE. Condensate from MEE along with other streams like boiler, cooling and washing will be sent to ETP consisting of primary, secondary & tertiary units followed by RO for further treatment.

Domestic wastewater will be treated in STP and reused for gardening.

No alternatives are required since, proposed technology is adequate for the industrial wastewater treatment to achieve Zero Liquid Discharge.

Air Air Pollution Control System of Multi cyclone separator followed by common bag filter followed by water scrubber for flue gas emission will be installed for steam boiler (6 TPH).

No alternatives required since proposed equipment is suitable and adequate to achieve prescribed norms of GPCB.

Adequate scrubbing system (two stage alkali/acid scrubber) for the control of process gases emission from proposed project.

Proposed technology is suitable to control emission of process gases & adequately designed, considering the pollution load, to maintain prescribed norms of


Chapter-5: Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site) Page | 5.3

GPCB.

Hazardous waste

On-site temporary storage of different type of hazardous waste separated with proper labeling and demarcation will be provided.

Unit will obtain necessary permission for disposal of additional hazardous waste by GPCB approved TSDF/CHWIF.

Certain wastes will be managed by reuse within premises / Sell to Scrap Vendor / sell to MoEF&CC approved Recycler.

As all proposed technology/methods are safe disposal facilities and also guided by authority, no alternative is required.

However, unit will explore the possibility to dispose organic hazardous waste for co-processing by cement manufacturers.

CHAPTER 6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM


Chapter-6: Environmental Monitoring Program Page | 6.1

CHAPTER – 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 6.1 PREAMBLE The post project environmental monitoring program serves as the key tool to keep track

on performance of mitigation measures implemented & pollution control technologies

installed to prevent impacts associated with various operations of the project.

Environmental monitoring is the repetitive and systematic measurement of the

characteristics of environmental components to test specific hypotheses of the effects

of human activity on the environment. Environmental monitoring will be undertaken

primarily to determine the environmental effects of human activities, and secondarily to

increase understanding of cause-effect relationships between human activity and

environmental change.

Thus, environmental monitoring is the effective observation of site conditions and work

activities; and identification of potential non-compliance situations and initiation of

corrective or remedial actions. Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution,

since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring.

6.2 MONITORING PROGRAM From the monitoring point of view, the important components are air, water, soil and

noise. Unit will carry out regular monitoring by NABL approved laboratory.

Environmental monitoring program for the proposed project is given in following Table 6.1.

Table 6.1: Environmental Monitoring Program

Sr. No. Components Locations Parameters Frequency

1. Water Quantity Intake Source Daily & Monthly water

consumption Regular

2. Water Quality Raw water from Borewell As per IS 10500 Twice in a year

(except monsoon)

3. Wastewater Quantity

Inlet of stripper & MEE, Inlet & Outlet of ETP followed by

RO

Daily generation and reuse/disposal quantity Regular

4. Wastewater Quality

3 raw effluent streams:

General parameters like pH, COD, TDS Daily / Regular



Chapter-6: Environmental Monitoring Program

Page | 6.2


Low COD/TDS, High COD/TDS streams, treated effluent (RO

Permeate)

Other parameters as specified by GPCB through

consent. Monthly

5. Flue gas stack Steam Boilers,

Thermic Fluid Heater & D.G. Sets

PM, SO2, NOx Monthly

6. Process vent APCM 1 & 2 HCl, NH3 & SO2 Monthly

7. Ambient Air 2 within the premise

(1 in upwind direction & 1 in downwind direction)

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, HCl, NH3 and as specified by GPCB through consent

Monthly

8. Hazardous Waste ETP & MEE sludge General parameters Twice in a year

9. Noise All prominent

locations within the premises

Noise levels Quarterly

10. Soil 1 within premises As per norms Once in a year

11. Greenbelt development

Within the premises and in plant vicinity

Plant growth and survival rate Periodic

6.3 INFRASTRUCTURAL REQUIREMENT & PROCUREMENT SCHEDULES Unit will establish small scale laboratory near ETP area for regular wastewater analysis

and monitoring. In house analysis for Water and wastewater samples will be carried out

to assure the quality of water being consumed and wastewater being reused. Untreated

and treated wastewater of ETP will be analysed daily with respect to pH, TDS and

COD. Flow meter will be provided at the inlet of Stripper/MEE & ETP for regular

monitoring of raw effluent quantity.

Continuous emission monitoring system with Gas detector and audio-visual alarm will

be provided for flue gas PM, SOx, NOx and process gas HCl & NH3. For detection of

fugitive emission, VOC detector will be provided at process plant and raw material

storage area and Leak Detection & Repair (LDAR) program will be implemented

effectively to control fugitive emission, if any.

In addition to this, periodically monitoring is carried out by NABL approved laboratory

for treated wastewater, ambient air, work area, stacks, and noise. Unit has developed

occupational first aid centre inside the plant premise and has made necessary tie-ups



with nearby hospitals in the vicinity for the existing project. The same will be followed

for expansion phase.

6.4 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY Apart from carrying out business only, unit has also taken care of its responsibilities

towards the Environment. The unit believes in sustainable development and is equally

concerned about environment preservation and pollution control. Unit has already

established a well organized Environmental Management Cell (EMC) which performs

all the environmental management activities. The unit has prepared Environment,

Occupational Health & Safety (EOHS) Policy approved by its Director for effective and

efficient working with view of environment protection. The copy of the same is attached

as Annexure 25. Apart from EOHS policy, there will be different SOPs related to EOHS

of the unit, which will be implemented and reviewed periodically. The list of SOPs

related to EOHS is given at Annexure 26.

The EOHS Policy has been formulated to comply with statutory norm with regards to

the Environment, Occupational Health & Safety and strive for the continuous

improvement to prevent pollution, reduce wastages, conserve energy, reduce risk and

health hazards. All employees at each cadre of the unit are aware about the EOHS

Policy of the company and policy has been posted at various prominent places in the

unit. The employees to be recruited for the expansion phase will be made aware about

the EOHS policy during the induction training being imparted.

Hierarchical system and administrative order of the company to deal with the

environmental issues and for ensuring total environmental compliance are described in

the subsequent topics with relevant headings.

6.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL All the project activities will be monitored to ensure the appropriate implementation of

all environmental mitigation activities and to identify areas where environmental

management plan compliance is not satisfied.

For effective implementation of the monitoring program, it is also necessary to have a

permanent organizational set-up. Unit has well organized permanent environmental

management cell (EMC) for the effective implementation and monitoring of

environmental management system as given in Figure 6.1. EMC will be upgraded




Page | 6.4

HEAD - API

CHIEF TECHNICAL OFFICER

HEAD - EHS

EXECUTIVE-OFFICER (EHS)

OPERATOR

MANAGING DIRECTOR

HELPER

accordingly for proposed expansion. Unit has assigned responsibility to officers from

various disciplines and cadres to perform and co-ordinate the activities concerned with

management and implementation of environmental control measures.

Head-EHS is responsible for overall environmental management. The activities

expected to perform by EMC are presented below and details of responsibilities

assigned to each level of the EMC personnel are given in Table 6.2.

� Collect information from regular monitoring and create database.

� Carry out “project” in each thrust area to arrive at practical solutions to

environmental problems.

� Discuss the reports of study on environment and disseminate the information.

� Work out action plan for implementation of the recommendations made in the report.

� Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and budget for environment

management program.

� To deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the

conditions prescribed by GPCB & MoEF&CC. � Non-compliance / violation of environmental norms, if any are reported to Managing

Director / Chief Technical Officer and immediate required action is taken.

� Efficient operation and regular monitoring of environmental management systems

� Establishment and maintenance of documented objectives of the “Environment,

Occupational Health & Safety Policy” of the management.

Figure 6.1: Environmental Management Cell



Table 6.2: Responsibilities of EMC

Sr. No. Name & Designation Responsibilities

1. Managing Director / CTO Approve environment policy and give directions to succeeding component of the cell

2. Head - API

Responsible for overall environmental management. Regularly coordinate with Head of Environment and take feedback regarding all the activities performed under EMC, keep aware the Works Director of the unit about all the activities performed under EMC, any major issue/accidents/incident take place, any non-compliance/ violation of environmental norms

3. Head - EHS

Establish EHS Policy, Development EHS SOP, EHS Plan, Manual, Evolutes EHS program & training, Legal complacencies of GPCB & other Authorities, Execute and follow-up for routine monitoring, cleaning and maintenance work of environmental Management systems, Regularly coordinate with Executive/Officer and take feedback regarding all the activities performed under EMC, keep aware the Plant Manager of the unit about all the activities performed under EMC, any major issue/accidents/incident take place, any non-compliance/ violation of environmental norms

4.

Executive / Officer - EHS

Check and Maintain records of effluent quantity w.r.t. generation, treatment and reuse, check and maintain records of quality of raw effluent, hazardous waste generation, storage & disposal, observe regularity, discipline and working strength of operators. Reporting head of Environment about all the activities performed under EMC, any major issue/accidents/incident take place, any non-compliance/ violation of environmental norms

5. Operators

Run ETP regularly and efficiently as per the SOP and instruction of Chemist/ Supervisor, Routine cleaning & maintenance of ETP& RO Plant, maintain hazardous waste storage area in good condition & Record of it, Observe regularity, discipline, working strength of helpers.

6. Helpers To help operators and follow his instructions to operate ETP & RO plant and maintain Hazardous waste storage area.

6.6 ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS & DOCUMENTATION 6.6.1. Data Analysis All environmental monitoring data is stored as computer database by the Environmental

Management Cell (EMC) for proper storage, retrieval and interpretation of the same. A




Page | 6.6

regular database format is maintained to keep a track of monitored parameters and

causes will be identified in case of non-conformity with the permissible limits.

6.6.2. Reporting Schedules Voluntary reporting of environmental performance with reference to EMP will be

undertaken. Head of environment will co-ordinate all monitoring programs at site and

data generated is submitted regularly to the statutory agencies. Frequencies of

reporting are as per the requirement of GPCB.

6.6.3. Environmental Monitoring Expenditure The monitoring and evaluation process requires extensive surveys and primary data

collection, either to establish the baseline or to measure changes. In order to respond

management needs for carrying out environmental monitoring for the ultimate phase of

the project, a contingency budget is required. Annual cost towards environmental

monitoring of the entire plant after expansion will be about Rs. 10.0 Lacs

CHAPTER 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES


Chapter-7: Additional Studies Page | 7.1

CHAPTER – 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES (PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND RISK ASSESSMENT & SAFETY MANAGEMENT)

As per the prescribed ToRs, additional studies carried out for the proposed project are

(1) Public Consultation / Hearing and (2) Risk Assessment and Safety Management.

They are elaborated in the following sections.

7.0. PUBLIC CONSULTATION / HEARING

“Public Hearing/Consultation” refers to the process by which the concerns of local

affected persons and others who have plausible stake in the environmental impacts of

the project or activity are ascertained with a view to taking into account all the material

concerns in the project or activity design as appropriate.

The proposed project for expansion in manufacturing of synthetic organic chemicals is

covered under Category 5(f)-A of the EIA Notification–2006 and subsequent

amendments. As per the Terms of Reference (ToR) issued by MoEF&CC, unit required

to conduct Public Hearing. The public hearing for the project was conducted as per the

procedure prescribed in Appendix-IV of the EIA Notification SO 1533 (E) dated

14/09/2006 and subsequent amendments, the details of the same are given below;

Date & Time : 24/07/2018 at 11:00 hrs

Venue : Plantation Area at Project site of Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Survey No. 44/B, Village Naldhari, Survey No. 130, Village Valia and Plot No. 7/2 of Valia Industrial estate of GIDC, Taluka Valia, District Bharuch, Gujarat

Conducted by : 1) Shri J.P. Asari (GAS) – Additional Collector – Project Administrator Tribal Sub Plan, Bharuch

2) Shri R.B. Trivedi - Regional Officer GPCB, Ankleshwar

The crux of the public hearing showing issues / suggestions / objections / opinion rose by the participants and reply responded by the project proponent is summarized here below:

Sr. No.

Points / Issues Represented

Replies by Project Proponent / EIA

Consultant

Compliance in the EIA

Report 1 Employment opportunities and

benefits to local population. Preference will be given to local people for the employment under skilled, semi-skilled and un-skilled category as per their education qualification.

Chapter 8, Section 8.2



Chapter-7: Additional Studies

Page | 7.2

Sr. No.

Points / Issues Represented

Replies by Project Proponent / EIA

Consultant

Compliance in the EIA

Report 2 Distribution of fruit bearing tree

in nearby villages and providing financial support to widow/ divorcee and financially backward women.

In consultation with Sarpanch of nearby villages, we will distribute fruit bearing tree plants and flower plants. We will recruit a local person to manage social activities as per the need of the local population.


3 Company should follow rules and regulations and have to make arrangement in such a way that pollution remain under control and it does not harm environment.

All the steps are taken for pollution control. Also, we will work as per rules and regulations of GPCB, CPCB and other international standards.


4 Provision of transport arrangement to workers in the upcoming plant.

If more workers from villages will come, arrangement for the transportation to and from site will be taken into consideration wherever possible for the proposed expansion.


The whole document of Public Hearing Proceedings is reproduced as an attached

Annexure 34.

7.1. RISK ASSESSMENT & SAFETY MANAGEMENT

Increasing use of hazardous chemicals as raw materials, intermediates and finished

products has attracted attention of the Government and the public at large in view of the

chemical disasters. The serious nature of the accidents, which cause damage to the

plant, personnel and public, has compelled industries to pay maximum attention to the

safety issues and also to effectively manage the hazardous material and operations. It

is mandatory for the industries handling hazardous chemical to maintain specified

safety standards and generate an on-site emergency plan and keep it linked with off

site emergency plan.

Risk assessment study for the proposed expansion project of M/s. Intas

Pharmaceuticals Ltd. has been carried out and the details are elaborated in this



chapter. Based on findings and recommendations of RA report, management plan for

the proposed expansion project has also been prepared and included.

Risk assessment is defined as a continuous and integrated process of identification,

evaluation and measurement of risks, along with their potential impact on the

organization.

The benefits of risk assessment include the following:

� Prevention or reduction in occurance of accidents.

� Mitigation of the severity and/or consequences by way of improved process

techniques, fire protection systems, arrangements of storage, inventory

monitoring to fit production requirements.

� Confidences develop in employees by improving competency.

� Preparedness and prompt response to deal with any accident.

7.2. OBJECTIVE AND METHODOLOGY OF RISK ASSESSMENT

7.2.1. Objective

The principle objective of this study is to identify major risks in the manufacturing

process and to evaluate on-site & off-site consequences of identified hazard scenarios.

Pointers are then given for effective mitigation of hazards in terms of suggestions for

effective disaster management, suggesting minimum preventive and protective

measures and change of practices to ensure safety.

The following aspects and areas have been covered in this study;

� Identification of major risk areas.

� Hazard identification / Identification of failure cases.

� Consequential analysis of probable risks / failure cases;

o Determination of the probable risk by Releasing of chemical due to leakage of

storage tank and catastrophic failure.

o Risk assessment on the basis of the above evaluation & risk acceptability.

o Minimum preventive & protective measures to be taken to minimize risks to

maximum possible extent.

� Giving pointers for effective disaster management.

� Suggesting measures to further lower the probability of risk.




Page | 7.4

7.2.2. Methodology Design data, built in safety systems are studied. Discussions are held with officials.

Safety related individual system is discussed. Hazard identification exercise is

conducted taking into consideration of materials, material handling methods, operating

procedures, built in safety in reactors, operating parameters and safety measures to be

taken in proposed plant. Few areas like process building, storage of hazardous

chemicals, to evaluate safety systems in the event of any abnormalities occurring.

Containment failure scenario related to storage area is considered for hazard Analysis

and consequences of such containment failures are considered in detail. Thus, this

study is mainly oriented towards actual risks rather than chronic risks.

7.3. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION Identification of hazard in proposed project activity is of primary significance. Following

components of a plant presents potential for an accident.

� Storage and handling of hazardous chemicals,

� Manufacturing processes and allied operations in the plant

The unit will handle hazardous materials and will have organized hazard control and

prevention system in place and comly with all the applicable provisions of the following

statutes;

1. Factories Act, 1948 & Gujarat Factory Rules, 1963

2. Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals (Amendment) Rules,

2000.

3. Petroleum Act, 1934 & Petroleum Rules, 2002

4. Gas Cylinder Rules, 2004

5. Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991

6. Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

In Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA), risk has been analyzed using methodology

called Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment (HIRA). Hazard will be identified

considering the following

� The physical and chemical properties of hazardous chemicals

� Storage conditions and modes of storage (Drum storage area, cylinders, above

ground storage / underground storage etc.)

� Hazard ranking by threshold quantity of toxicity and NFPA code



Hence, all these components are to be thoroughly examined to assess their potential

for an unplanned consequence of events, which can lead to an accident. After through

examination, hazard identification methods to be used for the proposed expansion are

listed as follows.

A. Hazard and Operability Study (HAZOP): HAZOP refers to HAZard and OPerability studies. HAZOP is a structured and

systematic technique for examining a defined system, with the objective of identifying

potential hazards and operability problems in the system. The concept involves

investigating how the plant might deviate from the design intent.

For the proposed project HAZOP study will be conducted at design stage i.e. while

detailed designing of plant and processes are carried out. During HAZOP study, each

pipeline as well as reaction vessel, storage tank, product and raw material storage area

will be evaluated by considering certain limitations and deviations in flow, temperature,

pressure, etc. All possible causes of deviation which gives the idea about severity of

consequence arising from each type of deviation will be identified and accordingly

designing of suitable safety measures for plant, utility and tank farm area will be

incorporated in design.

B. Fault-Tree Analysis (FTA): Fault- tree analysis (FTA) is logical structure displaying the relationship between an

undesired potential event (top event) and all its probable causes in form of graphs/

trees. It starts with a potential undesirable event - top event and determining all the

ways in which it can occur.

For the proposed project, FTA will be carried out by considering top events like fire or

toxic hazards, explosion of reactors, boiler, rupture of vessels, loss of pressure in

reactor, over pressurization of reactor and boiler, collapse of major plant machinery,

overheating of boiler or reactors etc.

C. Event Tree Analysis (ETA): Event tree analysis is a method to illustrate the intermediate and final outcomes which

may arise after the occurrence of a selected initial event. ETA identifies the sequences

of event following an initiating event that results in accident.

For the proposed project, ETA will be carried out by considering some initial event

(bottom) like pipeline rupture and pump failure carrying toxic, flammable gases or




Page | 7.6

flammable liquid, failure of rector stirring, failure of cooling/ heating media circulation,

stoppage of motor, mistake of worker/operator. With each ETA, mitigation measures

will be designed and adopted to minimize the probability of the undesired event.

D. HAZAN, Hazard Analysis: Hazard analysis is the initial study to determine hazard causes, effects and control.

Hazard analysis includes analysis of mechanism of hazard occurrence and analysis of

consequence which includes numbers of injury, fatality, property damage and other

losses.

For proposed project, HAZAN has been carried out by considering storage details of

raw material to get an idea of necessary safety measures for operation and

environmental risk control. Analysis of mechanism of hazard occurrence for proposed

expansion project and consequence Analysis has been carried out in Section 7.6.3 of

this chapter.

7.3.1. Hazard Identification and Safety Management for storage of Hazardous Chemicals

The inventory of hazardous material in the storage area is significantly larger than the

inventory involved in the process, hence the scenarios slected for the consequence

calculations are from storage vessels. The proposed project will require various

chemicals as listed in Annexure 27, with hazardous identification.

None of the products are defined namely as hazardous in MSIHC rules but may fall

under the definition of hazardous material/chemicals either due to toxicity or

flammability especially the product in liquid form due to use of solvents. Many of the

raw materials to be required for manufacturing of the proposed products fall under the

definition of hazardous material/chemicals.

Physical characteristic as well as hazardous details of raw materials and products in

form of MSDS are enclosed in Part 3 of EIA report. Out of the 54 hazardous chemicals

required for manufacturing of proposed products, 15 Hazardous chemicals as given in

Table 7.1 are idenfied for conducting risk aseessment as per their characteristic.

Hazardous areas identified with view point of their storge within the proposed plant are

highlighted in Figure 7.1. Also, layout of the existing plant and proposed expansion

project is enclosed as Annexure 5.



Figure 7.1: Identification of hazardous areas

In

tas

Phar

mac

eutic

als

Ltd.

, Val

ia-B

haru

ch En

viro

nmen

tal I

mpa

ct A

sses

smen

t Rep

ort

Prop

osed

Exp

ansi

on P

roje

ct fo

r Man

ufac

turin

g of

Syn

thet

ic O

rgan

ic C

hem

ical

s

Cha

pter

-7: A

dditi

onal

Stu

dies

Page

| 7.

8 Ta

ble

7.1:

Det

ails

of h

azar

dous

che

mic

als

iden

tifie

d fo

r ris

k as

sess

men

t

Sr.

No.

H

azar

dous

ch

emic

als

Det

ails

of S

tora

ge U

nit

Thre

shol

d Va

lue

(ppm

) of T

oxic

ity

$ NFP

A C

ode

Type

of h

azar

d id

entif

ied

Type

Pa

ckin

g Si

ze

Max

. St

orag

e C

apac

ity

Stor

age

Pres

sure

&

Tem

p.

*Std

. Le

vel

1 Le

vel

2 Le

vel

3 # ID

LH

limit

H

F R

S

1.

Acet

one

MS

Dru

m

2 KL

10

KL

Ambi

ent

AEG

L 20

0 3,

200

5,70

0 --

1 3

0 -

Toxi

city

, Fire

2.

Amm

onia

Gas

C

ylin

der

1 kg

5

kg

Ambi

ent

AEG

L 30

16

0 1,

100

300

2 0

0 -

Toxi

city

3.

Dim

ethy

l For

mam

ide

HD

PE D

rum

2

KL

10 K

L Am

bien

t AE

GL

-- 91

53

0 50

0 1

2 0

- To

xici

ty, F

ire

4.

Etha

nol

HD

PE D

rum

5

KL

10 K

L Am

bien

t ER

PG

1,80

0 3,

300

-- 3,

300

1 3

0 -

Toxi

city

, Fire

5.

Ethy

l Ace

tate

H

DPE

Dru

m

5 KL

25

KL

Ambi

ent

PAC

1,

200

1,70

0 10

,000

2,

000

1 3

0 -

Toxi

city

, Fire

6.

Hex

ane

HD

PE D

rum

2

KL

12 K

L Am

bien

t AE

GL

-- 2,

900

8,60

0 1,

100

1 3

0 -

Toxi

city

, Fire

7.

Hyd

roch

loric

Aci

d H

DPE

Dru

m

2 KL

8

KL

Ambi

ent

AEG

L 1.

8 22

10

0 50

3

0 1

- To

xici

ty,

Cor

rosi

vity

8.

H

ydro

gen

Gas

C

ylin

der

1 kg

5

kg

Ambi

ent

PAC

65

,000

2,

30,0

00

4,00

,000

--

0 4

0 -

Fire

9.

Isop

ropy

l Ace

tate

H

DPE

Dru

m

2 KL

10

KL

Ambi

ent

PAC

20

0 2,

700

16,0

00

1,80

0 1

3 0

- To

xici

ty, F

ire

10.

Isop

ropy

l Alc

ohol

H

DPE

Tan

k 5

KL

20 K

L Am

bien

t PA

C

400

2,00

0 12

,000

2,

000

1 3

0 -

Toxi

city

, Fire

11.

Met

hano

l H

DPE

Tan

k 20

KL

80 K

L Am

bien

t AE

GL

530

2,10

0 7,

200

6,00

0 1

3 0

- To

xici

ty, F

ire

12.

Met

hyle

ne D

ichl

orid

e H

DPE

Tan

k 20

KL

100

KL

Ambi

ent

AEG

L 20

0 56

0 6,

900

-- 2

1 0

- To

xici

ty, F

ire

13.

Tetra

hydr

ofur

an

HD

PE D

rum

2

KL

10 K

L Am

bien

t ER

PG

100

500

5,00

0 2,

000

2 3

1 -

Toxi

city

, Fire

, R

eact

ivity

14

. To

luen

e M

S Ta

nk

5 KL

20

KL

Ambi

ent

AEG

L 67

56

0 3,

700

500

2 3

0 -

Toxi

city

, Fire

15.

Trie

thyl

amin

e M

S D

rum

0.

5 KL

2

KL

Ambi

ent

PAC

1

170

1,00

0 20

0 3

3 0

- To

xici

ty, F

ire

*AEG

L: A

cute

Exp

osur

e G

uide

line

Leve

l, ER

PG: E

mer

genc

y R

espo

nse

Plan

ning

Gui

delin

e, P

AC

: Pro

tect

ive

Actio

ns C

riter

ia fo

r Che

mic

als,

# ID

LH: I

mm

edia

te D

ange

r to

Life

and

Hea

lth

$ NFP

A: N

atio

nal F

ire P

rote

ctio

n A

ssoc

iatio

n (H

- Hea

lth, F

-Fla

mab

ility,

R-R

eact

ivity

, S-S

peci

fic h

azar

d)



Out of the 15 hazardous chemicals identified, following chemicals will require licence for

storage from Petroleum & Explosives Safery Organization (PESO).

Sr. No. Name of Chemicals

Classi- Fication

(Thresold Qty)

Stoarge Appplicable Act / Rule

*Licensing Autority Max.

Qty. Type

1 Acetone

Class A (300 Lit)

10 KL Bulk

The Pertroleum Act, 1934 &

The Petroleum Rules 1976

Circle / Sub Circle Office

(Chief Controller of Explosive)

2 Ethanol 10 KL Bulk

3 Ethyl Acetate 25 KL Bulk

4 Hexane 12 KL Bulk

5 Isopropyl Acetate 10 KL Bulk

6 Isopropyl Alcohol 20 KL Bulk

7 Methanol 80 KL Bulk

8 Tetrahydrofuran 10 KL Bulk

9 Toluene 20 KL Bulk

10 Triethylamine 2 KL Non-Bulk

11 Dimethyl Formamide Class B (2,500 Lit) 10 KL Bulk District Authority

The unit has obtained license from PESO for the storage of various hazardous

chemicals under Class A for the existing plant. A copy of licence is enclosed as

Annexure 18. Unit will apply for obtaining licence for additional storage of above listed

chemicals from PESO before commissioning of the project.

General safety measures and specific safety measures adopted for transportation,

storage & handling (spillage and leakage) of hazardous chemicals are listed as follows.

A. General safety measures for transportation, storage & handling (spillage & leakage)

� Layout and location of hazardous chemical storage tank as per natural and

mechanical ventilation.

� Storage of hazardous chemicals based on their compatability characteristics.

� Provision of display boards on all storage tanks showing name of chemicals, mterial

of construction, calibration of tanks and date of painting.

� Installation of level indicators on all storage tanks to know the exact liquid level

inside the tank and to avoid the accidental spillage or overflow.

� Provision of dyke walls and transferring pumps on all the storage area for the

hazardous chemicals which helps to reduce the risk of tank leakages.




Page | 7.10

� Provision of spare barrels/tanks of sufficient quantity for any emergency spillage or

leakage.

� Regular inspection of all the drums/tanks of hazardous chemicals and damaged

drums for separation and disposal to avoid the possibility of catastrophic rupture.

� Provision of double earthing to all storage tanks to prevent the firing due to static

charges. Regular inspection of earthing pit.

� Installation of on-site detectors for fire, based on heat &/or smoke detection, with

alarm system are provided as required.

� Installation of breather valves and flame arrestors on flammable liquid storage tanks

to prevent firing. Regular inspection / testing of the same.

� Periodic calibration and maintenance of all equipments related to hazardous

chemical storage.

� Installation of NRV on all pump discharge lines.

� Insertion of heavy duty gaskets to all pipe joints to prevent any leakage.

� Thorough examination of piping for transfer of hazardous chemicals on yearly basis for

finding out any defects and rectify the same in due time. Maintain record of such

examination.

� Use of drum trolley for the movement of drums of hazardous chemicals to avoid

accident due to manual error.

� Display SOP for handling of hazardous chemicals in local language for safe

operating procedure.

� Maintain proper inventory of hazardous chemical and keep buffer stock as minimum

as possible.

� Implement standard procedure for safe unloading of road tanker.

� Provision of static earthing for tanker unloading.

� Mount muffler on silencer of tanker during entering in factory premises.

� Provision of water showering system (Automated sprinkling system) to the

flammable liquid storage tanks, wherever required to avoid vaporization due to

increase in ambient temperature.

� Provision of adequate firefighting system. Details of the same are elaborated in

Section 7.7 F. � Provision of first aid boxes at prominent places in the plant.

� Declare entire plant area as “NO SMOKE ZONE.”

In addition to the above listed safety measures, following measures are recommended

and to be implemented for the proposed expansion project.



� Installation of VOC detectors and implementation of LDAR programme.

� On-site detectors for fire based on heat &/or smoke detection with alarm system as

required.

Specific safety measures for storage and handling of hazardous chemiacls to be

followed and implemented are as follows.

B. Storage and handling of Ammonia (Liq.) � Proper labling of container. Storage in a cool, well-ventilated and fire-resistant area

in a tightly closed container. Prefer separate storage area.

� Protection of containers of liq. ammonia will from physical damage and separate

from oxidizers, combustible materials, heat, sparks, and open flame.

� Installation of explosion proof electrical service in storage areas.

C. Storage and handling of Ammonia Gas � Properly labling of container with storage in a cool, well-ventilated and fire-resistant

area. Prefer separate storage area.

� Storage of cylinders away from heat, sparks, open flame or any other ignition

source.

� Storage of cylinders in upright position, with valve protection cap in place, and firmly

secured to prevent falling or being knocked over.

� Use of spark proof tools and explosion proof equipment for containment and

cleaning up of spillage.

� Take care so that cylinder temperature does not exceed 52 °C.

� Provision of appropriate respirator in case of inadequate ventilation.

� Use of explosion proof electrical equipments for ventilation, lighting and material

handling.

� Strict prohibition of eating, drinking and smoking.

D. Storage and handling of Hydrogen Gas � Mark cylinder with standard colour code (Red colour without any band).

� Storage in a well-protected, well-ventilated, dry area and separate from combustible

matierals.

� Take care so that cylinder temperature does not exceed 52 °C.

� Separate cylinders from oxygen cylinders or other oxidizers by a minimum distance

of 20 ft, or by a barrier of noncombustible material at least 5 ft.




Page | 7.12

� Storage of cylinders in upright position with valve protection cap in place and firmly

secured to prevent falling or being knowcked over.

� Provision of suitable hand truck for movement of cylinder to avoid physical damage

from rolling, sliding or dropping accidently.

� Keep away from all possible sources of ignition and make all electrical equipments

explosion proof.

� Open cylinder valve only after connection is made in order to avoid self-ignitaion of

hydrogen.

� Check leakages will with leak detection solutions, never with flames.

� Design piping and equipments adequately to withstand pressure to be encounterd.

� Use of check valve and other protective apparatures in any line or piping from the

cylinder to prevent reverse flow.

� Use of only nonsparking tools and equipments.

� Wear an approved respirator, chemical resistant glovesand safety goggles and

other protective clothing while handling Hydrogen.

� Strict prohibition of sources of ignition such as smoking and open flames where

hydrogen is handled.

� Follow safety recommendations and safe operating procedures by persons handling

hydrogen.

� Storage of empty cylinders in separate area from filled cylinders. Fix an ‘EMPTY’ tag

on cylinders immediately upon emptying.

E. Storage and handling of Solvents and other Organic Hazardous Chemicals

� Storage for sealed drums out of direct sunlight and remote from sources of heat to

avoid generation of pressure.

� Paint outside of solvent storage tanks with heat reflecting paint to reduces vapor

losses from tanks.

� Storage of drums at ground level and take measures to prevent corrosion of the

drum base.

� Availablility of adequate ventilation to ensure that in case of incidental release of

solvent (vapour) the vapour concentration is as low as possible, and in any event

within the regulatory requirements

� Transfer of solvent by mechanical seal pump through fixed pipeline as far as

possible.



� Loading and unloading under nitrogen blanket to exclude moisture. If moisture could

enter into the container via seals or valves, blanket it by slight overpressure of

Nitrogen.

� Pump unloading using secured dry connections and vapour return lines preferred for

larger containers.

� Fitting of atmospheric vent of the tank with air dryer in order to prevent moisture

from entering the storage tank and equip it with flame arrestor.

� Fitting of a pressure-vacuum relief valve of stainless steel, cast iron or brass to

avoid oxidation. It prevents damage to the tank if the vent becomes blocked.

� Construction of dyke walls around storage tanks to keep liquid from flowing out in

case of damage to tank.

� Provision of emergency showers and eyewash fountains in the unloading area in

case of accidental skin or eye contact.

� Availability of safe handling procedure for storage of solvents.

F. Storage and handling of Concentrated Acid � Storage of all acids in chemically compatiable containers and properly marked with

hazardous symbol.

� Checking of systems including valves, sight glass etc. regularly and replaced if

required.

� Provision of suitable level indicator for storage and day tanks.

� Provision of all acid containers with containment tray.

� Provision of emergency transfer arrangements for transferring material into another

tank.

� Availablity of necessary PPEs to trained persons for handling acids. Provision of eye

wash / safety shower and First Aid Box in case of emergency.

� Availability of MSDS of all concentrated acids.

7.3.2. Hazard Identification, Safety Management for Manufacturing Process and Allied Operations

Critical safety measures are the most important aspect of selection of process

technology to ensure safety in production unit. For the safety in production area, some

important critical safety measures must be provided within the process technology/

equipment itself. The details of the general and specific safety measures for

manufacturing process and allied operations are given as follows.




Page | 7.14

A. General safety measures and Preventive Maintenance for Process Units and Allied Operations

� Any reaction upsets to be confined to the reaction vessel itself. Charge defined

quantity of raw materials to the reaction vessel/Day tank by metering pumps/load

cells.

� Define process parameters control as per Standard Operating Procedures.

� Connect all reaction vents to either vapor condensers system or gaseoue scrubber

system.

� Engagement of trained persons for handling of processes and provision of proper

PPEs.

� Examine all the vessels periodically by a recognized competent person.

� Earthing of all the vessels, equipments and drums to protect against static

electricity.

� Disconnect all the motors and pull out fuse before any maintenance work.

� Purging of empty process equipments with Nitrogen and Air before cleaning or

maintenance.

� Installation of temperature indicators on all reactors and distillation systems.

� Display caution note, safety posters, stickers, periodic training and updates in safety

and emergency preparedness plan.

� Availability of all the necessary fire fighting equipments in plant area.

� Availablity of presons to be contacted, in case of emergency, at prominent places of

the unit.

B. Reactor Charging � Charging of raw materials in a reactor having mechanical seal with powder charging

system and safety devices.

� Check reactor for any leakages before process initiation.

� Runaway scenario is a quite common cause of accident. Proper assessment by

using reactivity and reaction data from laboratory experiments or past experiences

and evaluate to prevent accidents due to runaway reactions.

� Charging of raw materials through permanent lines for avoiding direct contact.

C. Distillation At the time of carrying out distillation of crude product there is possibility of organic

vapour release and spillage of crude material from the system.



� Regular monitoring of distillation column pressure and temperature data and

evaluate assessment of properties of solvent to avoid fire/explosion scenarios.

� Loss of cooling media in the condenser system could lead to increase in

vapor/gases of distillate and rise in temperature and pressure could trigger

decomposition of substance in the column. Therefore, continuously monitor cooling

media circulation.

� Loss of vaccum in the Column could increase boiling point of the mixture and could

trigger decomposition in reboiler. Monitor and caliberate vaccum and temperature

gauges at regular intervals to avoid vaccum loss.

D. Filtration At the time of separating catalyst from crude product, there is a possibility of hot vapour

release or spillage of process material from filter or pipinig.

� Availability of trained personnel during separation of process material.

� Availablility of proper collection system in order to avoid dropping of the material on

the floor.

E. Centrifugation Centrigugation during separation of solid liquid phase may lead to mechanical friction

from bearing, vibration, leakage of seals, static electricity and overspeed and may

cause hazard in the plant.

� Redundant monitoring of critical components along with reliable maintenance for

mechanical parts.

� Selection of appropriate materials of construction to withstand additional stress put

on the materials from centrifugal forces.

� Prefer flexible connections for process and utility lines so that vibration cannot be

transmitted to connected equipment.

� Prefer closed centrifuge for batch operation of toxic slurries to avoid frequent toxic

exposure to operator.

F. Drying � Cool product material and pass in dryer where thermal energy is required to convert

slurry into dry cake formation. Depending on the temperature, the drying takes place

below the boiling point or at the boiling point of liquid to be removed.




Page | 7.16

� Carry out drying process at particular temperature so as to avoid generation of

excess vapor from the crude product, which may be volatile in nature.

� Monitor and maintain temperature of dyer so as to avoid decomposition of finished

product.

7.4. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY PROGRAM

The main ill-effects anticipated to the health of workers are due to the exposure of toxic

chemicals. No other source of adverse effects on occupation health & safety is likely to

occur. However, MSDS of hazardous chemicals will be prepared and made available

with the management as well as concerned personnel working with materials or area

likely to be affected by materials.

Following are the key safety measure to be followed and implemented.

� Provision of all necessary equipment like portable detector, online detectors and

other laboratory equipments as proposed for regular monitoring of workplace air and

other conditions.

� Implementation of safety policy.

� Provision of proximity suits and self- breathing apparatus.

� Provision and compulsory use of necessary PPEs like helmate, safety goggles, face

mask, hand gloves and safety shoes etc. for all workers.

� Provision of ear muffs/ ear plugs to the workers exposed to higher noise level.

� Provision of first-aid boxes (Containing Tincture iodine, Eye Drops, Burnol,

Soframycin (ointment), Sterilized cotton wool, Band-aid, Antiseptic Solution

(Sevlon), Bandage, Rose Water, etc) at various places in the premises.

� Organize training program for information on accident prevention, proper control and

maintenance of equipment, first aid training and safe material handling practices.

Following are the measures followed and implemented for Occupational Health of the

workers.

� Pre medical checkup at the time of employment and regular medical checkup of

employees as per details given in Section 7.5. Maintain all the records in Form 33

certifying fitness for employment in hazardous process and operation as per

Factories Act guidelines. Maintain health register of all the employees in Form 32.

Copy of health register / record is enclosed as Annexure 28.



� Monitoring of occupational hazards like noise, ventilation, chemical exposure at

frequent intervals as per details given in Section 7.5 and maintain all records as per

Factories Act guidelines.

� Provision of occupational health center (OHC) and part time qualified medical officer

as per factories act guidelines

� Provision of drinking water supply for the employees as per standard of the drinking

water as per WHO guidelines.

� Availability of proper sanitary facilities for the employees so that they do not suffer

from any health ailments.

7.5. MONITORING PROGRAM Based on analysis of the existing plant, the important components for the monitoring of

occupational health and safety performance are identified as follows. The same will be

augmented and implemented for the proposed expansion project. Details of monitoring

program for occupational health & safety are given in following Table 7.2.

Table 7.2: Monitoring Program for occupational health and safety


1. Work Place Air Quality 3-5 within plant area

VOC, SO2, NH3, HCl and as specified under Gujarat Factory Rules

Monthly

Gas detector for VOC, NH3 and HCl Continuous

2. Noise All prominent

locations within the process plant area

Noise levels Quarterly

3. Ventilation & Illumination

Process plant & Chemical storage

area

Volumetric Air change, Room Temperature,

Light Intensity Six Monthly

4. Occupational Health

Pre-employment check-up

Vision, Audiometry, Spirometry, Chest Skiagram, Urine,

Complete blood count, etc.

Once at the time of appointment

Periodical check-up

Vision, Audiometry, Spirometry, Urine, RBS,

Liver function tests (LFT), Complete blood

count, Anemia, etc.

Once in a year




Page | 7.18


Post-employment

check-up

Vision, Audiometry, Spirometry, Chest Skiagram, Urine,

Complete blood count, etc.

Once at the time of relieving

5.

Risk Assessment and Hazard Management

Whole unit Safety Audit Once in two years

� Utilities

� Manufacturing plant

� Storage tank Farm Area

HAZOP Study Operation parameters

will be evaluated for deviation from

standard operating condition

� At design stage i.e. while designing proposed plant & processes

� At pre-start up stage i.e. when construction is completed and operation is to be started

� At every 5 years of plant operation

� At the time of plant &/or process modification and upgradation

� Storage tank Farm Area

� Reaction vessels

Event Tree Analysis and Fault Tree

Analysis Sequence of all unit-

process/ operation will be evaluated to identify all fault and abnormal

condition leading to abnormal event

� After completion/ finalization of plant design.

� At the time of plant &/or process modification and upgradation

7.6. RISK ASSESSMENT STUDY Chemical process industries have undergone tremendous changes during last five

decades. Process conditions such as Pressure and Temperature have become severe;

concentration of stored energy has increased. The scale of possible fire, explosion,

toxic release, body injuries and occupational diseases has grown considerably. These



factors have greatly increased the risk for major industrial disasters, involving loss of

human lives, plant & property and environmental degradation.

Identification analysis and assessment of hazard and risk are very useful in providing

information to risk management. It provides basis for what should be the type and

capacity of its on-site and off-site emergency plan also what types of safety measures

are required. Risk and consequence analysis is carried out by considering storage and

handling of various hazardous raw materials, intermediates and products as well as

manufacturing process.

The objectives considered for Risk Assessment study are as follows;

� To assess the risk involved in transporting, storing & processing raw material up to

final product.

� To evaluate the risk and to get the complete view of the available facilities.

� To take appropriate action to control the incidents.

� To safe guard employees and people in vicinity.

� To minimize damage to property and neighboring environment.

� To inform the employees, general public and Government authority about various

types of hazards, assessed risk, safe guards provided, residual risk if any.

� To inform Police, Fire Brigade, District authority and Statutory authority for providing

help during emergency.

� To work out a plan with all provisions to handle emergencies and to provide training

to employees through mock rehearsals.

� To rescue and give treatment to the casualties and to count the number of injured

persons.

Matrix given in Figure 7.2 describes methodology adopted for Risk Assement study.




Page | 7.20

Figure 7.2: Risk Assessment Methodology

7.6.1. Modes of Failure Storages system can fail in different ways depending on the materials stored, storage

conditions and may involve systems in their vicinity. Conditions such as over filling, over

pressure & missile, lightening or bomb attack, earthquake & resultant replier or release

scenarios have been identified. Outcomes of such incidents are determined by

presence of ignition either immediate or delayed. As can be seen depending upon

modes of failure different scenarios are possible viz:

START

Facility, process and meteorological data collection

Listing out hazardous operations & storage details

Identification of failure scenarios & quantification of probable hazard associated for risk assessment

Defining parameters for each chemical and each hazard

Defining release type (continuous / instantaneous) & determine release rate

Simulation of different credible scenario for consequence modeling

Prepare Summary of Credible Scenario

Evaluate potential risk associated to the surrounding

Suggest mitigation measures for the risk associated

END



1. Continuous release

2. Instantaneous release

This may be of gas / liquid depending upon type of material stored/released and its

characteristics. More examples, a liquid boiling at ambient conditions, will immediately

be converted to gas upon exposure to atmosphere.

An instantaneous release is any release occurring for a period less than 15 seconds.

Failure mode responsible for instantaneous releases may be catastrophic failure of

road tanker. For an instantaneous gas release, important parameters are release height

& quantity released whereas for instantaneous liquid release, important parameters are

amount spilled, spill area & pool temperature, evaporation rate, vapour mass etc.

Continuous release occurs when the material is released over a period greater than 15

seconds. For a continuous gas release, important parameters include height of leak

above ground, emission rate & total time of release. For continuous liquid release,

important parameters are spill rates, duration, area & pool temperature, evaporation

rate and vapor mass or Gas mass.

7.6.2. Maximum Credible Accident / Catastrophic Failure and Its Mitigation Measure

A Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) can be characterized as the worst credible

accident. In other words: an accident in an activity, resulting in the maximum

consequence distance that is still believed to be possible. An MCA-analysis does not

include a quantification of the probability of occurrence of the accident. Another aspect,

in which the pessimistic approach of MCA studies appears, is the atmospheric condition

that is used for dispersion calculations. Flow chart given in Figure 7.3 is considered for

modeling various scenarios for accidental release of chemical.




Page | 7.22

Figure 7.3: Accidental release of chemical

The Maximum Credible Loss (MCL) scenarios have been developed for the Facility.

The MCL cases considered, attempt to include the worst “Credible” incidents-what

constitutes a credible incident is always subjective. Nevertheless, guidelines have

evolved over the years and based on basic engineering judgment, the cases have been

found to be credible and modeling for assessing vulnerability zones is prepared



accordingly.

The objective of the study is Emergency planning, hence only holistic & conservative

assumptions are used for obvious reasons. Hence, though the outcomes may look

pessimistic, the planning for emergency concept should be borne in mind whilst

interpreting the results.

In Consequence analysis, geographical location of the source of potential release plays

an important role. Consideration of a large number of scenarios in the same

geographical location serves little purpose if the dominant scenario has been identified

and duly considered. The Consequence Analysis has been done for selected scenarios

by ALOHA (Areal Locations of Hazardous Atmosphere: Version 5.4.7) of EPA.

ALOHA model key hazards like toxicity, flammability, thermal radiation (Heat), and over

pressure (expansion blast force) related to chemical releases that result in toxic gas

dispersion, fire and/or explosion.

7.6.3. Consequences Analysis From the proposed raw materials, chemicals listed in Table 7.1 have been taken for the

consequences analysis considering their hazardous / flammable / toxic nature. Details

of these chemicals in the form of MSDS are enclosed as Part 3 of EIA report.

7.6.3.1. Possible Accident Scenario

Different possible ways of occurrence of any accidents due to storage/usage of above

hazardous chemicals are prescribed here below;

Scenario-A: Release of chemical due to leakage and form evaporating puddle (Not

burning)

Scenario-B: Release of chemical due to leakage and form burning puddle (Pool fire)

Scenario-C: Release of chemical due to catastrophic failure (BLEVE)

Atmospheric conditions assumed at the time of accidents are mentioned in Table 7.3.

Table 7.3: Atmospheric Condition Assumed

Particulars Details

Wind 2.0 m/s

Ground Roughness Urban




Page | 7.24

Particulars Details

Cloud Cover 4 tenths

Air Temperature 32° C

Stability Class C

Relative Humidity 50%

Detailed Maximum Credible Accident scenarios for all the hazardous chemicals are

given in Annexure 29.

7.6.3.2. Summary of MCA Scenarios Summary of different credible accident scenarios for prediction of risk are given in

Table 7.4.

Table 7.4. Summary of MCA Scenarios

Sr. No.

Hazardous Chemicals

SCENARIO A Toxic Threat Zone, m

*SCENARIO B Thermal Radiation from pool fire, m

*SCENARIO C Thermal Radiation from Catastrophic

Rupture, m Red Orange Yellow Red Orange Yellow Red Orange Yellow

1. Acetone <10 <10 34 <10 <10 <10 121 172 270 2. Ammonia Gas 64 167 381 -- -- -- -- -- --

3. Dimethyl Formamide <10 <10 -- -- -- -- 118 169 266

4. Ethanol -- <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 156 223 351 5. Ethyl Acetate <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 151 217 342 6. Hexane <10 <10 -- <10 <10 <10 144 203 317

7. Hydrochloric Acid 10 30 111 -- -- -- -- -- --

8. Hydrogen Gas <10 13 24 -- -- -- -- -- --

9. Isopropyl Acetate <10 <10 21 <10 <10 <10 119 170 266

10. Isopropyl Alcohol <10 <10 11 <10 <10 <10 167 238 373

11. Methanol <10 <10 18 <10 <10 <10 206 299 471

12. Methylene Dichloride 17 71 139 <10 <10 <10 105 181 304

13. Tetrahydrofuran <10 16 45 <10 <10 <10 133 190 297 14. Toluene <10 <10 34 <10 <10 <10 200 283 441 15. Triethylamine <10 24 381 <10 <10 <10 90 127 199

*THERMAL RADIATION INTENSITY Red: 10 kW/sq.m. (Potentially lethal within 60 sec) Orange: 5.0 kW/sq. m. (2nd Degree burn within 60 sec) Yellow: 2.0 kW/sq. m. (Pain within 60 sec)



All the scenarios of toxic & flammable threat zone and catastrophic rupture super

imposed on plant layout and google image are given in Figure 7.4 and Figure 7.5

respectively.

Figure 7.4: Toxic & flammable threat zone of all the scenarios

Figure 7.5: Threat zone of catastrophic rupture of all the scenarios

� Maximum distance of toxic threat zone observed is at 381 m from leakage of

Ammonia gas and Triethylamine, which is confined within the immediate

surrounding where no permenant habitat exist.




Page | 7.26

� Risk of thermal radiation from pool fire is under 10 m distance, which is confined

within the plant premise. � Maximum distance of thermal radiation from catastrophic rupture is obverted at 471

m from leakage of methanol, which is confined within the immediate surrounding

where no permenant habitat exist. � Nearest distance of human settlement at Naldhari village is 950 m from project site.

Hence, there will be no threat to nearby habitation from toxic, flammable and

explosive hazard.

7.7. RISK MITIGATIVE MEASURES

Risk is rated based on likelihood of various consequence. A risk matrix is prepared

based on findings of likelihood of an event with various consequences involved which is

given in Table 7.5.

Table 7.5: Risk matrix for emergency management

Risk Rating = Probability x Severity

Consequence / Severity

Insignificant / Negligible

Minor / Marginal Moderate Major /

Critical Severe /

Catastrophic 1 2 3 4 5

Likel

ihoo

d / P

roba

bilit

y Highly Unlikely 1 1 2 3 4 5

Unlikely 2 2 4 6 8 10

Somwhat Likely 3 3 6 9 12 15

Likely 4 4 8 12 16 20

Certain 5 5 10 15 20 25

Based on calculated risk rating, level of an emergency can be defined and in the event

of accident management can take necessary steps as per the standard operating

procedure. Details of level of emergency associated with above risk rating is given in

Table 7.6.



Table 7.6: Levels of emergency associated with risk rating R

isk

Rat

ing

Ris

k A

ccep

tanc

e C

riter

ia

Emer

genc

y A

lert

Cod

e

Type of Emergency Management

1 - 4 Low I

Any incident which is Minor in nature. No potential risk of threatning lives or facitilites in the plant. i.e. Minor fires which can be extinguished easily.

Minor gas or toxic releases which can be isolated within short period of time, Minor spillage of hazardous materials which can be contained by dike or absorbant materials

On-site impact. Within the capability of Unit at Plant Level and can be managed with routin procedure.

5-12 Medium II

Any incident which is Major / Serious in nature. Potential risk of threatening lives, facilities or buildings on-site or off-site. i.e. Fire involving flammable storage tanks or plant equipments, Gas or toxic releases of large quantity which can be isolated safely, Spillage of flammable or hazardous substances which requires substantial resouces for cleaning up or recovery.

On-site impact. Accetable risk within the capability of Unit with Management's review. SOP to be followed for mitigation of associated risk.

13-25 High III

Any incindent which is severe / catastrophic in nature which requires assistance from external emergency agencies i.e. Major or prolonged fire involving spread over entire plant or storage area;

Major or prolonged release of gas or toxic releases due to catastropic failure of process equipment or storage tanks which requires on-site evacuation.

Off-site impact. Off-site emergency plan to be followed.

Following precautionary mitigation measures associated with probable risk are to be

followed and implemented.

A. Mitigation measures for leakage of Ammonia Gas � Evacuate surrounding area from leakage and shutoff all the ignition sources. � In case of leakage, move away in perpendicular to the wind direction to avoid direct

exposure. � Use equipments rated for cylinder pressure. � Use water fogging to divert vapor drift and to reduce air borne concentration. � Provide self contained breathing apparatus and chemical protective clothing to

Personnel involved in dealing with ammonia.




Page | 7.28

� Provide proper training to workers for handling of ammonia. Use ammonia

emergency kit in case of leakage.

B. Mitigation measures for leakage of solvents and hazardous organic chemicals

� Allow only trained perssonel to handle leakage and spillage.

� Prohibit entry of any personnel to the prone area, If flammable vapor level of solvent

is above 10% of the LFL in a confined area.

� Provision of Leak detection system to control leakge from source only.

� Respirators is not as effective as ventilation in protecting workers in most situations.

However, allow use of respirators in case of insufficient ventilation.

� Use of DCP, CO2 and/ or water type fire extinguisher in case of fire.

C. Mitigation measures for leakage of concentrated acids � Neutralize acid leakage by using lime, sodim bicarbonate and soda ash etc.

� Absorbe leakage by using dry earth, sand or other non-combustible materials.

� Allow only trained perssonel to handle leakage and spillage.

� Use of water spray to divert vapor drift and to reduce vapors.

D. General Mitigation Measures

� Installation of all the equipment as per guidelines of provision of The Gujarat Factories

Rules, 1963.

� Storage of hazardous chemicals in small sized multiple containers so as to avoid

major hazard associated with large sized containers.

� Proper Control of the operating parameters, mainly temperature, vacuum, cooling

media circulation, during plant operation and solvent recovery.

� Availability of common antidots like milk of magnesia, banana, jaggery, glucose and

milk etc. in case of exposure to toxic chemicals. Details of antidots for other

hazardous chemicals are given in MSDS enclosed as Part 3 of EIA report. � For any case of fire emergency, availability of standard type of fire fighing

equipments and fire extinguishers in the storage area as well as required places in

the plant.

� Strictly prohibit smoking inside the factory.

� Provision of adequate and suitable personnel protective equipments to operators

and workers.



� Availability of First-Aid facility and First-aid trained person at the time of handling

operation.

E. Emergency Management Possible emergencies and remedial measures to prevent accident for various scenarios

are elaborated in Table 7.7, Table 7.8 and Table 7.9.

In

tas

Phar

mac

eutic

als

Ltd.

, Val

ia-B

haru

ch En

viro

nmen

tal I

mpa

ct A

sses

smen

t Rep

ort

Prop

osed

Exp

ansi

on P

roje

ct fo

r Man

ufac

turin

g of

Syn

thet

ic O

rgan

ic C

hem

ical

s

Cha

pter

-7: A

dditi

onal

Stu

dies

Page

| 7.

30

Tabl

e 7.

7: P

ossi

ble

Emer

genc

y - S

pilla

ge in

che

mic

al s

tora

ge a

rea

(Spi

ll C

ontr

ol P

lan)

Loca

tion

Scen

ario

co

nsid

ered

A

ctio

n by

Haz

ard

Con

sequ

ence

Po

ssib

le

Cau

ses

Act

ion

to b

e ta

ken

Rem

edia

l mea

sure

s to

pre

vent

re

curr

ence

of s

uch

inci

dent

Che

mic

al

Stor

age

area

Smal

l sp

illage

To

xic

vapo

ur

Expo

sure

to

drum

han

dlin

g op

erat

ors.

Dru

m

punc

her o

r da

mag

e,

wro

ng

Stor

age

met

hod.

� Fi

nd o

ut d

rum

leak

age

� R

aise

ala

rm im

med

iate

ly f

or w

arni

ng

if la

rge

spilla

ge o

bser

ved.

�

Do

not

ente

r in

co

nfin

ed

room

if

spilla

ge is

insi

de a

con

fined

room

. �

Do

not

touc

h an

y el

ectri

cal

switc

hes

in s

pilla

ge a

rea.

�

Stop

all

hot w

ork

in th

is a

rea.

�

Cal

l fire

and

Saf

ety

depa

rtmen

t.

� C

ordo

n th

e ar

ea.

� Ev

acua

te n

on-e

ssen

tial p

erso

ns f

rom

th

e af

fect

ed a

rea

imm

edia

tely

. �

Info

rm th

e ar

ea in

-cha

rge.

�

Try

to c

ontro

l situ

atio

n at

dep

artm

ent

leve

l with

ava

ilabl

e re

sour

ces

with

full

PPEs

. �

Iden

tify

the

spilla

ge m

ater

ial a

nd re

fer

MSD

S fo

r con

trol p

lan.

�

Segr

egat

e le

akag

e dr

um

from

th

e ar

ea.

� In

form

the

Site

Mai

n C

ontro

ller (

SMC

) in

det

ail.

� O

pen

all

door

s an

d w

indo

ws

in t

his

area

. �

Take

de

cisi

on

to

decl

are

onsi

te

emer

genc

y.

� Sp

ill co

ntro

l an

d ne

utra

lizat

ion

team

m

embe

r try

to c

ontro

l spr

ead

mat

eria

l in

mor

e ar

ea b

y ab

sorb

ing

mat

eria

l an

d dr

y sa

nd.

� If

mat

eria

l is

to

xic

or

any

othe

r fla

mm

able

and

toxi

c ch

emic

al, s

peci

al

� SO

P fo

r ha

ndlin

g w

ill be

dis

play

ed in

lo

cal

lang

uage

fo

r sa

fe

oper

atin

g pr

oced

ure.

�

FLP

type

lig

ht

fittin

gs

shal

l be

pr

ovid

ed.

� Pr

oper

ve

ntila

tion

shal

l be

m

ade

avai

labl

e in

Dru

m s

tora

ge a

rea.

�

Prop

er la

bel a

nd id

entif

icat

ion

boar

d st

icke

rs

shal

l be

pr

ovid

ed

in

the

stor

age

area

. �

Prop

er

inve

ntor

y of

ha

zard

ous

chem

ical

s sh

ould

be

mai

ntai

ned

and

buffe

r st

ock

shou

ld

be

kept

as

m

inim

um a

s po

ssib

le.

� C

ondu

ctiv

e dr

um

palle

ts

shal

l be

pr

ovid

ed.

� D

rum

han

dlin

g tro

lley

/ st

acke

rs/fo

rk

lift s

hall

be u

sed

for d

rum

han

dlin

g.

� M

ater

ials

sha

ll be

sto

red

as p

er i

ts

Com

patib

ility

stud

y an

d se

para

te

area

sh

all

be

mad

e av

aila

ble

for

flam

mab

le,

corro

sive

an

d to

xic

chem

ical

dru

ms

stor

age.

�

Dyk

e w

all

will

be p

rovi

ded

to a

rea

whe

re h

azar

dous

che

mic

als

will

be

stor

ed.

� Sm

okin

g an

d ot

her

spar

k,

flam

e ge

nera

ting

item

s sh

all

be

bann

ed

from

the

entry

Gat

e.

� N

FPA

& G

HS

labe

ls

shal

l be

pr

ovid

ed

on

drum

s fo

r ha

zard

id

entif

icat

ion

of th

e ch

emic

als.

La

rge

spilla

ge

Fire

in c

ase

of

igni

tion

sour

ce

avai

labl

e w

ithin

LE

L -U

EL %

co

ncen

tratio

n

Inta

s Ph

arm

aceu

tical

s Lt

d., V

alia

-Bha

ruch

En

viro

nmen

tal I

mpa

ct A

sses

smen

t Rep

ort

Prop

osed

Exp

ansi

on P

roje

ct fo

r Man

ufac

turin

g of

Syn

thet

ic O

rgan

ic C

hem

ical

s

Cha

pter

-7: A

dditi

onal

Stu

dies

Page

| 7.

31

Loca

tion

Scen

ario

co

nsid

ered

A

ctio

n by

Haz

ard

Con

sequ

ence

Po

ssib

le

Cau

ses

Act

ion

to b

e ta

ken

Rem

edia

l mea

sure

s to

pre

vent

re

curr

ence

of s

uch

inci

dent

prec

autio

ns n

eeds

to b

e ta

ken

as p

er

chem

ical

ex

pert

Key

pers

on

guid

e lin

e.

� D

o no

t sp

ray

wat

er

or

Foam

on

sp

illed

mat

eria

l. �

Do

not

drai

n sp

illed

mat

eria

l in

any

tre

nch.

�

Col

lect

the

spi

lled

mat

eria

l in

clo

se

cont

aine

r an

d se

nd to

ETP

for

furth

er

neut

raliz

atio

n of

the

resi

dual

con

tent

s.

� Ad

min

iste

r firs

t aid

to th

e vi

ctim

. �

Mak

e ar

rang

emen

t to

se

nd

inju

red

pers

on/s

to H

ospi

tal.

� If

off s

ite e

mer

genc

y si

tuat

ion

occu

rs,

info

rm t

o fo

llow

ing

agen

cies

Req

uest

fo

r Mut

ual a

ider

s, lo

cal a

utho

ritie

s lik

e D

ISH

of

fice,

C

olle

ctor

ate

offic

e,

Dis

aste

r man

agem

ent c

ell,

Polic

e, fi

re

brig

ade,

nea

rby

hosp

ital,

loca

l GPC

B of

fice

� Ex

haus

t sh

all b

e pr

ovid

ed a

t gr

ound

le

vel i

n dr

um s

tora

ge a

rea.

�

Dru

m l

oadi

ng u

nloa

ding

pro

cedu

res

are

prep

ared

and

impl

emen

ted.

�

Liqu

id c

hem

ical

s w

ill be

tra

nsfe

rred

by

mec

hani

cal

seal

pu

mp

thro

ugh

clos

ed p

ipel

ine.

Tabl

e 7.

8: P

ossi

ble

Emer

genc

y - F

ire in

che

mic

al s

tora

ge a

rea

Loca

tion

Scen

ario

co

nsid

ered

A

ctio

n by

Haz

ard

Con

sequ

ence

Po

ssib

le

Cau

ses

Act

ion

to b

e ta

ken

Rem

edia

l mea

sure

s to

pre

vent

re

curr

ence

of s

uch

inci

dent

Che

mic

al

Stor

age

area

Smal

l sp

illage

Fi

re in

dru

m

stor

age

area

D

rum

le

akag

e or

da

mag

e,

Impr

oper

st

orag

e M

etho

d.

� R

aise

fir

e si

ren

or

shou

t Fi

re…

Fire

….F

ire…

�

Evac

uate

the

area

imm

edia

tely

. �

Info

rm th

e ar

ea in

char

ge.

� In

form

Inci

dent

Con

trolle

r in

deta

il.

� C

all f

ire d

epar

tmen

t im

med

iate

ly a

nd

help

them

in fi

re fi

ghtin

g.

� SO

P fo

r han

dlin

g w

ill be

dis

play

ed in

lo

cal

lang

uage

fo

r sa

fe

oper

atin

g pr

oced

ure.

�

FLP

type

lig

ht

fittin

gs

shal

l be

pr

ovid

ed.

� Pr

oper

ve

ntila

tion

shal

l be

m

ade

avai

labl

e in

Dru

m s

tora

ge a

rea.

La

rge

spilla

ge

BLEV

E of

dru

ms

In

tas

Phar

mac

eutic

als

Ltd.

, Val

ia-B

haru

ch En

viro

nmen

tal I

mpa

ct A

sses

smen

t Rep

ort

Prop

osed

Exp

ansi

on P

roje

ct fo

r Man

ufac

turin

g of

Syn

thet

ic O

rgan

ic C

hem

ical

s

Cha

pter

-7: A

dditi

onal

Stu

dies

Page

| 7.

32

Loca

tion

Scen

ario

co

nsid

ered

A

ctio

n by

Haz

ard

Con

sequ

ence

Po

ssib

le

Cau

ses

Act

ion

to b

e ta

ken

Rem

edia

l mea

sure

s to

pre

vent

re

curr

ence

of s

uch

inci

dent

Igni

tion

sour

ce li

ke

elec

trica

l so

urce

, Fr

ictio

n et

c.

BLEV

E du

e to

ov

erpr

essu

re

in d

rum

� Tr

y to

con

trol s

ituat

ion

at d

epar

tmen

t le

vel

with

ava

ilabl

e re

spira

tory

and

no

n- re

spira

tory

PPE

s.

� If

it is

foun

d un

cont

rolla

ble

cond

ition

by

dep

artm

ent l

evel

info

rm S

ite M

ain

Con

trolle

r fo

r on

site

em

erge

ncy

situ

atio

n.

� D

ecla

re

on

site

em

erge

ncy

if re

quire

d.

� R

emov

e un

burn

ed d

rum

s fro

m t

he

site

if p

ossi

ble

with

out a

ny ri

sk.

� St

art

fire

hydr

ant

syst

em o

r w

ater

ho

se

rill

and

spra

y w

ater

on

un

invo

lved

dru

ms

in f

ire f

or c

oolin

g pu

rpos

e.

� U

se

foam

fir

e ex

tingu

ishe

rs

for

firef

ight

ing

of s

olve

nt fi

re.

� D

o no

t ent

er in

fire

pro

ne a

rea.

�

If fir

e fo

und

unco

ntro

llabl

e co

nditi

on

call

fire

brig

ade

and

mut

ual a

ider

for

help

. �

In c

ase

of B

LEVE

fire

, im

med

iate

ev

acua

te th

e ar

ea u

p to

50

met

ers

of

the

area

sur

roun

ding

. �

All h

azar

dous

act

ivat

es s

top

at s

ite.

� In

form

nea

rby

com

pany

to

rem

ove

haza

rdou

s m

ater

ial o

r inv

ento

ry fr

om

the

com

poun

d w

all.

�

Ensu

re

sear

ch

and

resc

ue

and

caus

aliti

es re

ceiv

e at

tent

ion.

�

Adm

inis

ter f

irst a

id to

the

vict

im.

� M

ake

arra

ngem

ent

to s

end

inju

red

pers

on/s

to

H

ospi

tal

and

info

rm

vict

im’s

fam

ily.

� Pr

oper

labe

l and

iden

tific

atio

n bo

ard

stic

kers

sh

all

be

prov

ided

in

th

e st

orag

e ar

ea.

� C

ondu

ctiv

e dr

um

palle

ts

shal

l be

pr

ovid

ed.

� D

rum

han

dlin

g tro

lley

/ st

acke

rs/fo

rk

lift s

hall

be u

sed

for d

rum

han

dlin

g.

� M

ater

ials

sha

ll be

sto

red

as p

er i

ts

Com

patib

ility

stud

y an

d se

para

te

area

sh

all

be

mad

e av

aila

ble

for

flam

mab

le,

corro

sive

an

d to

xic

chem

ical

dru

ms

stor

age.

�

Smok

ing

and

othe

r sp

ark,

fla

me

gene

ratin

g ite

ms

shal

l be

ba

nned

fro

m th

e en

try G

ate.

�

NFP

A la

bels

sha

ll be

pro

vide

d on

dr

ums

for h

azar

d id

entif

icat

ion

of th

e ch

emic

als.

�

Exha

ust s

hall

be p

rovi

ded

at g

roun

d le

vel i

n dr

um s

tora

ge a

rea.

�

Dru

m l

oadi

ng u

nloa

ding

pro

cedu

res

are

prep

ared

and

impl

emen

ted.

Inta

s Ph

arm

aceu

tical

s Lt

d., V

alia

-Bha

ruch

En

viro

nmen

tal I

mpa

ct A

sses

smen

t Rep

ort

Prop

osed

Exp

ansi

on P

roje

ct fo

r Man

ufac

turin

g of

Syn

thet

ic O

rgan

ic C

hem

ical

s

Cha

pter

-7: A

dditi

onal

Stu

dies

Page

| 7.

33

Loca

tion

Scen

ario

co

nsid

ered

A

ctio

n by

Haz

ard

Con

sequ

ence

Po

ssib

le

Cau

ses

Act

ion

to b

e ta

ken

Rem

edia

l mea

sure

s to

pre

vent

re

curr

ence

of s

uch

inci

dent

� If

off

site

em

erge

ncy

situ

atio

n oc

cur

–Inf

orm

to

fo

llow

ing

agen

cies

. R

eque

st

for

Mut

ual

aide

rs,

loca

l au

thor

ities

lik

e –

DIS

H

offic

e,

Col

lect

orat

e of

fice,

D

isas

ter

man

agem

ent

cell,

Po

lice,

fir

e br

igad

e, n

earb

y ho

spita

l, lo

cal G

PCB

offic

e.

Tabl

e 7.

9: P

ossi

ble

Emer

genc

y –

Toxi

c G

as R

elea

se

Loca

tion

Haz

ard

Con

sequ

ence

Po

ssib

le

Cau

ses

Act

ion

to b

e ta

ken

Rem

edia

l mea

sure

s to

pre

vent

re

curr

ence

of s

uch

inci

dent

Che

mic

al

Stor

age

area

Pote

ntia

l inj

ury

/ fa

talit

y fro

m

larg

e re

leas

e

Toxi

c G

as R

elea

se

Rea

ctor

/ H

eate

r Fai

lure

, Le

akag

e in

Pro

cess

Lin

e,

Plug

ging

of r

eact

or o

utle

t, le

akag

e in

pip

elin

e

� Ac

tivat

e au

dio

visu

al a

larm

�

Evac

uate

the

area

imm

edia

tely

. �

Info

rm th

e ar

ea in

char

ge.

� In

form

Inci

dent

Con

trolle

r in

deta

il.

� C

all f

ire d

epar

tmen

t im

med

iate

ly a

nd

help

them

in fi

re fi

ghtin

g.

� Tr

y to

con

trol s

ituat

ion

at d

epar

tmen

t le

vel

with

ava

ilabl

e re

sour

ces

with

fu

ll PP

Es.

� If

it is

foun

d un

cont

rolla

ble

cond

ition

by

dep

artm

ent l

evel

info

rm S

ite M

ain

Con

trolle

r fo

r on

site

em

erge

ncy

situ

atio

n.

� D

ecla

re

on

site

em

erge

ncy

if re

quire

d.

� Al

l haz

ardo

us a

ctiv

ates

sto

p at

site

. �

Info

rm n

earb

y co

mpa

ny t

o re

mov

e ha

zard

ous

mat

eria

l or i

nven

tory

from

th

e co

mpo

und

wal

l.

� Pr

ovid

e ac

cura

te

gas

mon

itorin

g sy

stem

on

site

. �

Min

imiz

e on

-site

sto

rage

�

Dev

elop

pr

oced

ure

for

tank

in

spec

tion

and

mai

nten

ance

�

Dev

elop

pu

rge

syst

em

to

rem

ove

gas

to a

noth

er ta

nk.

� Pr

ovid

e te

mpe

ratu

re

cont

rol

insi

de

reac

tor w

ith a

utho

mat

ic s

hut-d

own

of

gas

flow

to th

e re

acto

r. �

Des

ign

colle

ctio

n sy

stem

to

rem

ove

and

purif

y/re

cycl

e or

di

scar

d un

reac

ted

gas.

�

Des

ign

cont

rol

syst

em

to

dete

ct

exce

ss g

ases

in

exha

ust

and

shut

do

wn

gas

flow

. �

Prov

ide

cont

rol

syst

em

to

dete

ct

extre

me

tem

pera

ture

var

iatio

ns a

nd

activ

ate

back

up c

oolin

g sy

stem

.

Proc

ess

Plan

t Ar

ea

In

tas

Phar

mac

eutic

als

Ltd.

, Val

ia-B

haru

ch En

viro

nmen

tal I

mpa

ct A

sses

smen

t Rep

ort

Prop

osed

Exp

ansi

on P

roje

ct fo

r Man

ufac

turin

g of

Syn

thet

ic O

rgan

ic C

hem

ical

s

Cha

pter

-7: A

dditi

onal

Stu

dies

Page

| 7.

34

Loca

tion

Haz

ard

Con

sequ

ence

Po

ssib

le

Cau

ses

Act

ion

to b

e ta

ken

Rem

edia

l mea

sure

s to

pre

vent

re

curr

ence

of s

uch

inci

dent

� En

sure

se

arch

an

d re

scue

an

d ca

usal

ities

rece

ive

atte

ntio

n.

� Ad

min

iste

r firs

t aid

to th

e vi

ctim

. �

Mak

e ar

rang

emen

t to

sen

d in

jure

d pe

rson

/s

to

Hos

pita

l an

d in

form

vi

ctim

’s fa

mily

. �

If of

f si

te e

mer

genc

y si

tuat

ion

occu

r –I

nfor

m

to

follo

win

g ag

enci

es.

Req

uest

fo

r M

utua

l ai

ders

, lo

cal

auth

oriti

es

like

– D

ISH

of

fice,

C

olle

ctor

ate

offic

e,

Dis

aste

r m

anag

emen

t ce

ll,

Polic

e,

fire

brig

ade,

nea

rby

hosp

ital,

loca

l GPC

B of

fice.

� D

iver

flow

to te

mpo

rary

sto

rage

tank

�

Prov

ide

relie

f va

lve

on r

eact

or w

ith

outle

t to

a te

mpo

rary

sto

rage

tank

�

SOP

for h

andl

ing

will

be d

ispl

ayed

in

loca

l la

ngua

ge

for

safe

op

erat

ing

proc

edur

e.

� Pr

ovid

e tra

inin

g to

em

ploy

ees

in th

e ar

ea.



Page | 7.35

F. Fire fighting System Adequate fire fighting system has been provided in the existing plant and it will be

upgraded for the proposed expansion project.

� Sufficient numbers of Fire extinguishers are installed in all plants and storage area

and details of existing fire control equipments are given in Table 7.10. Table 7.10: Details of fire extinguishers

Sr. No. Type Capacity

Quantity

Existing Proposed

1 CO2 4.5 kg 11 22

2 Dry Chemical Powder 6 kg 16 32

3 Mechanical Foam 50 Lit. 10 20

9 Lit. 1 2

� 11 nos. of fire hydrants are installed in various sections of the existing plant.

Location of fire extingushres, fire hydrants and fire monitor are shown in Figure 7.1. � Separate underground fire water tank of 256 KL is provided with main pump and

Jockey Pump. Details of Fire water pump is given in Table 7.11.

Table 7.11: Details of fire-water pump

Sr. No. Location Types Capacity Quantity

1 Fire Pumping area

Jockey Pump 15 HP (20 m3/hr) 1

2 Main Pump 60 HP (171 m3/hr) 1

� Adequate numbers of smoke detector, flame detector, explosive gas detector, heat

detector and VOC detector with alarm. Automatic sprinkling system are installed at

various suitable locations. The same will be upgraded for the proposed expansion.

Details for the same is given in following Table 7.12.

Table 7.12: Details of provision for fire-fighting system.

Sr. No. Particular Location 1. Smoke Detector

Process Plant


Admin building 2. Flame Detector Hazardous chemical storage area




Page | 7.36

Sr. No. Particular Location

3. Explosive Gas Detector

Process Plant


4. Heat Detector Hazardous chemical storage area

5. VOC Detector

Process Plant


Hazardous waste storage area

6. Automatic Sprinkling Admin building, hazardous chemical storage area, Utility

� Presently, D.G. Sets of 500 kVA & 125 kVA is provided for emergency power. For

the proposed expansion additional DG Sets of 2 Nos. x 500 kVA will be installed for

emergency power supply.

� Mock drill and training are scheduled and conducted once in six months.

� Respiratory PPEs like self contanined breathing appartus, bubble hood point with air

compressor, online respirator and non-respiratory PPEs like PVC apron, gum boot,

goggles, rubber hand gloves are provided in case of fire.

� Nearest fire station is located at a distance of 10 km from project site. Also, nearby

industrial units located within 1 km distance will provide mutual aid for firefighting.

7.8. ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN As emergency is said to have risen when operators in the plant are not able to cope

with a potential hazardous situation i.e. loss of an incident causes the plant to go

beyond its normal operating conditions, thus creating danger. When such an

emergency evolves, chain of events which affect the normal working within the factory

area and / or which may cause injuries, loss of life, substantial damage to property and

environment both inside and around the factory takes place and a DISASTER is said to

have occurred.

Various steps involved in Disaster Management Plan can be summarized as follows:

1. Minimize risk occurrence (Prevention)

2. Rapid Control (Emergency Response)

3. Effectively rehabitate damaged areas (Restoration)

Disaster Management Plan is evolved by careful scrutiny and interlinking of

a. Types and causes of disaster



Page | 7.37

b. Technical know-how

c. Resource availability

Types of Disaster: a. Due to Fire and Explosion

b. Due to Vapour Cloud

c. Due to Toxic Gas Release from:

i. Within the Unit

ii. External Sources

d. Hurricane, Flood, Cyclone and other Natural Calamities

This plan is developed to make best possible use of resources to:

� Reduce possibilities of accident.

� Contain the incident and control it with minimum damage.

� Safeguard others

� Rescue the victims and treat them suitable.

� Identify the persons affected/ dead.

� Inform relatives of the causalities.

� Provide authorative information to the news media.

� Preserve relevant records and equipment needed as evidence incase of any inquiry.

� Rehabilitate the affected areas.

The primary purpose of the on-site emergency plan is to control and contain the

incident and so as to prevent from spreading to nearby plant. It is not possible to cover

every eventuality in the plant and successful handling of the emergency will depend on

appropriate action and decisions being taken on the spot. Following three staged

activities suggested as they are co-related and provide better points for emergency-

preparedness, emergency action and subsequent follow up. Hierarchy of the

emergency team is given below in Figure 7.6, which is implemented for the existing

plant and will be followed for the proposed expansion project.




Page | 7.38

Figure 7.6: Hierarchy of the emergency team

7.8.1. Pre-emergency activity For the systematic management of on-site emergency and to make emergency control

measures more effective, certain pre-emergency activities and planning plays essential

role. Following aspects are followed and implemented as a part of pre-emergency plan;

A. Training of workers Training is most important for the effectiveness of an emergency plan. Before

implementing an emergency action plan, a sufficient number of workers are trained for

managing emergency. Details of various training to be given to workers are given

below:

� Induction and safety training to all workers before engaging for work

� Safety and fire-fighting training to all employees as well as for contractors’

employees periodically

� Training on using personnel protective equipment to all workers

Dist. Emergency Authority (Dist. Collector / Dist. Spr. Of Police /

Local authority

Site Main Controller (Plant Head / Sr. Manager Prod. / Asst.

Manager-EUS / Chief Manager - HR

Emergency Co-ordinator

(Medical/ Legal/

Transport)


(Head Count)

Incident Controller

/ Dy. Incident

Controller


(First Aid)

Dept. Head

Mutual Aid / Medical Aid

Emergency Co-ordinator (Liason / Communication)

EHS Manager / Executive

Safety Squad

Emergency Co-ordinator (Emergency Supplies)

Emergency Co-ordinator (Fire Hydrant)

Emergency Co-ordinator (Utility & Maintenance)

Fire Hydrant Technician



Page | 7.39

� Training by calling external experts for imparting training on critical subjects

� Deputing selective employees of EHS department for specialized training being

organized by different professional institution.

B. Internal Safety Survey � To identify various hazards in plant area.

� To check protective equipment of workability.

� To check various Safety installations.

� To check fire fighting equipments, water shower etc.

� To suggest extra modification required.

Check–list is prepared to conduct internal safety survey effectively and smoothly. The

check-list covers all the project activities and entire plant area. A template of checklist is

attached as Annexure 30. It is ensured that the check-list is used by HSE department

as a part of SOP to conduct internal safety survey and will be updated from time to time

for the effective implementation.

C. Third Party Survey � To identify various hazards inside the factory.

� To conduct survey on available Safety equipments.

� To check built in safety system for its efficiency.

� To suggest modification/new additions in the system.

Different types of plant assessment and audits are also carried out by the unit as

mentioned in Section 7.5 to complete the above tasks.

D. Non-Destructive Testing (NDT) � To prepare a list of equipments/pipe lines for Non-Destructive testing.

� To prepare a plan for replacements/repairs as per testing reports.

� To maintain Plant wise record to compare with the last period.

E. Safety valve Testing � To prepare a list in the plant.

� To prepare a periodic schedule for their testing & maintaining record.

� To prepare a plan for replacements/repairs.




Page | 7.40

F. Fire Fighting System Testing � To prepare a list of fire hydrants, Fire Fighting appliances, Fire water pumps and

other available appliances and maintain the record.

� To plan for testing schedule.

� To replace defective equipments/accessories.

� To check fire water pumps capacity.

� To check all fire fighting equipments/appliances under fire services for operability.

G. Mock drills � Internal mock drill is conducted for training the workers.

� Periodic drills, once in six months, are conducted to check the performance of

workers and equipments.

� To know the draw backs/defects of the system and its corrective actions.

H. Personal Protective Equipments (PPE) � To arrange for sufficient quantity of personal protective equipments.

� To train workers to use each PPE.

� To maintain them in good condition.

I. Communication � To maintain internal/external communication system in good working condition.

� To modify the siren sound for emergency.

� To install wind-socks to indicate wind direction.

J. Emergency Lights � To check and maintain the emergency lights in control room and selected areas.

� To keep sufficient number of torches in supervisor’s cabin/plant and in each

department.

� Diesel operated power generator set is maintained in working conditions as a stand-

by in case of failure of normal power supply.

K. Emergency Control Room � To identify the place of emergency control room.

� To identify the alternative emergency control room.

� To keep sufficient quantity of PPE in control rooms.

� To provide proper telephone system in emergency control room.



Page | 7.41

� To provide plan of the factory showing hazardous points and emergency control

point in emergency control room.

L. Assembly Points � To identify the location for assembling the plant emergency staff and co-ordinate in

case of emergency

� To utilize the services of others to fix assembly points for non-essential workers and

to assemble in case of emergency.

� Appropriate sign board showing fire exit, assembly points will be provided in the

entire plant.

� Assembly point is located near security main gate. It can accommodate 100

persons.

M. Liaison with State Authorities

� To keep liaison with police, fire brigade, Factory Inspector, Collector, local hospital

and keep them informed.

� To inform them about the requirement in advance.

� To keep them informed about mock drills.

N. Safety measures for General Public Following measures will be taken ensure safety of nearby villagers:

� Nearby villagers will be trained for emergency in case of Bromin and Iso Butyl

Alcohol leakage.

� Unit will prepare and distribute the booklet in local language giving detail properties

of hazardous chemicals and actions to be taken by them in case of any leakage.

� Emergency sirens are installed at security cabin near the main gate of plant to

inform the public about any type of emergency. All the sirens are tested periodically.

� Periodical seminar and work shop in collaboration with industrial association or with

coordination with nearby industry are arranged at nearest village to aware villagers

for safety measures and emergency preparedness for accident.

7.8.2. Emergency Time Activities Under these activities, the staff in the plant at various levels with pre-assigned duties is

expected to work in a coordinated manner to meet emergency situation, remove the

emergency conditions and bring the plant to normal with the help of resources available

within and outside the plant. Availability and correct use of different means of




Page | 7.42

communication and control is an important time activity. Sequence of action in case of

various types of emergencies (Fire, explosion and leakage of chemicals):

Responcibilities of emergency team are described as follows.

A. Site Main Controller

� On getting information or noticing an emergency (fire / explosion / chemical leakage

or any accident), he will rush to the specified location near endangered site.

� He will contact incident controller, collect information about emergency, process &

raw material available at the site / endangered area and after assessing the

situation, will guide to tackle the emergency with available resources.

� He will consult EHS Manager / Executive, Production Manager, Engineering

Manager for further assistance to control emergency and for outside help if required.

� He will ensure safe shutdown and evacuation of plants in consultation with Incident

Controller and Key Personnel.

� If he feels the situation is not controlled by resources within the factory premise, he

will assess the situation and activate the Ankleshwar GIDC Disaster Control Plan, if

required.

� He will inform and keep liaison with key personnel and outside agencies like

Collector, Bharuch, Deputy Director-Industrial Safety & Health, Bharuch, Explosive

department, Pollution Control Board and brief them regarding the incident and ask

for additional help if required.

� He will arrange to control the traffic movement within the factory with the help of

security personnel.

� He will issue authorized statement to the news agencies and will arrange electrician

to switch off power supply to the endangered stie and maintain a chronological

record of the emergency.

� In consultation with Shift Executive, he will appraise the fire fighters and first aiders

about the emergency and instruct them accordingly for action plan at the

endangered site.

� He will take the head count of Fire fighters and First aiders about the emergency

and instruct them accordingly for action plan at the endangered site.

� In consultation with his team, he will decide about the use of water as fire fighting

media.



Page | 7.43

B. Incident Controller


or any accident, he will rush to the endangered site.

� After assessing the endangered site, if he feels necessary, he will instruct

employees of the plant and neighboring plant / area for safe shut down and to

evacuate the plant. He will arrange to do head count of people working in the plants,

incuding contract workmen in consultation with shift executive and security

personnel.

� In consultation with shift executive, he will appraise the fire fighters and first aiders

about the emergency and instruct them accordingly for action plan at the

endangered site.

� He will take head count of fire fighters & first aider before instructing them to

proceed for control / rescue inside the endangered area.

� He will brief the emergency to the Site Main Controller and keep him informed about

the developments.

� He will perform the duties of Site Main Controller up to his arrival and his assistant

will work as an Incident Controller.

� Once the emergency is under control, he will call site main controller for joint

inspection with EHS manager / executive.

� After getting the all clear signal from Site Main Controller, he will instruct to blow all

clear siren and guide to the employees gathered at Assembly point to come back to

restore their respective work.

C. Key Personnel, Essential Workers & Emergency Co-ordinators


or any accident, he will rush to the endangered site at specific location.

� He will contact incident controller / site main controller and wait for further action /

instructions

� On receiving instruction from Incident Controller, he will instruct the DG Operator to

start DG set to facilitate prompt change switch over in case of power failure

� He will instruct Electrician, Boiler Operator, Fitter to be available on call to take

action if required.

� He will keep in touch with incident controller / site main controller at the endangered

site till the emergency is over.




Page | 7.44

� Details of key personnel in case of emergency is given in Table 7.13. Table 7.13: Details of key personnel in case of emergency Sr. No.

Depart-ment

Name & Designation

Place of availability Phone Nos. Factory Residence Factory Residence

1. Unit Head Mr.R.D. Mehta Office 706/4, Opp. Ambar Socity, Sardar Park, Ankleshwar

(02643)270015/201 (Mo.9824040226)

02646-254305

2. Production Head

Mr. Raghvendra Patel

Office B-5, JalKamal Apartment, Nr. Manav Mandir, GIDC, Ankleshwar

(02643)270015/201 (Mo.9898598442)

7016958175

3. Engineering Mr. Keyur Modi Admin Office

E-502, Rudrax Residency, Valia Road Kosamdi, Ankleshwar

(02643)270015/220 (Mo.9974754561)

7359136145

4. Quality Control

Mr. Govindbhai Patel

QC Office

304, Sanidhya Residency, Nr. Jaldhara Chokdi, GIDC, Ankleswhar

(02643)270015/203 (Mo.9638175887)

9327029252

5. Quality Assurance

Mr. Sunil Rakhe QA Office

B-55, Sulesh Bungalows, Nr. Prathna Vidhyalay, Bholav, Bharuch

(02643)270015/218 (Mo.9825806695)

9099922453

6. Personal & Administrat-ion

Mr. Devendra Kosada

Admin Office

B-373, Garden city ,50ft Road, GIDC, Valia Road, Ankleshwar

(02643)270015/211 (Mo.9879976694)

9825388878

7. Warehouse Mr. Jignesh Painter

Wareh-ouse office

J/112/A, Vaibhav Laxmi Park Socity, Bh. Poonam Complex, Vaghodiya Road, Vadodara

(02643)270015/209 (Mo.7874022800)

6351213047

8. EHS Mr. Parimal Patel EHS A-204/B, Shashwat Apt., Nr. Jay Vijay Society, Dahej Bypass Road, Bharuch

Mo. 9998213576

9998213576

D. Emergency Co-ordinator (Engineering & Utility Services Manager)

� On receiving information about the emergency, will ensure that fire hydrant pump is

running.

� Monitor the fire water tank level and maintain it by diverting from other tanks.

� He will ensure that fire water will not be used for any other purposes than fire

fighting in the plant.

E. Emergency Co-ordinator (Fire Fighting)

� On receiving information about the emergency, he will suspend his activities and

promptly follow prescribed procedure as per instructions received from incident

controller.



Page | 7.45

� In case of big fire, they will help fire brigade personnel on their arrival as per their

command.

� They will use appropriate safety appliances (PPEs) while taking emergency in

consultation with incident controller.

� After containing the fire emergency, he will await until the incident controller instruct

to leave.

F. Emergency Co-ordinator (First Aiders)

� First aider will rush to the endangered site, along with appropriate first aid

equipments i.e. stretcher, first aid box, etc.

� He will assess the situation with the incident controller and if required, ask for the

emergency vehicle or ambulance.

� As per the instructions of the incident controller, he will administer first aid and follow

the instructions from medical offier, if available, for further medical assistance.

� Depending upon the situation, he will make arrangement to shift the injured person

in the relevant hospital based on nature of injury.

� Liasion with medical stores coordinator for supplies of appropriate required medicine

and also arranges blood supplies from external agencies.

� After containing the emergency, he will await unit the incident controller instructs to

leave.

G. Emergency Co-ordinator – HR Manager (medical / transport / legal / liaison / communication)

� He will be in contact with site main controller / incident controller and keep in touch

with the local authorities and nearby fire services for help.

� He will be in charge of the assembly point and depute one person each at assembly

point for head count and record the name and department of persons / casualties

arriving there and pass information to the site main controller.

� Arrange vehicle to evacuate casualties / persons from assembly point to the hospital

/ outside shelter.

� Inform the contractor’s supervisor, if there is any victim from Contractor’s labour and

arrange for round the clock persons at hospital to look after the need of casualties.

� Ensure that telephone operator is deputed on unit and has conveyd the message to

key personnel.




Page | 7.46

� Prepare record of affected person with local and permanent address and co-

ordinate to inform relatives of affected persion.

� Mobilize additional skilled and unskilled manpower to help the plant persons.

7.8.3. Post – Emergency Activities A post-emergency base activity of steps taken after the emergency is over so as to

establish the reasons of the emergency and preventive measures to be taken.

The main steps involve:

� Collection of records

� Conducting inquiries and preventive measures.

� Making Insurance claims

� Inquiry reports and suggestions Implementations

7.9. OFF SITE EMERGENCY PLAN The Off-site emergency plan is made based on events, which could affect people and

Environment out side the premises. The off-site plan is largely a matter of ensuring the

co-ordination of proposed services and their readiness as far as possible, for the

specific hazards and problems, which may arise in as incident. Briefly two main

purposes of the plan are as under:

� To provide the local district authorities, police, fire brigade, doctors etc. the basic

information of risk and environmental impact assessment and to appraise them of

the consequences and the protection / prevention measures and control plans and

to seek their help to communicate with the public in case of major emergency.

� To assist the district authorities for preparing the off-site emergency plan for the

district or particular area. We have made our key personnel and other fully aware

about this aspect. The function of the off-site plans are as under.

Structure of the off-site emergency plan includes the following. Details of off-site

emergency controllers are given in Table 7.14.

� Organizational set up-Incident controller /Site main controller, Key personnel, etc.

� Communication facilities - List of important telephones

� Specialized emergency equipment - Fire fighting equipment

� Specialized Knowledge - Trained people

� Voluntary Organization - Details of organization

� Chemical information - MSDS of hazardous substances



Page | 7.47

� Meteorological information - Weather condition, Wind velocity etc

� Humanitarian arrangement - Transport, First aid, Ambulance

Table 7.14: Details of off-site emergency contact Sr. No.

Name/ Designation Service Contact Nos.

1. Emergency Service Fire, medical, police 108

2. Fire Station, Bharuch Fire 02642-240008, 240101, 240102

3. DPMC Fire Station, Ankleshwwar Fire 02646 - 224100

4. Chief fire authority Fire 02642-241753, 264803

5. Smt. Jayaben Modi Hospital, Ankleshwar Medical 02646 – 222220, 224550,

227210

6. Civil Hospital, Bharuch Medical 02642 – 243515, 241759

7. Sarvajanik Hospital, Ankleshwar Medical 02646 - 248526

8. District Collector Office, Bharuch All emergency 02642 - 240600

9. District Emergency Operation Center, Bharuch All emergency 02642 - 242300

10. Dy. Suprentendant of Police, Bharuch Police 02642 - 223433

11. Police Station, Ankleshwar GIDC Police 02646 - 225551

12. Police Station, Valia Police 02643 - 270633

Role of the factory management The on site and off-site plans have come together so that the emergency services are

called upon at the appropriate time and are provided with accurate information and a

correct assessment of situation.

Role of local authority Generally, the duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authority. They may

have appointed an emergency planning officer (EPO) to prepare whole range of

different emergency within the local authority area.

Role of fire authority The control of a fire is normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who

would take over the handling of fire from the Incident Controller on arrival at the site.




Page | 7.48

Role of police The overall control of an emergency is normally assumed by the police with a senior

officer designated as emergency coordinating officer. Formal duties of the police during

emergency include protection of life and property and controlling traffic movements.

Role of health authorities Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances etc. have a vital

role to play following a major accident and they should form an integral part of the

emergency plan. Major off-site incidents are likely to require medical equipments and

facilities in addition to those available locally.

Role of the “Mutual aid” agencies Some types of mutual aids are available from the surrounding factories, as per need, as

a part of the on site and off-site emergency plan.

Role of the factory inspectorate In the event of an accident, the factory inspector will assist the District Emergency

Authority for information and help in getting mutual aid from surrounding factories.

Unit will maintain the records of details of emergency occur, corrective preventive

measures to be taken. Unit will display the details like list of assembly points, name of

the persons involve in the safety team like site controller, incident controller etc.

CHAPTER 8

PROJECT BENEFITS


Chapter-8: Project Benefits Page | 8.1

CHAPTER – 8 PROJECT BENEFITS This chapter illustrates beneficial points to the surrounding area or community in terms

of infrastructural development, social development, boosting employment and other

tangible benefits due to proposed activities.

8.1 EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY In the existing unit, total 168 persons are employed for the various job profile in different

sections. After the proposed expansion, there will be opportunity for 472 more persons

in various categories of skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled job. The preference will be

given to local population for employment in the semi-skilled and unskilled category in

the expansion phase. This will increase the employment opportunity in the surrounding

area. Secondary jobs and indirect employment are also bound to be generated to

provide day-to-day needs and services to the work force and industrial activity. This will

also increase the demand for essential daily utilities in the local market. The employed

people will be benefited financially. This financial gain will fulfill their monetary

requirements, which in turn will increase their standard of living. At present, overall

employment ratio in the study area is 49.7%. This project may help to increase the

direct / indirect employment in the nearby community.

8.2 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY (CER) & SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

The unit is aware of the obligations towards the society and to fulfill the social

obligations, unit has employed semi-skilled and skilled labor from the nearby villages for

the existing project as far as possible. For the expansion phase of the project, the

employment opportunity will be generated from local people. Unit will also try to

generate maximum indirect employment in the nearby villages by appointing local

contractors during construction phase, operation phase as well as for transport sector.

Intas – being a corporate group understands its responsibility towards society as well

as environment protection. As a part of group policy, the group carries out various

activities for upliftment and betterment of local people in vicinity of the plant site at its

various locations. The details of activities to be carried out by the group at Valia sites is

given in Annexure 31.



[[

Chapter-8: Project Benefits

Page | 8.2

Unit plans to contribute reasonably as part of Corporate Environment Responsibility

(CER) and carry out various activities in nearby villages. Unit will earmark Rs. 70 Lacs

(about 1% of the proposed investment) for such activities, which will be utilized within

seven years in various areas in phase manner.

Prior to carrying out any community welfare activity, the unit will consult with the Village

Heads / Grampanchayat and their requirement will be assessed and necessary support

will be extended. Company will appoint an officer who will discuss issues with local

people and coordinate CER & CSR activities. Also, unit will allocate fund for carrying

out activities under Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) as per applicable Company’s

Act 2013. The various CER activities identified and planned at present are described

below;

A. Education & Skill Development The literacy rate in the study area is found to be 52.2%, which indicates basic level of

education is available in the area. However, for the higher educational facilities the

community has to commute more than 5 Km. Hence, the unit will plan to take following

actions for educational necessities:

� Development of library, science laboratory, computer laboratory, gymnasium etc.

in school and play-area in Anganwadi.

� Award Scholarships/fellowships to deserving students to encourage education.

� Provision of uniforms, books, stationery, necessary equipment etc to schools.

� Promote Technical & professional education by giving financial assistance.

� Promote computer literacy and technology assisted learning.

� Reducing the drop out of students & absenteeism through counseling & other

means.

� Organize skill development program for sustainable income generation &

livelihood for the community like training on scientific agricultural practices,

tailoring, embroidery, etc.

� Vocational training for Youth & Women.

� Conducting awareness programs to reduce child labor in the villages

� Promotion of adult education with focus on women’s education

� Financial support and assistance for the development and maintenance of

training institutes of state government.



B. Health The medical facilities in the study area are very limited. Hence, the unit is planning to

help the community through following measures for health benefits:

� Health awareness campaigns on serious/chronic diseases.

� Organize free medical check-up camp for the villagers

� Providing nutritional supplements to lactating mothers, children, adolescent girls

and pregnant women.

� Providing support for the development and maintenance of the health facilities

� Offering specialized support services to the physically handicapped and mentally

challenged people.

� Promote awareness programs against social evils such as addictions, AIDS etc.

and to spread the awareness of legal rights & responsibilities.

C. Water and Sanitation All the villages are having basic source of water available. However, the unit has

planned to explore the following measures for community:

� Provision of safe drinking water in village schools

� Cleaning of water storage tank in villages and school

� Provision of dustbin at various places like school, panchayat offices, public place

in villages etc.

� Build water storage structures with the coordination of government.

� Provision of sanitation facility in the villages by building common toilets

� Participate in Cleanliness Camp/drive of state government.

D. Infrastructure Development � Construction / repair of school buildings, health center, etc. and construction of

separate toilets for boys & girls in school.

� Promotion and development of water shed & rain water harvesting structure

� Promotion and development of solar street light and solar system

� Financial support and assistance for the development and maintenance of

infrastructure facilities in the region like multispecialty hospital, fire station,

training institute, road etc.

E. Other Social Welfare Activities � Financial & infrastructure assistance during disaster & other crisis incidents

� Participate & contribute in local religious and social programs



[[


Page | 8.4

� Plantation along the road side and development of garden/greenbelt on

government barren land/common plots.

� Distribution of fruit bearing tree plant and flower plant saplings to nearby villages.

� Providing sewing machines and required items for self-employment of widow /

divorcee and financially backward women.

The various activities narrated above are not the exhaustive but illustrative and fund

allocated for various areas may also be diverted for other social activities depending up

on timely requirements and circumstances.

8.3 DIRECT REVENUE EARNING TO THE NATIONAL AND STATE EXCHEQUER The proposed expansion project will contribute revenue to the Central & State

exchequer in the form of Goods & Service Tax (GST), Income tax, Corporate taxes etc.

Indirect contribution to the Central & State exchequer will be there due to Income by

way of registration of trucks, payment of road tax, income tax from individual as well as

taxes from associated units. Thus, the proposed expansion project will help the

Government by paying different taxes from time to time, which is a part of revenue and

thus, will help in developing the area. Demand of the products in foreign market is also

significant, which will boost the export potential of the company as well as country and

thus will increase the foreign exchange earnings. Export oriented units plays vital role in

development of economy as well as local physical infrastructure for further boosting of

industrial development with sustainable approach as the industries need to maintain

good environment & safety condition to get better foreign market.

8.4 INFRASTRUCTURAL BENEFIT Infrastructural benefits include exposure of infrastructural & technological facilities due

to proposed expansion activity, required for the operation of the unit. The unit will use

modernized technologies and infrastructural facilities for proposed expansion activities.

So that, nearby public or workers will become aware to new technology commenced or

running in the present market and thereby it will also helpful to boost knowledge of

employees and locals. Proposed project will also contribute in;

� Increase in income of local population

� Development in local amenities facilities

� Expansion in road link facilities as transportation through truck and other

vehicles will increased due to new project

� Development in local civilization



8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS The proposed expansion project will have many employment and trade opportunities

with the inception of the construction activities. Thus, these considerable employment &

trade opportunities will eventually result in appreciable economic benefits to the local

people & businesses / contractors. The unit will also provide vocational training

opportunity to the surrounding people and that will develop skills and promote the

education activities. The raw materials & finished goods will be transported by truck and

tankers which will provide indirect employment to people engaged in this sector. So,

unit’s contribution to growth of service sector will increase. The CER activities to be

planned by the company can be considerably beneficial for the health, education,

upliftment of poor people, welfare of women & labors, assistance to the disabled people

etc. These all together with the economic benefits of the proposed project will result in

further benefits in terms of the literacy level, primary and middle level education and on

health facilities. A new awareness generated can also have benefits to the social

pattern. The long-term implications of this change can be definitely considered as

progressive. Overall, the beneficial Impacts due to the proposed project are shown in

Figure 8.1



[[


Page | 8.6

Figure 8.1: Possible Beneficial Impacts Due To Proposed Project

Project

Socio Economic Environment

Improve Educational Facility

Improve Infrastructural Setup

Improve Sanitation Condition & Water

Table

Improve Community Health

Probability of Temporary,

Secondary & Permanent

Employment

Enhance Commercial & Economic Status

Development of Greenbelt

Improve Soil Conditioning

Prevent Soil Erosion & improve

Landscape

Minimize Noise Pollution

Improve Aesthetic Environment

CHAPTER 9

ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS


Chapter-9: Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis Page | 9.1

CHAPTER – 9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS This chapter aims to discuss about the cost benefit analysis aspect with

environmental point of view.

However, it does not necessitate to work out the cost benefit analysis as the

proposed expansion project will be setup adjacent to the existing plant in industrial

estate of GIDC to manufacture synthetic organic chemical. Moreover, as EAC did

not suggest this point during scoping of the project while awarding Terms of

Reference (ToRs), it has not been carried out.

CHAPTER 10

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)


Chapter-10: Environmental Management Plan Page | 10.1

CHAPTER – 10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1. PRELUDE The main purpose of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is to identify project

specific actions that will be undertaken by the project authority for mitigation of the

specific impacts identified for the proposed expansion project. These actions will be

incorporated into project management system and integrated into the implementation at

various stages of expansion of project. The EMP describes both generic good practice

measures and site-specific measures, the implementation of which is aimed at

mitigating potential impact associated with the project activity.

10.2. OBJECTIVES OF THE EMP The main objective of Environmental Management Plan is to warrant that the industrial

development in an identified particular study area needs to be entangled with judicious

utilization of non-renewable resources and to ensure that the stress/load on the

ecosystem is within its permissible assimilative capacity i.e. its carrying capacity. In

above context, assimilative capacity refers to the maximum amount of pollution load

that can be discharged into the environment without affecting the designated use of

various environmental attributes and is governed by dilution, dispersion and removal

due to physico-chemical and biological process. An effective EMP ensures that these

environmental requirements and objectives are satisfied during all phases of project.

The long-term objectives of the EMP for all the environmental attributes are as under:

� To comply with all the regulations / applicable laws stipulated by Central & State

Pollution Control Boards.

� To create good working conditions (devoid of air & noise pollution) for employees.

� To rationalize and streamline environmental activities to add value in efficiency and

effectiveness.

� To encourage and achieve highest performance and response from individual

employees and contractors.

� To plan out the complete strategy to take care of stakeholder engagement.

� Perspective budgeting and allocation of funds for environment management

expenditure.

� To contribute significantly for sustainable development.



Chapter-10: Environmental Management Plan

Page | 10.2

� To encourage support and conduct developmental works for the purpose of

achieving environmental standards and to improve methods of environment

management.

� Continuous development and search for innovative technologies for a cleaner and

better environment.

10.3. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) The EMP for the proposed expansion project has been designed for the various

environmental attributes viz. air, water, land, noise, ecology, socio-economic etc. and

the same is presented below in Table 10.1.

Table 10.1: Environmental Management Plan Sr. No.

Activities / Impacts

Environmental Attribute Impact Zone Management Plan

I. Manufacturing Activities and Operations of Utilities 1 Resources

(Water, Fuel, Power etc.)

Associated Environment

Indefinite � Regular monitoring of water, power, raw material and other resources consumption and its optimum use will be ensured.

� Provision of Environmental Management system (EMS) as proposed / committed for environmental pollution control will be ensured.

� Efficient operations of provided EMS will be ensured.

� Proper collection and handling of effluent to avoid any leakages & spillages will be ensured.

� Any spillage / leakages / washing from manufacturing activities will be collected in collection tank located in production area and redirected to ETP through proper channel.

� Segregation of high COD/TDS, low COD/TDS effluent streams from process for adequate treatment to achieve ZLD.

2 Wastewater generation, treatment & disposal in Common infrastructure for further treatment

Land, water Within the premise and some extent

in vicinity



Sr. No.



3 Gaseous emissions

Air, land, water Within the premises and some extent in

vicinity

� Continuous and efficient operation of MEE & ETP will be ensured.

� Separate electric meter, operational logbook for effluent treatment systems, online meters for monitoring of flow will be provided and maintained.

� In case of unforeseen circumstances like disturbance in ETP, manufacturing process generating effluent will be terminated / curtailed down until regular operation of ETP.

� During rainy days treated sewage will not be utilized for on-land irrigation and it will be stored in the collection tank.

� Regular monitoring w.r.t EMS, ambient air quality, work area, noise, water quality as per the monitoring program.

� Monitoring reports will be reviewed and corrective measures will be taken as required.

� Submission of monitoring reports to the concerned authority as per the norms will be ensured.

� Compliance of stipulated conditions by concerned authorities will be ensured.

� Continuous and efficient operation of APCM will be ensured and proper log book will be maintained.

� Close manufacturing systems will be ensured in order to minimize fugitive emissions.

� Regular maintenance of reactors and other process equipments will be ensured.

� Regular usage of proper PPE's by

4 Flue gas emission

Air Within the premises and some extent in

vicinity

5 Fugitive emissions

Air Within the premises and some extent in

vicinity




Page | 10.4

Sr. No.



6 Hazardous waste generation

Land, Water Within the premises

workers in the plant will be ensured. � Provision of designated hazardous

waste storage area with proper roofing and leachate collection will be ensured.

� Collection, storage, handling, transportation and disposal of all the hazardous wastes as per the Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

� Disposal of hazardous wastes at approved TSDF/CHWIF site of BEIL & co-processing facility of RSPL will be ensured with manifest only.

� Possibility to dispose organic hazardous waste by co-processing at cement industry will be explored.

� Spent solvent will be managed as per guidelines of GPCB for offsite distillation and recovery.

� Manual handling of hazardous waste will be minimized.

� Proper and timely oiling, lubrication, preventive maintenance of all plant machinery & equipments.

� Technology for cleaner production, waste minimization, treatment / reuse / recycle / co-incineration of wastes will be ensured.

7 Noise pollution Noise Within the premises

II. Storage & Handling of Hazardous Chemicals 8 Fugitive

emissions Air Within the

premises � Storage and handling of all the

chemicals in a proper manner to avoid any spillages will be ensured.

� Collection and treatment of spillages, if any, with other industrial effluent will be ensured.

� Good housekeeping to maintain clean and orderly working environment will be ensured.

� Regular training to the persons handling chemicals will be provided.

� LDAR program will be implemented and followed for control and detection of fugitive emission.

9 Chemical spillage

Water, land Within the premises and some extent in

vicinity

III. Domestic Activities



Sr. No.



10 Water consumption

Water Within the premises and some extent in

vicinity

� Regular monitoring of water consumption and optimum use of water will be ensured.

� Proper treatment of sewage into STP and reuse of treated wastewater for greenbelt development.

11 Wastewater generation & disposal

Water, Land

IV. Green Belt Development 12 Greenbelt

development within the premises and peripheral area

Air, land, ecology

Within the premises and some extent in

vicinity

� Greenbelt will be maintained by regular watering, soil enrichment work, (applying manure) weeding and providing proper protection.

V. Storm Water Management 13 Collection,

and discharge of rain water

Water Some extent in vicinity

� Good house-keeping will be ensured to avoid contamination of storm water.

� Construction of wall gate at final outlet of storm water to prevent any discharge of contaminated storm water.

� Storm water will be checked for any chemical contamination before discharge, if it is found contaminated, it will be re-directed to ETP for treatment.

� Wall gate at storm water will be kept completely closed other than monsoon to prevent any discharge of effluent/wash-water in unforeseen situation. Looking to the field conditions, recharging in to ground water aquifer is not feasible, it is therefore recommended to construct rainwater harvesting structure so as to store roof top rainwater for meeting partly water requirement.

� Construct RWH for conservation of rain water in nearby villages as a part of CER activity.

VI. CER Activities 14 Generation of

employment opportunity

Socio- economic

Nearby areas

� Preference will be given to local people for the recruitment based on eligibility.




Page | 10.6

Sr. No.



15 Social welfare activities

� CER activities will be carried out as per need-based assessment.

VII. Transportation Of Hazardous Chemicals & Hazardous Waste 16 Vehicular

pollution and Fugitive emissions

Air Transportation route

� All the vehicles will be PUC certified. � Vehicular movement only during day

time will be ensured. � Transportation by covered vehicles

will be ensured. � Availability of manifest / TREM card

with driver during the transportation of Hazardous Waste / hazardous chemicals will be ensured.

� Regular maintenance and optimum use of the vehicles will be ensured.

� Driver will be educated about the characteristics of wastes/ chemicals and immediate actions in case of any spillage or accident.

� Availability of MSDS of all the Hazardous materials to the Off-site Emergency team will be ensured.

17 Noise pollution Noise Transportation route

18 Chemical spillage

Land, air, water Transportation route and some extent in vicinity

10.4. GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN Development of a greenbelt mitigates to a certain extent the potential negative impact

on the environment due to dust, air emissions, fugitive emission and noise. A green

cover itself acts as containment for dust. Presence of a green belt, lead to micro-climate

and soil quality balancing, by retaining of soil moisture, recharge of ground water as

well as self-control of micro-climate of that area. It also improves the aesthetic value of

the area, later on it becomes the natural habitat of various bird species.

To maintain the ecological balance, the unit has already developed green belt in area of

12,500 sq.m. within the existing premises. Photographs of existing greenbelt

development are given in Figure 10.1 and layout of greenbelt is given in Figure 10.2.

The greenbelt area will be extended up to 20,350 sq.m. (33.0 % of total plot area). Unit also proposes to carryout plantation tress during construction phase of proposed

expansion project, which will be completed within 3 years. Details of the plant species

and budget allocation for existing and proposed greenbelt development are given in the

Table 10.2 and Table 10.3 respectively. The unit will also participate in the greenbelt

development programs outside the premises at nearby villages.



Table 10.2: Details of Plant Species

Sr. No.

Common Name of tree / plant Scientific Name

Total No. of plant Species

Existing Proposed Total

1. Copper Pod Peltophorum pterocarpum 50 100 150

2. Gulmohur Delonix ragia 30 70 100

3. Bougainvillea Bougainvillea spectabilis 15 30 45

4. Lemon Citrus limon 30 100 130 5. Saru Casuarina equisetifolia 6 8 14 6. Madhumalati Combretum indicum 4 6 10 7. Neem tree Azardirachta indica 70 220 290 8. Karanj Pongamia pinnata 50 55 105 9. Sevan Gmelina arborea 30 55 85 10. Banyan tree Ficus benghalensis 0 6 6

Total number of Species 285 650 935 Greenbelt Area

Sr. No. Particular Existing

(m2) Proposed

(m2) Total (m2)

1. Tree Covered 3,500 6,000 9,500 2. Lawn Covered & Shrubs 9,000 1,850 10,850

Total Greenbelt Area 12,500 7,850 20,350

Figure 10.1: Existing Greenbelt Development




Page | 10.8

Figure 10.2: Tentative greenbelt area development



Table 10.3: Budget Allocation for Greenbelt Development

Sr. No. Items Unit Quantity Unit Cost

(Rs.) Total Cost

(Rs.) Capital Investment (For Proposed Expansion)

1. Soil Filling m3 2,355 80 1,88,400

2. Soil Dressing m3 2,355 14 32,970

3. Tree Plantation No. of Trees 650 50 32,500

4. Shrubs (assuming 10% of total Greenbelt Area) m2 785 80 62,800

5. Lawn/Ground Cover m2 1,850 70 1,29,500

6. Irrigation System m 118 150 17,700

Total Capital Investment 4,63,870

Recurring Expenditure (Total after proposed expansion)

1. Trees No. of Trees 650 100 93,500

2. Ground Cover & Shrubs m2 10,850 50 5,42,500

3. Labor Cost Days 300 300 90,000

Total Recurring Cost Per Annum 7,26,000

The scenario of planting arrangement and size is based on the optimum use of

available land. Plants suitable to abate the pollution are identified to be local plants.

The general considerations involved while developing the green belt are:

� Local/native fast-growing trees are planted.

� Planting of trees are undertaken in appropriate encircling rows.

� Species are tolerant to air pollutants present in the area mainly dust pollution.

� It possesses extensive foliar area to provide maximum impinging surface for

continued efficient adsorption and absorption of pollutants.

� It is tall in peripheral curtain plantation, with large, spreading canopy in the primary

and secondary attenuation zones.

� It is able to grow and thrive on soil of areas, be evergreen in habitat having minimum

of leaf fall.

� It maintains ecological, land and hydrological balance of the region.

The same consideration will be taken care while developing additional green belt area

of 7,850 m2.




Page | 10.10

10.5. APPLICATION OF CLEANER PRODUCTION (CP) TECHNOLOGY Cleaner Production in recent times has emerged as an attractive proposition to tackle

the environmental problems posed by rapid industrialization and is being accepted

worldwide. Besides reducing pollution, it also improves the process efficiency, thus

reducing the cost of production. Applications of CP mainly focus on preventing or

minimizing the generation of waste and gaseous emission. The basic idea of cleaner

production is to avoid a problem altogether rather than trying to find remedial measure

by adopting proactive approach of waste management. As far as the production

processes are concern, CP will be achieved by raw material and energy conservation,

by reducing quantum of emission and waste generation. To obtain fruitful results, CP

should be implemented by adopting the concept of product modification, source

reduction and recycling.

In the proosed epxanion project, the unit will implement various techniques of CP in

factory premises and put continues efforts for developing new techniques. Proposed

implementation of techniques of CP is described below:

10.5.1 Pollution Prevention � High density polythene bags or drums will be used. Hence, the generation of plastic

waste can be reduced. Moreover, discarded bags / container will be decontaminated

and reuse/sold.

� The unit will maintain the proper inventory of the hazardous chemicals and keeping

the buffer stock as minimum as possible. This will help to reduce the possibilities &

magnitude of environmental hazards.

� There will be periodic arrangement of environmental training program to create

understanding among plant personnel towards environment.

� Unit will manufacture products with maximum yield by using high-quality of raw

material and advanced process technology through continuous R&D for the product

range being manufactured.

� To minimize material wastage, standard SOP will be followed by the unit.

10.5.2 Water Conservation � Use of graphite condensers for cooling of the scrubbing solution in gas absorption

scrubber, thereby reducing effluent load.

� As a part of water conservation, excess service water taps will not be provided in the

plant premises.



� Flow meter will be installed at raw water intake and at ETP-RO outlet.

� Mopping will be done for floor cleaning.

� High Pressure Jet Pump will be used for the cleaning of equipment, vessel & rector

etc.

� Water sprinkler system and drip irrigation will be used instead of hose pipe for the

green belt development.

10.5.3 Energy Conservation � First step to conserve energy is to identify source of energy utilization.

� Variable frequency drives (VFD) in pumps, whenever required will be provided to

save energy.

� Use of low loss transformer instead of conventional transformer.

� Proper air to fuel ratio will be maintained for the maximum efficiency of boiler.

� Good insulation practice will be adopted to prevent heat losses.

� Regular cleaning of the lamps and fixtures will be done to get better illumination in

the plant.

� To avoid loss of precious quantum of energy, regular maintenance / servicing will be

provided to all the equipments.

� Unit will plan energy audit regularly as a tool for monitoring purpose.

10.5.4 Reuse / Recycle � Used oil from the plant & machineries is reused as a lubricant within plant and

excess, if any will be sold to authorize recyclers.

� Condensate from all the reactor jackets and dryers will be collected and pumped

under the steam pressure to the boiler feed water tank.

� Recovery and re-use of steam condensate thereby reducing consumption of fuel

and water in the boiler.

� All organic hazardous waste will be sent to cement industries confirming to their

acceptance for co-processing.

10.5.5 Good Housekeeping Good housekeeping means changing existing practices or introducing new ways of

operating and maintaining equipment. Proper good housekeeping can prevent

accidents, spillages and leakages, raw material & product loses. For Good

housekeeping following practices will be adopted.

� All the materials will be stored in compatible group.




Page | 10.12

� All pits, sumps will be properly covered or securely fenced.

� Appropriate tools will be provided for handling of the materials.

� Regular training will be given to all workforces.

� All the passages, floors and stairways will be maintained in good condition. The

system will be made available to deal with any spillage at the plant.

� Sufficient disposable bins will be clearly marked and these will be suitably located in

the plant.

� In the plant, precaution and instructions will be displayed at strategic locations.

Proper working instructions will be given to all the workers in factory.

� Roads/walkway within the plant will be maintained neat and clean. Walkways will be

clearly marked and free from obstructions.

10.6. BUDGETARY ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION Capital investment towards the environmental protection, control & mitigation measures

will be about Rs. 585 Lacs for the ultimate after proposed expansion project.

The unit will keep provision for adequate funds aside to meet with regular expenses for

the environmental control measures. Recurring cost for environmental management for

the ultimate phase of the project is given in Table 10.4.

Table 10.4: Environmental Budget Allocation

Sr. No. Description

Capital Cost Recurring Cost

Rs. In Lacs

Basis for cost estimation

Rs. In Lacs per Annum


1. Water Pollution Control

500.0 Construction and Installation of ETP, Stripper, MEE & RO

47.0

Cost of chemicals, power consumption, maintenance cost of ETP, MEE & RO

2 Air Pollution Control 60.0

Installation of Scrubbers 5.0 Power consumption and

maintenance of APCM.

3. Hazardous / Solid Waste Management

3.0

Construction of storage of hazardous waste, membership of TSDF/CHWIF

45.0 Transportation and disposal cost

4. Noise Pollution 3.4

Acoustic enclosure for Boiler, DG Set, Pumps housing

1.2 Maintenance cost



Sr. No. Description

Capital Cost Recurring Cost

Rs. In Lacs


Rs. In Lacs per Annum


5. Occupational Health 8.0

Development of Occupational Health Center / First Aid Center

2.5 Hiring of panel doctors, medical examiners and expenses

6. Green Belt development 4.6

Land Leveling, Plantation, Irrigation System Installation

7.3 Maintenance for greenbelt through hiring agency

7. Environmental Monitoring 6.0

Installation of process gas, VOC detector; In-house lab with monitoring and testing facilities

10.0

Third party cost for environmental monitoring and Statutory compliance and chartered services.

8. Community Welfare -- -- 10.0

Execution of various CER activities. (up to 7 years, total Rs.70 Lacs)

Total 585.0 -- 128.0 --

10.7. DO’S & DON’TS The unit has prepared and maintained the checklist of Do’s and Don’ts. The same is

conspicuously posted at the prominent places in the plant premises and it is ensured by

EHS department that all the workers pursue the same in day-to-day working. The list of

Do’s and Don’ts related to EHS is given at Annexure 32.

CHAPTER 11

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION


Summary& Conclusion Page | 11.1

CHAPTER 11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1 INTRODUCTION

M/s. Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd. is an existing large-scale unit located at Valia Taluka

in Bharuch District of Gujarat. The plant was commissioned by M/s. Zora Pharma Pvt.

Ltd. in 1986 for manufacturing of Pharmaceutical products. It was taken over by the

management of M/s. Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd. in the year 2009.

At present, the unit is engaged in manufacturing of various pharmaceutical

intermediates with the total production capacity of 241 TPM. Now, the unit proposes to

expand with the manufacturing of various other pharmaceutical bulk drugs &

intermediates with total production capacity of 287.77 TPM.

The proposed expansion project is covered under Category 5(f)-A as per new EIA

Notification of Ministry of Environment Forest & Climate Change (MoEF&CC), dated

14/09/2006 and subsequent amendments.

The EIA Study has been carried out by M/s. Envisafe Environment Consultants,

Ahmedabad, Gujarat which is based on one season field data collected from the study

area during March 2017 to May 2017 (Summer Season) and the same data has been

used in assessment of impacts due to the proposed project.

11.2 PROJECT LOCATION & ENVIRONMENTAL SETTINGS

1. Site Location : Survey No. 44/B, Vil. Naldhari & Survey No. 130 at Village Valia & Plot No. 7/2 in Valia industrial estate of GIDC, Taluka: Valia, Dist.: Bharuch

2. Geographical Locations

: Elevation: 50 m Toposheet No: F43/N-2


ESE 21°33'38.60"N 73° 8'55.94"E SW 21°33'38.63"N 73° 8'44.68"E W 21°33'41.61"N 73° 8'42.29"E

3. Land use of Project site : Existing: Agricultural Land converted to Non-Agricultural Land for Industrial use at Survey No. 44/B at Village Naldhari Proposed: Agricultural Land converted to



Summary& Conclusion

Page | 11.2

Non-Agricultural Land at Survey No. 130 at Village Valia and Industrial land at Plot No.7/2 of Valia Industrial Estate of GIDC.

4. Infrastructure Setup (Aerial distance from project site) (a) Village / Habitation : Naldhari Village: 950 m, WSW

(b) City : Ankleshwar: 11.5 Km, WNW

(c) Highways : NH- 8: 14.5 Km, West

(d) Railway Station : Ankleshwar: 16.5 Km, WNW

(e) Sea Coast : Gulf of Khambhat: 58 Km, South

(f) Domestic Airport : Vadodara: 86 Km, North

(g) International Airport : Ahmedabad: 175 Km, NNW

(h) Defense installations : None

5. Place of Interest / Tourist places

: None

6. Displacement of population : None

7. Seismic Zone : As per the earthquake sensitivity index, the unit is situated in Zone- III having moderate Damage Risk (MSK- VII).

11.3 DETAILS OF PROPOSED EXPANSION PROJECT

� Status : Existing: Large-scale unit After expansion: Large-scale unit

� Products & Capacity :

Sr. No. Name of Products *Capacity (TPM)

E1 E2 P T � Intermediates (Existing) E1 Crotonic Acid OR 1:3 Butandiol 50 19.68 (-19.68) Nil

E2 Hexa Methyl Di Silazane (HMDS) 50 20 (-20) Nil

E3 Floroquinolonic Acid (FQ Acid) 66 17 (-17) Nil

E4 Sodium Methoxide Solution 75 75 200 275

E5 R-(-) 3 Carboxymethyl-5-methyl hexanoic Acid Nil 4 (-4) Nil

E6 R(+/-) 3 Carboxymethyl-5-Methyl hexanoic Acid Nil 4 (-4) Nil

E7 R(+) - α – Methyl Benzylamine Nil 0.5 (-0.5) Nil

E8 Lacosamide (Stage III) Nil 0.5 (-0.5) Nil

E9 Chloroform Nil 100 (-100) Nil � General API (Proposed) P1 Dabigatran Etexilate Mesylate Nil Nil 0.80 0.80



P2 Lurasidone HCl Nil Nil 0.10 0.10

P3 Lacosamide Nil Nil 0.50 0.50

P4 Bendamustine HCl Nil Nil 0.01 0.01

P5 Trazodone HCl Nil Nil 4.00 4.00

P6 Gemcitabine HCl Nil Nil 0.20 0.20

P7 Capecitabine Nil Nil 6.00 6.00

P8 Erlotinib HCl Nil Nil 0.10 0.10

P9 Imatinib Mesylate Alpha Nil Nil 0.50 0.50

P10 Nilotinib Nil Nil 0.15 0.15

P11 Dasatinib Nil Nil 0.05 0.05

P12 Pazopanib HCl Nil Nil 0.06 0.06

P13 Sorafenib Nil Nil 0.10 0.10 � Intermediates (Proposed)

P14 N-BZ-Bis-Lactam Nil 0.02

0.04 0.05

P15 N-BOC-Bis-Lactam Nil 0.04 0.05

P16 5-(4-(4-(5-Cyano-1H-indol-3-yl)-butyl)-piperazin-1-yl) benzofuran-2-carboxamide Nil 0.3 (-0.25) 0.05

P17 2-acetamido-2-phenethylpropane-1,3-diyl-diacetate Nil Nil 0.05 0.05

Total Product Capacity 241.0 241.0 46.77 287.77 *E1: As per Earlier CC&A & ToR application, E2: Total After change in Product Mix, P: Proposed Change, T: Total after proposed expansion & ToR application

General Information: � Category as per EIA Notification

2006 : 5(f)-A

� Land availability, sq. m. : 33,099 (Existing: 28,567, Total: 61,666)

� Capital investment, Rs. in Crore : 70 (Existing: 28.66, Total: 98.66)

� Capital investment for EMP, Rs. in Crore

: 5.28 (Existing: 0.57, Total: 5.85)

� Recurring cost for EMP : 1.88 Crore/Annum

� CER budget : Total Rs. 70 Lacs to be utilized within 10 years after commissioning of project.

� Greenbelt development, sq. m. : 7,850 (Existing: 12,500, Total: 20,350) - 33% of total area



Summary& Conclusion

Page | 11.4

Resource Requirement:

� Raw materials : For the proposed project, various raw materials will be required in tune of about 1,851 TPM. Most of raw materials will be purchased from local market.

� Source of water supply

: Borewell

� Fresh Water Requirement

: Category

Requirement, KLD

Existing Proposed Total Industrial 39 102 141

Domestic 6 22 28

Gardening - 17 17

Total 45 141 186

� Power Source : Dakshin Gujarat Vij Company Ltd.(DGVCL)

� Power Requirement

: 1,200 kVA (Existing: 475 kVA, Total: 1,675 kVA)

� Fuel Requirement : Type of

Fuel

*Requirement

Existing Additional Total

Biofuel (Agrow-aste) &/OR Coal

6 TPD Nil Avg.:

18 TPD (Agrowaste: 19.5 TPD,

Coal: 16.5 TPD) Nil 12 TPD

Furnace Oil &/OR LDO

40 Lit/hr Nil Avg.:

60 Lit/hr (FO: 61.5 Lit/hr, LDO: 58.5 Lit/hr)

20 Lit/hr Nil

Diesel

80 Lit/hr Nil

210 Lit/hr Nil 130 Lit/hr

� Employment Opportunity, Nos.

: 472 (Existing: 168, Total: 640)



Figure 11.1 Key Infrastructure Map of the Study Area



Summary& Conclusion

Page | 11.6

11.4 POLLUTION POTENTIAL AND CONTROL MEASURE

Water Pollution:

� Effluent Generation & Management

: Source of Effluent: Process, APCM, Boiler, Cooling, Washing, WTP

Hydraulic Load (KLD) Industrial: 149.4; Domestic: 23

Management: High COD/TDS stream from process & APCM will be sent to stripper followed by MEE. WTP reject will be sent to MEE. Condensate from MEE along with low COD/TDS effluent from utilities and washing will be sent to ETP having primary, secondary and tertiary treatment facility. Treated effluent from ETP will be sent to RO. RO permeate will be entirely reused in cooling tower make-up. Thus, unit will achieve zero liquid discharge (ZLD).

Air Pollution:

� Flue gas emission & control

: Presently, Furnace Oil &/OR LDO is used as fuel in existing boiler (3 TPH-standby) and thermic fluid heater (1 Lac Kcal/hr). Stack of adequate height is provided for proper dispersion of gaseous pollutants into atmosphere. Biofuel (Agrowaste) &/OR coal is used for existing steam boiler (4 TPH). Multicyclone separator followed by bag filter followed by water scrubber is provided to existing steam boiler (4 TPH). Diesel is used as fuel in DG sets (500 kVA & 125 kVA) and stack of adequate height is provided to DG sets.

For the proposed expansion, Biofuel (Agrowaste) &/or coal will be used be for proposed steam boiler (6 TPH). Multicyclone Separator followed by bag filter followed by water scrubber will be provided as an APCM. Stack of adequate height will be provided to proposed DG Sets (2 Nos. x 500 kVA).

� Process gas emission & control

: There is no process gas generation from the existing plant. The source of process gas generation from the proposed manufacturing activity will be in the form of SO2, NH3 and HCl gas. Adequate scrubbing system of two stage acid / alkali scrubber will be provided for



the control of process gas emission.

Hazardous Waste Management:

: All the hazardous waste will be collected, stored, handled, transported and disposed as per the Hazardous & Other Waste (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

Unit has obtained membership of Nandesari Environment Control Ltd. (NECL) and Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd. (BEIL) for safe disposal of existing hazardous waste and will obtain permission for additional quantity of hazardous waste generated from proposed expansion project.

Noise & Vibration: : The main source of noise generation may be from the D.G. Set, which will be kept as stand-by.

The auxiliary source of noise and vibration from the proposed project will be working of Plant machineries as well as transportation of vehicles carrying raw materials and products. Adequate precautions will be taken for abatement of noise pollution.

11.5 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT, IMPACTS ASSESSMENT& MITIGATION MEASURES

The baseline environmental quality of air, water, soil, noise, socio-economic status and

ecology has been assessed in the post monsoon season (March 2017 to May 2017).

For the present EIA study, the area falling within 10 km radial distance from project site

has been selected for preparing the site map along with infrastructure setup and

administrative map, land use / land cover map, socio-economic study as well as to

monitor the baseline environment quality. Baseline study was conducted as per the

approved TORs issued by MoEF&CC and guidelines of MoEF&CC/CPCB.

11.5.1 Seismology The study area falls in Zone III as per IS 1893 (Part-I):2002, which is referred as

Moderate Damage Risk Zone. The area is liable to earthquakes of Modified Mercalli

Intensity Scale VII.

11.5.2 Micro-Meteorology The site-specific micrometeorological data has been collected continuously during

the study period by installing automatic weather station at project site. During the



Summary& Conclusion

Page | 11.8

study period, wind was blowing mostly from W, SSW & SW direction with average

speed 2 m/s and maximum speed of 10.5 m/s. Average temperature recorded was

31.7°C with maximum temperature of 43.7°C and minimum of 22.7°C. The average

relative humidity was recorded as 54.9%, whereas maximum as 95% and minimum as

11%.

11.5.3 Surface and ground water Baseline:

Total 3 surface water and 8 ground water samples were collected from eight locations

from study area once during the study period.

� All the parameters of collected ground water samples were well within desirable limit

except colour, turbidity, dissolved solid, alkalinity, total hardness, calcium,

magnesium, chloride, boron, and copper at some villages. However, all the

parameters were well below permissible limit.

� All the parameters of collected surface water samples were well within desirable

limit except colour, turbidity, dissolved solid, alkalinity, total hardness, calcium,

magnesium, chloride, boron and copper at some villages, whereas only colour at

Vataria village and turbidity at Vataria and Dungri villages were found exceeding the

permissible limit.

� All the other parameters and parameters concerning toxic substances measured in

samples were below detection limit at all the locations.

� It is observed from the surface water analysis of the study area and compared with

classes for designated use of fresh Water Standards, that samples of study area are

suitable for “E Class” i.e. Irrigation, industrial cooling & Controlled Waste Disposal.

Impact Assessment:

� The entire water requirement after proposed expansion will be 186 KLD, which will

be sourced from borewell water supply. Unit is located in semi-critical zone as per

Central Ground Water Authority (CGWA) guidelines and extraction of ground will

have impact on ground water environment.

� There may be risk of ground water and surface water contamination due to

wastewater generation and handling from the industrial activities like process,

APCM, boiler, cooling & washing.



� The domestic sewage generation of 23 KLD will be treated in STP and reused for

greenbelt development. It may contribute in surface water contamination.

Mitigation Measures:

� Unit will install rain water harvesting structure for recharge of ground water within the

plant premise as per CGWA guidelines and will obtain necessary permission of

CGWA for extraction of ground water.

� Unit will install adequate administrative and infrastructural setup for the continuous

and efficient operation of Stripper, MEE & ETP and will take necessary care during

the treatment and handling of effluent. Thus, there will not be any adverse impact on

water environment due to effluent generation.

� The scrubber wastewater generated after exhaustion of scrubbing liquid will be sent

to the ETP. � Proper collection and handling of industrial effluent will be done to prevent any

seepages and leakages. Any spillage will be washed and directed to the ETP via

network of drains and pipelines.

� Well-designed storm water network will be provided to collect rain water from entire

plot area. Contaminated storm water, if any, will be diverted to ETP for further

treatment. � Wall gate will be constructed at final outlet of storm water to prevent any discharge

of contaminated storm water.

� Domestic wastewater will be treated in STP and treated water will be reused for

gardening purpose.

� Collection tank of 50 KLD capacity, adequate to store the sewage for 2 days, will be

provide to store the treated sewage during rainy days.

� All the chemicals, raw materials as well as products will be stored in dedicated

storage area with impervious flooring to restrict/control leakages and prevent ground

water contamination. � As a part of CSR activity, the unit will explore the opportunities to construct the

rainwater harvesting and groundwater recharge structures in consultation with local

Gram Panchayat and Village Heads in surrounding villages.



Summary& Conclusion

Page | 11.10

11.5.4 Ambient Air Baseline:

Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at eight locations and baseline data

indicates that ranges of concentrations of PM10 (51 to 94 μg/m3), PM2.5 (21.1 to 42.2

μg/m3), SO2 (7.0 to 20.8 μg/m3) and NO2 (8.0 to 24.0 μg/m3). It is observed from the

AAQM results that baseline concentration of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NO2 in the ambient air

were within the norms specified for NAAQs at all the monitoring locations.

Concentration of VOC (as isobutylene) in ambient air were below detectable limit at all

the monitoring locations.

Impact Assessment:

� The main source of air pollution will be flue gas emission and process gas emission

from proposed project. The significant pollutants identified due to flue gas emissions

are PM, SO2 and NOx and due to process gas generation are SO2, NH3 and HCl

from proposed expansion.

� The maximum 24-hourly average ground level concentration for pollutant due to

proposed project calculated using mathematical model (ISCST3) for PM10, SO2,

NO2, HCl and NH3 are 3.412 �g/m3, 9.689 �g/m3, 0.903 �g/m3, 0.564 �g/m3 and

4.891 �g/m3 respectively which is very low even for the worst-case scenario.

Moreover, this will occur at a distance of maximum 300 meters for PM10, SO2, NO2

and 100 meters for HCl & NH3 from the source, where there is no permanent habitat

exists.

� The incremental ground level concentration of all the pollutants at all the ambient air

monitoring locations is very negligible and practically nil and therefore there will not

be any impact on the air quality of surrounding villages due to the proposed project.

� It is revealed that all the parameters are well within the NAAQS after consideration

of incremental concentration due to proposed project.

� Baseline concentrations of HCl, NH3 and VOCs in ambient air were below detection

limit at all the locations within study area and incremental concentration is also very

negligible.

Mitigation Measures

� The unit will be using Biofuel (agrowaste) &/or coal for steam boilers (6 TPH).

Unit will provide Multicyclone Separator followed by Bag Filter followed by Water

Scrubber for proposed steam boiler.



� Diesel will be used for DG sets and unit will provide stack of adequate height for

proper dispersion of gaseous emission into atmosphere.

� The source of process gas emission will be in the form of SO2, NH3 and HCl gas.

Adequate scrubbing system of two stage alkali scrubbers will be provided for

control of SO2 and HCl gas emission and two stage Acidic scrubber will be

provided for the control of NH3 gas emission for the proposed expansion. � LDAR program will be implemented and followed for detection and control of fugitive

emission from process and same will be adopted for expansion phase of the project.

11.5.5 Soil quality Baseline:

� Bulk density of soil samples was in range of 1.10 gm/cm3 to 1.53 gm/cm3, which will

have no significant effects on root growth.

� pH of the soil samples ranged from 7.3 to 8.5, which indicates free lime exists in the

soil which will have excellent filtration and percolation of water capacity at most of

the villages.

� Water Holding Capacity of soil samples were in range of 35.48% to 49.25%.

� The texture of soil observed in the study area varied from Silty clay loam, Clay loam

to Silt loam type.

� The Electrical conductivity of the samples varied from 431 to 702 μs/cm, which

indicates, no salinity ingress in the study area.

� The organic matter in the soil ranged from 3.2% to 4.6%. The result range signifies

that the soil is being maintained in an optimal desired range.

� The concentration of available Nitrogen, Phosphorous and Potassium in the soil

samples signifies that the soil of the area is less fertile.

Impacts Assessment

� In operational phase, there will be chances of soil contamination due to improper

working of machineries or during transportation of raw materials or finished products.

� The impact on soil environment may be due to effluent disposal, chemical and

hazardous waste storage & handling.

� Spillage of chemicals during loading, unloading and transfer, leakage of pumps,

flange leakage in pipelines may create soil contamination.



Summary& Conclusion

Page | 11.12

Mitigation Measures :

� Regular maintenance of plants and machineries is carried out and proper care is

taken while loading, unloading and transfer of materials to avoid any soil

contamination.

� The entire plant area flooring is made up of concrete except open ground cover for

greenbelt development to prevent any seepage and leakage into sub soil surface.

No spillage is allowed in open ground.

� The unit has provided dyke wall around the storage tanks area of hazardous

chemical along with transferring pumps to reduce the risk of proposed tank

leakages.

� Leakages and spillage of chemicals are controlled through regular maintenance of

pumps and flange connections in the pipelines and proper care is taken while

loading, unloading and transfer of materials to avoid any soil/land contamination.

� The unit has provided adequate designated area of 250 m2 for the hazardous waste

storage within premises having impervious floor and roof cover with leachate

collection system. It will be expanded upto 430 m2 for the proposed expansion.

� In case of any spillage, it is collected and treated in ETP. Thus, there are no

chances of contamination of soil due to the storage of chemicals and hazardous

waste.

� The hazardous waste generated is stored and handled as per the Hazardous and

Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 and the

same will be followed for proposed expansion project.

In addition to the above mitigation measures proposed for the existing plant, following

measures will be followed and implanted for the proposed expansion project.

� Entire quantity of domestic wastewater will be treated in STP and reused for

gardening after proposed expansion.

11.5.6 Noise Baseline:

The Noise readings were monitored for 24 hours at 8 different locations within the study

area. Noise levels were compared with the standards prescribed by MoEF&CC which

indicates that the noise levels at all the locations were found well within the limit for day

& night time.



Impacts Assessment

� During construction phase the impact on noise environment will be due to

transportation activities (transportation of construction materials), construction

activities etc.

� During operational phase the impact on noise environment will be due to

transportation activities (transportation of raw materials and finished products etc.),

manufacturing activities and utilities.

� Occasional operation of D.G. set in case of power supply failure will contribute to

noise generation.

Mitigation Measures :

� The unit has installed latest technology based low noise D.G. sets with acoustic enclosures.

� The noise generation is mitigated by installing noise barriers/absorbers around

stationery noise sources, viz. pumps, compressors and blowers etc.

� Adequate noise control measures such as anti-vibration pad for equipment with high

vibration are provided. Proper and timely oiling, lubrication & preventive

maintenance are done regularly.

� All the vibrating parts are checked periodically and serviced to reduce the noise

generation.

� Noisy equipment are enclosed in sound proofing enclosures to give residual sound

pressure lower than 75 dB (A).

� To minimize the adverse effect on the health, Earmuffs/ earplugs are provided to the

workers working under high noise area.

� Green belt acts as a barrier to the propagation of noise from the factory premises. It

reduces the noise levels appreciably. Hence, there isn’t any adverse impact to the

nearby present human settlement.

� Vehicular movements during operation phase for loading/unloading of raw and

finished materials and other transportation activity may increase noise level. The

transport contractors are instructed to keep vehicle periodically serviced and

maintained as per the requirement of latest trend in automobile industry. Only those

vehicles with PUC’s are allowed for the transportation.

� Noise monitoring are carried out regularly at important locations of the unit.

All above mentioned measures adopted for existing plant will be augmented for

expansion phase for minimizing any adverse impact.



Summary& Conclusion

Page | 11.14

11.5.7 Landuse Pattern Baseline:

Classification of land use/land cover was derived using ERDAS software from satellite

image. Out of total study area, 76.52% of total land area is occupied by agricultural

fields like crop lands and fallow lands. Total area of 7.25 % is covered as a built-up

land, of which land cover of 3.74% is for the industrial purposes, 3.51% as human

settlement. Waste land covers 13.97% and about 0.09% of land is occupied as water

body of total study area. 2.17% is occupied as Mine/quarry of total area.

Also, there is no protected area notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act (1972) &

Eco-sensitive area notified under Section 3 of the Environment (Protection) Act-1986

exists within 10 Km radius areas from the Plant Site.

Impacts

Since the proposed expansion will be carried out adjacent to the existing plant and to

be located in Valia industrial estate of GIDC, electricity, water, roads, all basic

amenities and infrastructure are already available in the area. Hence, there will not be

any change in land use pattern in surrounding area.

11.5.8 Socio Economic Study Baseline

The study area comprises of total three Talukas of Bharuch District namely Ankleshwar,

Jhagadia & Valia and one Taluka of Surat District namely Mangrol. There are 59

villages of Bharuch & 11 villages of Surat coming within the study area of 10 km from

the project site. As per 2011 census, the study area has total population of around

1,03,011 indicating that the area is sparsely populated with scattered settlements

having average population density of 242 persons/sq.km. Overall literacy rate in the

study area is 52.22%, which show that literacy rate in the study area is moderate. The

overall employment ratio for the villages in the study area is 49.66%, which shows that

employment ratio is low.

Impacts

The proposed project will provide more employment opportunities, which help to

improve the overall socio-economic profile of the study area.



Moreover, unit will carry out CER activities in nearby villages in the field of medical

facilities, public health & welfare and green belt development; this will help to improve

the public health in the region to some extent. Thus, there will be a beneficial impact on

socio-economic environment due to proposed project activities.

11.5.9 Biological Environment Baseline:

The survey was carried out during study period to know the ecological status of the

area with respect to flora and fauna. During the survey, a total of 170 plant species

belonging to 155 genera and 75 families were noted in the study area; including 64

tree species, 30 shrubs, 53 herbs, 16 climbers, creepers and lianas, and 7 crop plants.

Most of the species are of common occurrence.

A total of 47 bird species belonging to 44 genera and 31 families were seen. 8 mammal

species belonging to 8 genera and 8 families, and 8 reptile species belonging to 8

genera and 6 families were recorded on the basis of interviewing local people. Besides,

41 species of insects and others belonging to 31 genera and 15 families were also

recorded. It is observed during site visit that floral and faunal species encountered are

quite common and found everywhere. There is no reserved forest, national park or

sanctuary within the study area.

Impacts

Pollutants of air, water and hazardous waste can interfere with the biotic and abiotic

components of theecosystem and may include injurious effects when concentrations

exceed permissiblelimits. All necessary pollution control measures will be provided for

the project. Hence, there will not be any adverse impact of pollution potentials on the

surrounding ecology after commissioning of the proposed project.

Also, a green belt areawill be developed in and around the premises, which will help in

inviting small birds & animals and other creatures to proliferate.

11.5.10 Greenbelt Development Unit has already developed greenbelt in 12,500 sq. m. within the existing premise. It will

be expanded upto 20,350 sq. m. area. Present greenbelt consist of 285 trees/plants

and lawn cover within the industrial premises and additional trees/plants of about 650

nos. will be planted within three years for proposed expansion project.



Summary& Conclusion

Page | 11.16

Impacts

� Green belt will not only improve the soil condition but will also prevent soil erosion

and the landscape & give slight beneficial impact on the land usage. � It willalso minimize the level of possible air pollutants and noise pollution along with

help in inviting small birds & animals and other creatures to proliferate.

11.6 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE) The proposed expansion will be carried out within the existing plant premise and land

adjacent to the existing plant. Thus, no alternative for the site is analyzed due to the

availability of infrastructure, land, water sources, fuel transportation, power etc at the

proposed location.

The unit will manufacture synthetic organic chemicals which involves various chemical

reactions. The unit has proposed latest and best technology available so far in the

market for the manufacturing of the products.

Moreover, the unit is very concerned and conscious about the product quality and

equally about the environmental protection and resource conservation; and hence unit

will put continuous efforts for replacing/upgrading plant and machineries from time to

time with the best available technology.

11.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM From the monitoring point of view, the important components are air, water, soil, noise

and occupational health & safety. Untreated and treated wastewater of ETP & MEE will

be analysed daily with respect to pH, TDS and COD. Flow meter will be provided for

regular monitoring of wastewater quantity at the feed line of MEE and ETP. In addition

to this, regular monitoring will be carried out for wastewater, gaseous emission, fugitive

emission and noise by NABL approved laboratory as proposed in monitoring program.

Unit will make necessary tie-up with nearby hospitals for the medical assistance in case

of any emergency. Unit has a well-organized Environmental Management Cell (EMC)

which performs all the environmental management activities.

Unit has formed EHS policy to comply with statutory norms with regards to the

Environment, Health & Safety and strive for the continuous improvement to prevent

pollution, reduce wastages, conserve energy reduces risk & health hazards. Voluntary

reporting of environmental performance with reference to EMP is undertaken. Head of



EHS department co-ordinates all monitoring programs at site and data generated are

submitted regularly to the statutory agencies. Frequency of reporting are as per the

requirement of GPCB.

11.8 RISK AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT The unit is very much aware of their obligation to protect all persons at work and others

in the neighborhood that may be affected by an unfortunate and unforeseen incidence

occurring at the works. After commissioning of proposed project, any hazard either to

employees or others arising from activities at the plant site shall as far as possible, be

handled by the personnel of the company and prevented from spreading any further. In

the case of eventuality, on-site and off- site emergency plan are prepared by the unit.

However, after the commissioning of project all the required safety measures will be

implemented. Unit has provided all the adequate safety measures in the existing plant

and will be augmented for the proposed expansion. In addition to this, safety audit is be

carried by authorized agency every two years and suggestion/recommendations after

the audit are immediately implemented.

11.9 PROJECT BENEFITS Unit will contribute rationally as part of their CER and carried out various activities in

nearby villages. In addition to this employment opportunity for 472 persons during

operative phase of the project and for many other skilled-unskilled labors during

construction and other ancillary activities during operation will be generated after the

proposed project. Unit will plan to carry out various activities for the upliftment of poor

people, welfare of women & labors, education of poor students as part of Corporate

Environment Responsibility (CER) in the nearby villages and therefore unit will make

provisionof Rs. 70 Lacs (1% of the project cost) which will be utilized within 7 years

after commissioning of the project.

11.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN The environmental management plan is proposed with respect to the all proposed

activities considering affected environmental attributes and impact zone which is

summarized here under:



Summary& Conclusion

Page | 11.18

Sr. No. Activity Management Plan

1. Manufacturing activities and operations of utilities

� Regular monitoring of water, power, raw material and other resources consumption and its optimum use will be ensured.

� Provision of Environmental Management system (EMS) as proposed / committed for environmental pollution control will be ensured.

� Efficient operations of provided EMS will be ensured. � Proper collection and handling of effluent to avoid any leakages &

spillages will be ensured. � Any spillage / leakages / washing from manufacturing activities

will be collected in collection tank located in production area and redirected to ETP through proper channel.

� Segregation of high COD/TDS, low COD/TDS effluent streams from process for adequate treatment to achieve ZLD.

� Continuous and efficient operation of MEE & ETP & RO will be ensured.

� Separate electric meter, operational logbook for effluent treatment systems, online meters for monitoring of flow will be provided and maintained.

� In case of unforeseen circumstances like disturbance in ETP, manufacturing process generating effluent will be terminated / curtailed down until regular operation of ETP.

� During rainy days treated sewage will not be utilized for on-land irrigation and it will be stored in the collection tank.

� Regular monitoring w.r.t EMS, ambient air quality, work area, noise, water quality as per the monitoring program.

� Monitoring reports will be reviewed and corrective measures will be taken as required.

� Submission of monitoring reports to the concerned authority as per the norms will be ensured.

� Compliance of stipulated conditions by concerned authorities will be ensured.

� Continuous and efficient operation of APCM will be ensured and proper log book will be maintained.

� Close manufacturing systems will be ensured in order to minimize fugitive emissions.

� Regular maintenance of reactors and other process equipments will be ensured.

� Regular usage of proper PPE's by workers in the plant will be ensured.

� Provision of designated hazardous waste storage area with proper roofing and leachate collection will be ensured.

� Collection, storage, handling, transportation and disposal of all the




hazardous wastes as per the Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

� Disposal of hazardous wastes at approved TSDF/CHWIF site of BEIL & co-processing facility of RSPL will be ensured with manifest only.

� Possibility to dispose organic hazardous waste by co-processing at cement industry will be explored.

� Spent solvent will be managed as per guidelines of GPCB for offsite distillation and recovery.

� Manual handling of hazardous waste will be minimized. � Proper and timely oiling, lubrication, preventive maintenance of all

plant machinery & equipments. � Technology for cleaner production, waste minimization, treatment

/ reuse / recycle / co-incineration of wastes will be ensured.

2. Storage & handling of hazardous chemicals

� Storage and handling of all the chemicals in a proper manner to avoid any spillages will be ensured.

� Collection and treatment of spillages, if any, with other industrial effluent will be ensured.

� Good housekeeping to maintain clean and orderly working environment will be ensured.

� Regular training to the persons handling chemicals will be provided.

� LDAR program will be implemented and followed for control and detection of fugitive emission.

3. Domestic activities

� Regular monitoring of water consumption and optimum use of water will be ensured.

� Proper treatment of sewage into STP and reuse of treated wastewater for greenbelt development.

4. Green belt development

� Greenbelt will be maintained by regular watering, soil enrichment work, (applying manure) weeding and providing proper protection.

5. Storm water management

� Good house-keeping will be ensured to avoid contamination of storm water.

� Construction of wall gate at final outlet of storm water to prevent any discharge of contaminated storm water.

� Storm water will be checked for any chemical contamination before discharge, if it is found contaminated, it will be re-directed to ETP for treatment.

� Wall gate at storm water will be kept completely closed other than monsoon to prevent any discharge of effluent/wash-water in unforeseen situation. Looking to the field conditions, recharging in



Summary& Conclusion

Page | 11.20


to ground water aquifer is not feasible, it is therefore recommended to construct rainwater harvesting structure so as to store roof top rainwater for meeting partly water requirement.

� Construct RWH for conservation of rain water in nearby villages as a part of CSR activity.

6. CER activities � Preference will be given to local people for the recruitment based on eligibility.

� CER activities will be carried as per need-based assessment.

7. Transportation of hazardous chemicals and hazardous waste

� All the vehicles will be PUC certified. � Vehicular movement only during day time will be ensured. � Transportation by covered vehicles will be ensured. � Availability of manifest / TREM card with driver during the

transportation of Hazardous Waste / hazardous chemicals will be ensured.

� Regular maintenance and optimum use of the vehicles will be ensured.

� Driver will be educated about the characteristics of wastes/ chemicals and immediate actions in case of any spillage or accident.

� Availability of MSDS of all the Hazardous materials to the Off-site Emergency team will be ensured.

11.11 CONCLUSION It can be concluded on a positive note that after the implementation of the suggested

mitigation measures and environmental management plan outlined, the proposed

expansion project activities during the construction and operation phase would have

manageable impacts on the environment and on balance the project would be

beneficial to surrounding communities and the region.

CHAPTER 12

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd., Valia Environmental Impact Assessment Report Proposed Expansion Project for Manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Chemicals

Chapter-12: Disclosure of Consultant Page | 12.1

CHAPTER – 12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

Envisafe Environment Consultants is one of the leading and multidiscipline

environmental consulting organizations engaged in providing consulting, engineering,

designing, auditing, monitoring & testing and other regulatory compliance services. It

was established in June’ 98 and consists of the highly qualified and well-experienced

engineers, scientists, chemists. This technical team is supported by a pool of highly

qualified and experienced associated experts from various disciplines.

The organization has obtained below mentioned recognition and accreditations to

provide you competent and efficient services.

� QCI-NABET accreditation as an EIA Consultant Organization � QCI-NABL accreditation for Chemical Testing Laboratory under ISO/IEC

17025:2005 standards � Reorganization as Environmental Auditor by Gujarat Pollution Control

Board � ISO 9001:2008 certificate for the Management System

The organization has been engaged in carrying out EIA studies and preparation of

EIA/EMP report for the varied range of industries and developmental activity since

2004. Besides the EIA study the organisation is prepared and confident to render the

following services in the field of environmental engineering,

� New project consultancy for Environmental Management System.

� Designing and executing turnkey project of Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP), Solid &

Liquid Waste Incinerator and Air Pollution Control Equipment

� Environmental Audit as per the order and guidelines of Honourable High Court of

Gujarat and GPCB.

� Process study to reduce the pollution at source and to reuse / recycle effluent.

� Preparing adequacy and efficacy report on Environmental management System.

� Conducting laboratory scale experiments to study treatability of industrial effluent

and preparing Treatability report.

� Preparing Feasibility report on the Effluent Treatment Plant.

� Performance study of existing pollution control facility and suggesting scheme for

the optimization of the facility.

Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd., Valia Environmental Impact Assessment Report



� Monitoring and analysis of Water, Wastewater, Air Pollution (Stack & Ambient), Solid

Waste and soil

� Monitoring and analysis of Work Area Environment and filling-up Form-37 as per the

requirements under Factory Act-1948 and Gujarat Factory Rules.

� Operation and Supervision contracts of ETP.

� Technical consultation & assistance to ensure & assure complete Environ-Legal

compliance including liaison with statutory bodies in order to get the required

permits, clearances & consents.

Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd., Valia Environmental Impact Assessment Report Proposed Expansion Project for Manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Chemicals


Intas Pharmaceuticals Ltd., Valia Environmental Impact Assessment Report



Date post:	11-Feb-2022
Category:	Documents
Upload:	others
View:	2 times
Download:	0 times